B.Tech. (Computer Science), LL.B. (Hons.) (Cyber Law or IPR) · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 ,62 &huwlilhg % 7hfk &rpsxwhu 6flhqfh // % +rqv &\ehu /dz 9(56,21 z h i

$Page 1: B.Tech. (Computer Science), LL.B. (Hons.) (Cyber Law or IPR) · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 ,62 &huwlilhg % 7hfk &rpsxwhu 6flhqfh // % +rqv &\ehu /dz 9(56,21 z h i$
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

(ISO 9001:2008 Certified)

B.Tech. (Computer Science), LL.B. (Hons.) (Cyber Law)

(VERSION 3.0)

w.e.f. 2017

_________________________________________________________________________________________

UPES Campus Tel : + 91-135-2776053/54 “Energy Acres” Fax: + 91-135-2776090 P.O Bidholi via Prem Nagar, Bidholi URL: www.upes.ac.in Dehradun – 248007 (Uttarakhand)

B.TECH.(CSE), LL.B. (Hons.) specialization in Cyber Laws 2017

Semester I Semester II

Subject Code Subject Credits Subject Code

Subject Credits

MATH 1002 Mathematics I 4 MATH 1005 Mathematics II 4

CHEM 1002 Chemistry 4 PHYS 1002 Physics 4

CSEG 1002 Programming and Data Structures 4 CSEG 1004

Advanced Data Structures 4

PHYS 1003 Basic Electronics Engineering 3 CSEG 1005 Database Management Systems 3

HSFS 1001 Environmental Studies 3

CLCC 1001 Legal Method & Legal Reasoning 3 CLNL 1013

History II (History of Courts, Legislature and Legal Profession of India)

3

CLPP 1101 Fundamental of Moot Court 1 CLNL 1011 General English II 2

Clinical 1

CLNL 1001 General English I 2 HBOC 1001 Design Thinking 4

PRACTICAL PRACTICAL

ECEG 1103 Basic Electronics Engineering Lab 1 CSEG 1104

Advanced Data Structures Lab 1

CHEM 1102 Chemistry Lab 1 PHYS 1102 Physics Lab 1

CSEG 1102 Programming and Data Structures Lab 1 CSEG 1105

Database Management Systems Lab

1

CLPP 1102

Language Lab 1 Clinical 2

TOTAL 24 TOTAL 31

Semester III Semester IV


Subject Credits

CSEG 2003 Design and Analysis of Algorithms

4 CSEG 2008 Software Engineering and Project Management

3

CSEG 2004 Computer System Architecture 3 CSEG 2009 Data Communication and Computer Networks

3

CSEG 2005 Advanced Database Management Systems 3 CSEG 2010

Advanced Programming using JAVA

3

CSEG 2006 Discrete Mathematical Structures

3 CLCC 1004 Law of Contracts II 4

CSEG 2007 Operating Systems 3 CLCC 3002 Family Law I 4

CLCC 1002 Law of Contracts I 4 CLCC 2001 Constitutional Law I 4

CLCC 1003 Torts and Consumer Protection Act

4 CLPP 2105 Advance Skillset Development Pro

1

CLPP 2102 Advance Skillset Development 1 Open Elective 1 (Any One)

2

CLNL 2006 French

CLNL 2007 Arabic

CLNL 2008 Spanish

CLNL 2009 Mandarin

CLNL 2010 German

CLPP 2101

Client Counselling 1 Clinical 3

PRACTICAL PRACTICAL

CSEG 2103 Design and Analysis of Algorithms Lab

1 CSEG 2109 Data Communication and Computer Networks Lab

1

CSEG 2105 Advanced Database Management Systems Lab 1 CSEG 2110

Advanced Programming using JAVA Lab

1

CSEG 2107 Operating Systems Lab 1

TOTAL 28 TOTAL 27

Semester V Semester VI


Subject Credits

CSEG 3002 Object Oriented Analysis and Design 3 CSEG 3005 Artificial Intelligence 3

CSEG 3003 Computer Graphics 3 CSEG 3006 Microprocessor and Embedded Systems 3

CSEG 3004 Forman Language and Automata Theory 3 CSEG 4001

Cryptography and Network Security 3

CLCC 3007 Family Law II 4 CSEG 2012 Storage Technology Foundation 3

CLCC 2005 Constitutional Law II 4 CLPP 2103 Drafting of Criminal

Instruments 2

Clinical 4

CLCC 2002 Law of Crimes I : Indian Penal Code

4 CLPP 2104

Trial Advocacy 1 Clinical 5

Open Elective 2 (Any One) 2 CLCC 2004 Jurisprudence 4

CLNL 1024 Sociology CLCC 2003 Law of Crimes II : Code of Criminal Procedure I

3

CLNL 1026 Political Science Open Elective 3 (Any One)

2

CLNL 1027 World History CLNL 1018 Principles and Practices of Management

CLNL 1023 Psychology CLNL 1019 Financial Management

CLNL 1020 Marketing Management

CLNL 1021 Human Resource Management

CLNL 1022 Counselling Skills for Law Professionals

PRACTICAL PRACTICAL

CSEG 3102 Object Oriented Analysis and Design Lab 1 CSEG 3106

Microprocessor and Embedded Systems Lab

1

CSEG 3103 Computer Graphics Lab 1 INDT 3101 Industrial Visit 1

PROJ 3103 Minor Project I 2 PROJ 3105 Minor Project II 2

TOTAL 27 TOTAL 28

Semester VII Semester VIII


Subject Credits

CLCC 3001 Company Law I 4 CLCC 3003 Administrative Law 4

CLCC 2007

Law of Crimes III (Code of Criminal Procedure II, Juvenile Justice Act and Probation of Offenders Act)

3 CLCC 3006 Company Law II 4

CLCC 2008 Law of Evidence 4 CLCC 2006 Interpretation of Statutes 4

CLCC 3005 Transfer of Property and Easement Law 4 CLCC 3010

Code of Civil Procedures II and Limitation Act, 1963

3

CLCC 3004 Code of Civil Procedure I 3 CLCC 3008 Labour Law I 3

CLPP 3101 Drafting of Writs and Conveyance 2

CLPP 3102 Drafting of Civil Instruments 2

Clinical 6 Clinical 7

CLPP 4101 Books to Courtroom 1 PRACTICAL PRACTICAL PROJ 4101 Major Project I 4 PROJ 4102 Major Project II 8

SIIB 4101 Summer Internship 2

TOTAL 27 TOTAL 28

Semester IX Semester X


Subject Credits

CSOS 1001 Open Source and Open Standards 2 CSSF 2002 IT Data Security 2

CLCC 5001 Competition Law 3 CLCC 4001 Taxation Law 4

CLCC 4003 Labour Law II 3

CLCC 3009 Public International Law 4 CLIR 5004 / CLCB 5004

Digital Law and Cyber Crimes (Hons 4) (Cyber Law Specialization) / Law of Patents (Hons 4) (IPR Specialization)

3

CLIR 5001 / CLCB 5001

Intellectual Property Rights (Hons 1) (Cyber Law Specialization) / Information Technology Law (Hons 1) (IPR Specialization)

4 CLIR 5005 / CLCB 5005

Law of Telecommunication (Hons 5) (Cyber Law Specialization) / Law of Industrial and ICL Designing (Hons 5) (IPR Specialization)

3

CLIR 5002 / CLCB 5002

Digital Copyrights and Data Protection Law (Hons 2) (Cyber Law Specialization) / Law of Copyrights (Hons 2) (IPR Specialization)

3 CLIR 5006 / CLCB 5006

Electronic Evidence (Hons 6) (Cyber Law Specialization) / Trade Secret and Technology Transfer (Hons 6) (IPR Specialization)

3

CLIR 5003 / CLCB 5003

e-Commerce and m-Commerce Law (Hons 3) (Cyber Law Specialization) / Law of Trademark and Drafting (Hons 3) (IPR Specialization)

3 CLIR 5007 / CLCB 5007

Internet Regulation and Jurisdiction (Hons 7) (Cyber Law Specialization)/ Patent Drafting and Specification Writing (Hons 7) (IPR Specialization)

3

CLCC 5004 Arbitration and Conciliation and Alternative Dispute Resolution Mechanism

3 Program Elective 2 (Any One)

2

Clinical 8

Program Elective 1 (Any One) 2 CLPP 4116 Seminar on Law and Economics

CLPP 4133 Workshop on Mediation CLPP 4117 Semianr on Climate Change and Law

CLPP 4134 Workshop on International Arbitration

CLPP 4118 Seminar on Water Law

CLPP 4135 Workshop on Negotiation and Drafting of International Commercial Contracts

CLPP 4119 Seminar on housing Law

CLPP 4120

Seminar on Law of the Global Commons (Antartic, High Seas, Outer Space)

CLPP 4121 Seminar on Internet Security Law

CLPP 4122 Seminar on Patenting of Life forms

CLPP 4123 Seminar on WTO and Law

CLPP 4124 Seminar on Corporate Crimes

CLPP 4125 Seminar on Victimology

CLPP 4126 Seminar on Plea Bargaining

CLPP 4136 Seminar on Global Commons and Sovereignty

CLPP 4137 Seminar on Entertainment Law

PRACTICAL CSSF 2102 IT Data Security Lab 1

CLPP 4115 Dissertation I 2

TOTAL 27 TOTAL 23

Semester XI Semester XII


Subject Credits

CSSF 3003 Digital Forensics I 3 CSSF 4004 Digital Forensics II 2

CLIR 6001 / CLCB 6001

Information Security Audit and Monitoring (Hons 8) (Cyber Law Specialization) / Geographical Indications, Traditional Knowledge, Plant Variety Laws (Hons 8) (IPR Specialization)

3 CLIR 6002 / CLCB 6002

Information Security Intelligence and Compliance Analytics (Hons 9) (Cyber Law Specialization) / IP Valuation and Management (Hons 9) (IPR Specialization)

4

CLCC 5005 Private International Law 3 CLCC 5003

Professional Ethics, Accountability for Lawyers and Bar Bench Relation

4

Clinical 9

Program Elective 3 (Any Two) (2+2)

4 CLPP 5106

Internship 4 Clinical 10

CLPP 4105 Seminar on Law relating to Women and Children

CLPP 4106 Seminar on Media Law

CLPP 4107 Seminar on Medical Law

CLPP 4108 Seminar on Artificial Intelligence and Law

CLPP 4109 Seminar on International Humanitarian Law

CLPP 4110 Seminar on Comparative Public Law

CLPP 4111 Seminar on Infrastructure Law

CLPP 4112 Seminar on Law and Governance

CLPP 4113 Seminar on National and International Perspectices of law on Minorities

CLPP 4114 Seminar on Criminology and Criminal Justice Administration

CLPP 6101 Seminar on Human Rights

CLPP 6102 Seminar on Biodiversity and Eco Terrorism

CLPP 6103 Seminar on Biotechnology and Genetic Engineering Law

PRACTICAL PRACTICAL CSSF 3103 Digital Forensics I Lab 1 CSSF 4104 Digital Forensics II Lab 1

CLPP 5101 Dissertation II 6 TOTAL 24 TOTAL 15

Total Credits points for B.Tech.,LLB (Hons.) spl. Cyber law / IPR 309

Program Outcomes

1. Students will demonstrate conceptual knowledge in core areas of law. 2. Students will effectively apply their learnings to practical legal issues. 3. Students will demonstrate logical ability to evolve alternative solutions from dynamic socio-

economic and techno-legal perspective. 4. Students will demonstrate desirable qualities to be employable in the relevant market. 5. Students will show sensitivity towards ethical, moral and social issues arising in their professional

career. 6. Students will exhibit commitment, teambuilding, leadership and networking skills. 7. Students will exhibit lifelong learning skills essential to excel in legal world.

Program Specific Outcomes

1. Students will be able to demonstrate conceptual knowledge in core areas of computer science. 2. Students will be able to demonstrate integrated knowledge of legal principles and computer

science. 3. Students will be able to exhibit skills in practices and procedures of Cyber Law.


Course Objectives 1. To enable the students to understand the basic concepts of differential and integral calculus. 2. To help the students develop the skills related to mathematical logic. 3. To enable students to understand the matrix theory. 4. To make the students able to understand the basic knowledge of algebraic structure.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C655.1 Develop an understanding of differential calculus, multiple integrals and connect them to

the applied problems from other disciplines. C655.2 Model the real life problems using the concepts of mathematical logic. C655.3 Develop an understanding of the fundamental concepts of matrices and solution of a system

of linear equations by rank method. C655.4 Demonstrate a working knowledge of fundamental algebraic structures (e.g. groups, rings

and fields).

Catalog Description Mathematics is a natural complementary discipline for learning, understanding and appreciating many fundamental computer science concepts. It helps us to develop logical thinking and also to find the right way to solve problems. The purpose of this course is to provide participants with the skills, knowledge required to perform fundamental mathematical procedures and processes for solution of engineering problems, particularly the use of calculus, mathematical logic, matrices and advanced algebra. Continuous mathematics is an important foundation for engineering disciplines while discrete mathematics and mathematical logic are foundations for computer-based disciplines such as computer science, software engineering and information systems. The basic concepts of modern algebra such as groups and rings play a fundamental role in mathematics itself and in the application to the areas such as computer science, cryptography and engineering. Course Content Unit I: Mathematical Logic 6 lecture hours Proposition, logical connectives, Truth tables, tautology, contradiction, Normal forms (conjunctive and disjunctive), Converse, inverse, contrapositive, Validity of an argument, Universal and existential quantifiers

MATH 1002 Mathematics I L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Mathematics upto class XII Co-requisites --

Unit II: Differential Calculus and Multiple Integrals 16 lecture hours Higher order derivatives, successive differentiation, Leibnitz’s theorem, Introduction to partial differentiation, Euler’s theorem, Jacobians, Maxima and minima, Double integrals, Change of order of integration, Change of variables, Triple integrals, Applications of double and triple integrals (area, volume, centre of gravity and moment of inertia) Unit III: Algebraic Structures 11 lectures hours Semi group, monoid, group, abelian group-definitions and properties, Subgroup, cyclic group, Cosets, Lagrange’s theorem, Permutation group, alternating group, Normal subgroup, Homomorphism and isomorphism of groups, Rings, integral domains and fields

Unit IV: Matrices 9 lecture hours Linear independence/dependence of vectors, rank of a matrix, Consistency of system of linear equations and its solution, Eigen values and Eigen vectors, Cayley-Hamilton theorem, Diagonalization Text Books 1. Kreyszig E. (2015) Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley Publications, 10th Edition, ISBN: 978-

0-470-91361-1. 2. Jain R. K., Iyengar S. R. K. (2014) Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa Publications, 4th

Edition, ISBN: 1842658468. 3. Lipschutz S., Lipson M. (2009) Discrete Mathematics, Tata Mcgraw Hill Professional, 3rd Edition,

9780070669123.

Reference Books 1. Jeffery A. (2001) Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Academic Press, 1st Edition, 9780080522968. 2. Greenberg M. (2003) Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Pearson, 2nd Edition, 9780133214314. 3. Kolman B., Busby R. C., Ross S. C. (2008), Discrete Mathematical Structures, PHI Learning,

6th Edition, 978-0132297516. 4. Herstein I. N. (2008) Abstract Algebra, Prentice Hall, 3rd Edition, 978-0471368793.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Mid Term ESE Total

Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs), Program Outcomes (POs) and Program Specific Objectives (PSOs)

Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 3 1 1

CO2 2 2 1

CO3 3 1 2

CO4 3 1 2

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

Course Objectives

Objectives of the course are: 1. To make students familiar with the fundamental concepts of chemistry. 2. To make the students understand the various basic chemical reactions, related calculations and

reasoning. 3. To prepare the students for studying advanced subjects with required knowledge of chemistry. Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to: CO1. Select the appropriate fuel based on their selected properties like calorific value,

combustion properties etc.

CO2. Apply the concepts of reaction dynamics in deriving the mechanism of a chemical reaction. CO3. Apply the concepts of electrochemical cells to prevent corrosion in daily life applications. CO4. Explain the mechanism of general organic reactions. CO5. Learn the preparation techniques and synthetic routes for polymeric and nanomaterials

respectively.

Catalogue Description Chemistry is present everywhere around us. It is existing in everything we see, feel or imagine. It is one of the very fundamental basics behind every structure, building, bridge, refinery and industry. In this course, focus will be on firming the basic knowledge of students about chemistry. Students will learn how to use the concepts correctly through prescribed syllabus. They will be taught various types of fuels. Different processes used to improve the quality of fuels in refineries will also be discussed. Combustion calculations related to oxygen or air required will help them to get an effective fuel:O2 ratio to result in proper and complete combustion. Kinetics will help them to understand the mechanism of reaction. This knowledge will make them able to control the factors to move the reaction in desired direction. Corrosion is based on electrochemical cells. For any engineer, it is quite mandatory to have an understanding to select the suitable metal and also the methods to protect it from decaying. They will also be discussed about various types of polymers and nanomaterials so that they can correlate their properties to their various application areas. Course delivery will be made by classroom teaching, Blackboard, presentations, videos and tutorial classes.

CHEM 1001 Chemistry L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure 12th level Chemistry Co-requisites --

Course Content Unit I: Fuels & Thermochemistry 8 lecture hours

Prerequisite, Thermochemistry, Introduction, Classification of Important properties of a good Fuel, calorific value, determination of calorific value by Bomb calorimeter, combustion and its Calculations, analysis of coal sample by proximate and ultimate analysis, distillation of crude oil, composition of petroleum, renewable energy sources like biodiesel, power alcohol, synthetic petrol etc., Octane number, Cetane number, Isomerization, Dimerization, Aromatization, and cracking Unit II: Reaction Dynamics 9 lecture hours Prerequisite, Second (2A & A+B) and third (3A) order reaction, Effect of temperature on reaction rate, Concept of activation energy and energy barrier, Collision theory, Methods of determining order of a reaction, Lindamann Theory, Steady state and equilibrium approximation, Kinetics of complex reactions-reversible and parallel reactions, Kinetics of consecutive and chain reaction. Kp, Kx, Kc and interrelation between them for equilibrium, types of reaction, Homo and Heterogeneous types of equilibrium reactions, numerical.

Unit III: Electrochemistry and Corrosion 6 lecture hours Prerequisite, Conductance and its types, Variation of conductance with dilution, Transport number, Determination by Moving Boundary Method, Hittorf’s method and Application of Transport number in Batteries, Application of electrochemistry in corrosion, Introduction, Factors affecting corrosion types of Corrosion, Dry theory, Wet theory, Acid theory, prevention of corrosion.

Unit IV: Organic Chemistry 8 lecture hours Prerequisite, Types of organic reactions, electrophilic addition on (>C=C bond) and nucleophilic addition on (>C=O bond) reaction Elimination- E1 and E2, stereochemistry, Aliphatic nucleophilic substitution-SN1& SN2. Stereochemistry Elimination vs substitution, Aromatic Electrophilic, substitution reaction with energy profile, Halogenation, Nitration, sulphonation and Friedel craft reaction (comparison also), Mono and di substituted aromatic Substitution, Road map problem based on organic reactions , Fischer-Troph’s synthesis and Synthesis gas. Unit V: Polymers 6 lecture hours Prerequisite, Classification, Copolymers, General properties. Types of polymerization Techniques - Bulk and Solution Types of polymerization techniques- Suspension and Emulsion. Mechanism and kinetics of polymerization (Ionic & free radical) average molecular weight of polymers, Poly dispersity index. Vulcanization, Biodegradable polymers, conducting polymers and plastic hazards.

Unit VI: Nanomaterials 3 lecture hours Introduction, Effect of size on important properties. Methods of preparation, Bragg’s Equation, BET Surface area, XRD. Application of nano materials. Text Books

1. Bapna, Renu, Engineering Chemistry - New Delhi MacMillan 2010 – 431, ISBN:0230330762.

2. Text book of Engineering Chemistry, By: Chawla, Shashi, Book Publisher: Delhi: Dhanpat Rai, 2014. ISBN 13: 123456755036.

3. Engineering Chemistry, By: Krishnamoorty, P, Publisher: New Delhi: McGraw Hill, 2012, Edition: 1.ISBN: 9780071328753.

Reference Books

1. Encyclopedic dictionary of organic chemistry, By Milton, Jules K., Publisher: New Delhi Pentagon Press 2004Description: 208p., ISBN: 818274167--X; 9788182741676.

2. Crude oil chemistry, By: Simanzhenkov, Vasily, BookPublisher: New York: Marcel Dekker, 2003 Description: 409p.ISBN: 082474098.

3. Atkins' physical chemistry, By: Atkins, Peter, Paula, Julio De, BookPublisher: New Delhi Oxford University Press 2014, Edition: 10th. ISBN: 9780198728726; 0198728727.

4. Essentials of Physical Chemistry by Bahl & Tuli, Publisher: S.Chand & Co., ISBN 13: 978-8121929783.

5. Organic Chemistry for engineers, By: Mallick, Abhijit, Book Publisher: New Delhi: Viva Books, 2012, ISBN: 9788130920580.


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs), Program Outcomes (POs) and Program Specific Objectives(PSOs)

Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 2 1

CO2 2 1

CO3 2 1

CO4 3

CO5 3 2


Course Objectives 1. To help the students to learn the basics of C programming language. 2. To enable students to develop programming skills. 3. To give the students basic and intermediate knowledge about the C programming

language and data structure. 4. To enable students develop programs of intermediate level in C programming language. 5. To make students aware about the concept of data structures. 6. To enable students to implement the concept of data structure using C programming

language.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1: Demonstrate a clear understanding of the basic C programming concepts. CO2: Use functions, storage class specifiers, pointers and dynamic memory allocation. CO3: Implement the basic data structures like arrays, structures, linked lists, stacks and queues. CO4: Classify and analyze the complexities associated with sorting/searching algorithms and demonstrate a clear understanding of the file handling concepts. CO5: Develop skills to design and evaluate solutions to real time problems.

Catalog Description Knowledge about the C programming knowledge is the building block of the students to build their programming skills. And enable the students to enhance the programming skills of the students and make them comfortable to adopt the new language for programming in future. Students will be get awarded about the theoretical concept of data structures and implements in C programming language. Course Content Unit I: PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT STEPS 12 lecture hours Algorithm / pseudo code, flowchart, program development steps, structure of C program, A Simple C program, identifiers, basic data types and sizes, Constants, variables, arithmetic, relational and logical operators, increment and decrement operators, conditional operator, bit-wise operators, assignment operators, expressions, type conversions, conditional expressions, precedence and order of evaluation. Input-output statements, statements and blocks, if and switch statements,

CSEG 1002 Programming and Data Structures L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Elementary knowledge of computer Co-requisites --

loops- while, do-while and for statements, break, continue, go to and labels, command line arguments. Unit II: ARRAYS 9 lecture hours Declaration, definition, arrays and functions, two-dimensional and multi-dimensional arrays, multi-dimensional storage representation. Designing structured programs, Function basics, parameter passing, storage classes- extern, auto, register, static, scope rules, standard library functions, recursive function. Unit III: POINTERS 9 lecture hours Initialization of pointer variables, pointers and function arguments, address arithmetic, Character pointers and functions, pointers to pointers, dynamic memory managements functions, array with functions. Derived types- structures- declaration & definition, nested structures, arrays of structures, structures and functions, pointers to structures, self-referential structures, accessing structure members using pointers, unions, typedef. Unit IV: DATA STRUCTURES 9 lecture hours Introduction to data structures, representing stacks and queues in C using arrays, linked lists: operations, Stack and Queue implementation using Linked list, infix to post fix conversion, postfix expression evaluation, doubly linked lists, circular lists, polynomial representation & operations. Unit V: SEARCHING & SORTING 9 lecture hours Linear and binary search methods, sorting – Bubble sort, Selection sort, Insertion sort, Quick sort.Input and output – concept of a file, text files and binary files, streams, standard I/O, Formatted I/O, file I/O operations Text Books

1. Data Structures with C (Schaum's Outline Series) by Seymour Lipschutz. 2. Let us C Solutions by Yashavant P. Kanetkar

Reference Books 1. Programming in ANSI C Book by E. Balagurusamy 2. Ellis Horowitz and Sartaz Sahni, “Data Structure using C”. 3. P.K. Sinha and P.K. Sinha, “Computer Fundamentals”.


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course Code Outcomes P

O1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 1 2

CO2 2 2

CO3 2 2

CO4 1 2

CO5 3


Course Objectives 1. To understand the basics of semiconductor and its type with the energy level diagram and

formation of PN junction diode, its characteristics and breakdown down during reverse biasing.

2. To recognise the application of diode such as Voltage regulations, Rectifier, Filter, Clipper and Clamper.

3. To develop an idea about Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT), Field Effect Transistor (FET), MOSFET and its configurations.

4. To familiarize with the analysis of basic transistor amplifier circuits, feedback amplifiers transistor as an Amplifier and their classification. To develop the knowledge of Operational Amplifier and its application as Summer, Integrator and Differentiator.

5. To enhance the knowledge about the communication system and to equip with various issues related to analogue communication such as modulation, demodulation, transmitters and receivers and noise performance.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand the transport phenomena in semiconductors and junction diode. CO2: Make use of semiconductors and junction diodes and their implications in basic electronic

devices like rectifiers, clippers and clampers etc. CO3: Understand the current-voltage characteristics of BJT, FET and MOSFET for their

efficient use as amplifier, switch etc. CO4: Understand the different kind of amplifiers: BJT and op-amp and their application in

various mathematical operations. CO5: Understand the Modulation and Demodulation, AM and FM receivers and Transmitters.

Catalog Description

The aim of the course is to introduce the basic concepts of semiconductor devices within the context of engineering especially computer Science students. The objective of this course is to equip students with the required mathematical tools/formulas necessary to analyze and understand basic analog electronic components and circuits such as diodes, transistors etc. Emphasis is on analysis and application of electronic circuits utilizing semiconductor diodes, operational amplifiers, and transistors. During the delivery of the course, the students will be provided with examples of day-to-day devices to cover and demonstrate the fundamentals of basic electronic circuits. A student who completes the course successfully will be able to demonstrate the basic electronic components, their device structure, principle of operations and analysis, circuit

PHYS 1003 Basic Electronics Engineering L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure 12th level Physics Co-requisites 12th level Mathematics

representations etc. and understand the analog electronics and their corresponding circuit analysis. This course gives an initial platform to understand basic electronics which have good career options as electronics professional and help the students to find the connection between electronics and engineering. Course Content Unit I: Introduction to Semiconductors 7 lecture hours Introduction to Semiconductors- Intrinsic & Extrinsic semiconductors, Energy level diagram, concept of fermi level, Transport Phenomena in semiconductor{Conductivity, temperature dependence of conductivity(Qualitative), mobility, drift current, diffusion current}, P-N Junction diode : Formation of depletion layer, Biasing and Working of Diode, Diode equation, diode characteristics, Breakdown in a diode: Zener and Avalanche breakdown. Unit II: Diode Applications 8 lecture hours Diode Applications- Zener diode and its application as a voltage stabilizer, Rectifiers: Half wave and Full wave rectifiers: Centre tap type and Bridge type. Expression for form factor, ripple factor and efficiency, Filters: capacitor filter, L and pi filters, Clipping (series and parallel) and Clamping Circuits Unit III: Fundamental of Transistors 6 lecture hours Fundamental of Transistors- Bipolar junction transistors (BJTs); C-B,C-E and C-C configuration, input and output characterizations, load line and operating point, Field effect Transistors (FET) : comparison with BJT, construction and characteristic of JFET and MOSFET (Depletion and Enhancement Type). Unit IV: Transistor Amplifiers 10 lecture hours Transistor Amplifiers- Introduction to Amplifiers, Classification of Amplifier: based on Q point and Load line, Class A, Class B, Class C & Class AB, Concept of Feedback Amplifiers, comparison of positive and negative feedback, Introduction to Operational Amplifiers, Operational Amplifiers parameters, Gain in Operational Amplifiers: Non-inverting and Inverting amplifier, Applications of Operational Amplifiers as Summer (inverting configuration only), Integrator, Differentiator. Unit V: Communication System 8 lecture hours Communication System- Basics of Communication system, Concept of Antenna and Bandwidth, Techniques of Amplitude and Frequency modulation, Comparison between Am and FM, Radio Receivers : FM radio receiver and Superhetrodyne receiver, Noise Classifications, Signal to Noise ratio, Applications of Modulation and Demodulation. Text Books 1. Boylestad R.B., Nashelsky L. (2009) Electronic Device and Circuit Theory. Dorling

Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 97881317031703144

2. Kennedy G., Davis B. (2008) Electronic Communication Systems. Tata Mcgraw-Hill Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 10007463682

Reference Books 1. Millman J., Halkias C.C. (1972) Integrated Electronics: Analog & Digital Circuit System- Tata

Mcgraw-Hill Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 9780070423152

2. Mottershead. A (1979) Electronic Devices and Circuits-, Prentice Hall India Learning Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 9788120301245


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 3 2 1

CO2 3 2 2

CO3 3 2 1

CO4 2 3 1

CO5 2 2 1


Course Objectives

1. To understand the meaning of Law generally (in the context of its diverse origins and conceptualizations) as well as within the context of a Legal System

2. To understand the meaning of Legal System and learn about the various types of Legal Systems

3. To learn the basics of the Indian Legal System 4. To orient towards the study of various courses of Law to follow in due course of the Law

Program


C1001.1 Understanding the meaning and fundamentals of law in light of different Schools of thoughts.

C1001.2 Understanding the characteristics peculiarities and functioning of the Indian Legal Systems and other prominent legal systems.

C1001.3 Understanding different sources of law and its importance in present legal system. C1001.4 To comprehend and apply different types and methodologies of research in law and

interdisciplinary sciences with application of citation

Catalog Description This course seeks to enable first year students to identify, analyse and research issues in any area of law. It teaches the students to engage with legal texts, to think critically about the law, and most importantly, to think, analyze and reason like a lawyer. The course will familiarize students with theoretical debates on the nature of law and will acquaint them with their real world consequences. It will equip students to gain a basic understanding of the legal system, the institutions, the nature of legal rules, the technique of legal and logical reasoning and analysis. The course focuses on orientation of students to legal studies from the point of view of basic concepts of law and legal systems.

This subject is being taught in B.A.LL.B. (Hons) Criminal Law and Labor law. Legal Method and Legal Reasoning determines the theoretical basis of law. It helps to determine the diverse origins and to understand the many inter and cross linkages law with several disciplines . Moreover, it

CLCC1001 Legal Method & Legal Reasoning L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of sources of law and use of modern

computer systems and Internet Co-requisites comparisons of main legal theories and different computer

software for systematization of current legislation and legal research

also deals with the techniques and ideas of legal research which also includes the use and importance of citations, etc.

Legal research would, in a similar vein, involve the collection of legal materials for the purpose of discovering new facts that would contribute to the body of knowledge in a legal field or subject.

The subject provides a basic understanding of Research and Research Methodology Lecture / Presentation on various topics would be made using PPTs, multi-media and interactive modes wherever suitable. Students are expected to come prepared for the topics for discussion in the class/ case studies/ Presentations/ Viva-voce in order to make the sessions more meaningful. Students are also expected to ask questions, engage in discussion and answer questions based on readings and prior classroom discussions; PPT; Multimedia ;Lecture; Case Studies ;Chalk and talk; Random Questioning; Reflections

Course Content Unit I: 15 lecture hours INTRODUCTION TO LAW AND LEGAL SYSTEM

Meaning and definition of law

Law and its relation with ethics, religion and morality

Categorization of law: Substantive & Procedural laws, Civil law & Criminal law

Schools of law- Positivist -Austin, Kelsen ,Natural- Hart; Historical-Savigny, Sociological-Roscoe Pound

Legal systems- Common, Civil , Adversarial, Inquisitorial

Indian Legal System- Salient Features of Constitution, Hierarchy of courts, Specialized legal bodies and regulatory bodies

Unit II: 06 lecture hours SOURCES OF LAW

Sources of Law- Custom ,Legislation ,Precedent Unit III: 11 lecture hours LEGAL REASONING & LEGAL RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

Meaning of Legal Research & Methods

Inductive Methods: General to Particular

Deductive Methods: Particular to General

Types of Legal Research: Doctrinal Research & Empirical Research

Steps involved in doing Legal Research

Doctrinal Research Methods: legal and non-legal materials, primary and secondary sources

Tools to find legal materials: Law Library & Online Data Base

Case comment Case analysis Citation –ILI, OSCOLA, Blue Book

Unit IV: 03 lecture

hours

SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH TECHNIQUES APPLIED IN LEGAL SCIENCE RESEARCH: NON-

DOCTRINAL OR EMPIRICAL APPROACH –

Empirical Research Methods: Observation, Interview, Questionnaire, survey, Case Study

Design of samples & Types of sampling Text Books

Williams, Glanville, Learning the Law – 11th ed. – New Delhi Universal Law 2007

Reference Books

Bodenheimer, Edgar, Jurisprudence, The Philosophy and Method of the Law – Revised ed. – New Delhi Universal Law 2006

Fitzgerald,P.J., Salmond on Jurisprudence – 12th ed. – New Delhi Universal Law 2008

Tripathi, GP, Legal Method – 1st ed. – Central Law Publications 2014

Minattur, Joseph, Indian Legal System – 2nd ed. – New Delhi ILI Publications 2006

Derrett, J.D.M., An Introduction to Legal Systems -

Cardozo, Benjamin, Judicial Process – New Delhi Universal Law 2012

Sarathi, V.P., Legal Fictions – 2nd ed. – Lucknow Eastern Books Co. 2012

Verma, S.K. and Wani, M. A., Legal Research and Methodology – New Delhi ILI Publications 2006

Ahuja, Ram, Research Methods – 1st ed. – Rawat Publications 2001

JOURNALS AND ARTICLES (Will be uploaded on LMS) The Judge and the King – A Story

David, Rene & Brierley, John E.C., Major Legal Systems in the World Today

Menon, N.R. Madhav, Settlement In The Open

Q. De Funiak, William, Origin And Nature Of Equity

Vibhute, Khushal and Ayanalem, Filipos, Legal Research Methods

Hunter, Judy, The Importance of Citation

Chynoweth, Paul, Legal research in the built environment: a methodological framework

WEB SOURCES www.ssrn.com www.jstor.org Database: AIR Databases (Supreme Court/High Court/Criminal law Journal) (1950 to 2012). LexisNexis India Online Services West Law India. Taxman Database. SCC Online Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components MSE Internal ESE Weightage (%) 20 30 50

Internal Assessment: 100 Marks (shall be done based on the following five components):

Components Quiz/Class

Test/ Snap Test

Assignment/ Case Comment

Project Work Court Room Exercise

Subject Grand Viva

Attendance Total 100 Marks

Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

Test I -10 Test II-10

Report / Viva /PPT

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

C1001.1 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3

C1001.2 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 2 3

C1001.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3

C1001.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3


Model Question Paper

Roll No: ---------------------------

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM AND ENERGY STUDIES

End Semester Examination, December 2017

Program: B.TECH.(CS+CL), LL.B. (Hons.), 2017 Semester : II Subject (Course): Legal Method & Legal Reasoning Max. Marks : 100 Course Code :CLCC1001 Duration : 3 Hrs No. of page/s: 4

Instructions: Attempt any three questions from Section A (each carrying 2 marks); any Two Questions from Section B (each carrying 10 marks). Section C is Compulsory (each carrying 10 marks).

Section A

1. Define judgment per incurium. [2] C1001.1 2 Why Council of States is also known as permanent house of parliament? [2] C1001.2

3. Define Exploratory Research. [2] C1001.4 4. The Principles of Morals and Legislation is written by …………………………………... [2] C1001.3 5. Supreme legislation means …………………………………………………………….. [2] C1001.3 SECTION B 6. Analyze the Judicial System of Modern India. Describe the Sentencing Power of different

Trial Courts. [10

]

C1001.2

7 a. How H. L. A. Hart has classified social rules? b. Whether the constitution of India is ‘Grundnorm’?

[5+5 =10]

C1001.1

SECTION C

7. Every year in Solapur (a region in Maharashtra, India) parents get together to throw their babies off the top of a 50 foot tower. The babies are caught in a sheet held by other villagers on the ground. The parents believe that the practice will give their children long and healthy lives. This is practiced mostly by Muslims but some Hindu families also engage in it. Parents who take part in this ritual are usually those who have become pregnant after praying at the Shrine of Baba Umer Dargah. Mr. Aadarsh has filled one petition to illegalize this custom in HC of Maharashtra. Answer the following:

a. Discuss the kinds and importance of customs. b. Can this custom be enforced in a court? Justify your answer.

[5+5 =10]

C1001.3

8. ‘Savigny’s reaction was reaction of fact against the fiction’. Elaborate the savigny’s definition of law with reference to the above mentioned statement and differentiate between the approaches adopted by Historical and analytical school thinkers while defining the law.

[10]

C1001.1

SECTION D

9 The ability to conduct legal research is essential for lawyers, regardless of area or type of practice. Write a detailed note on the process of legal research with emphasis on different techniques of legal research.

[20]

C1001.4

10 Write the citations for below given details in ILI as well as in blue book style.

a. Web Document: Agricultural revolution, Written by: Mr. M. Overton, Year: 2002. Place: BBC, London Link: http://www.bbc.co.uk/history/society_culture/industrialisation/agricultural_revolution_01.shtml Accessed on: 25th August 2005

b. Name of Author: Mr. Charles A. Reich Title of Article: The New Property Journal volume no. 32 Name of Journal: England Law Report Page no. 733, Page Cited: 737-38 Year: 1964

c. Name of the writer: Robert I. Freidman Title of the write-up: “India’s Shame: Sexual Slavery and Political Corruption are Leading to an AIDS Catastrophe” Name of the newspaper: The Nation’s NEWS Page: editorial Date: 8 April 1996.

d. Name of the authors: Mr. Chatrapati Singh, Mr. P.K. Coudhary & Mr. Raman Mittal Title of the book: Towards Energy Conservation Law p.no.: 78 Publisher: Indian Law Institute Place of publication: Delhi Edition: 4th, Year: 1989

e. Name of the authors: Shabistan Aquil,, Title of the Chapter : Classification of Human Rights, Name of editor: S.K. Verma, Shabistan Aquill Name of book: Human Rights: Cases and Material Publication: Law press Year: 2017

[6*5 = 30]

C1001.4

Course Objectives

1. Using a mock case as a context, allow students to develop patterns of thought and hands-on ability in researching and arguing.

2. Allow students to learn drafting of memorial pertinent to Moot Court Problems. 3. Allow students to learn the basics of court mannerisms. 4. Allow students to learn the professional role of the lawyer.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C104.1 Participate in Moot Court Competitions following the relevant rules.

C104.2 Practice the dos and don’ts of argumentation.

C104.3 Learn to identify legal issues and address them.

C104.4 Behave and act professionally in a court room setting. Catalog Description Court Room skills are fundamental to students of the legal profession. It is one thing to understand law and quite another to practice it. Therefore, this course provides the students with the practical learnings of courtroom argumentation. Right from deliberating on a hypothetical factual problem, to framing issues, drafting memorials and arguing in front of a judge. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Students will be expected to interact with media resources, such as, web sites, videos, DVDs, and newspapers etc. Course Content

Unit I: 2 lecture hours What is Moot Court?, Meaning of Court, Meaning of Appellate Court - Law, Ethics and Skills

CLPP 1101 Fundamentals of Moot Court L T P C

Version 1.0 1 0 0 1 Pre-requisites/Exposure Higher Secondary Co-requisites --

Unit II: 2 lecture hours Relevant Law and rules, Rules in Competitions Unit III: 2 lecture hours Demonstration of activity by senior students, Discussion on queries based on demonstration Unit IV: 6 lecture hours Circulation of problem, Discussion on queries based on problem, Exercise Text Books

4. “Moot Court, Pre-Trial Preparations & Participation in Trial Proceedings” by Sirohi, J P S., Allahabad Law Agency, 2010

Reference Books

1. Mootology and Mooting Skills, edited by Martin Kopa And Tereza Skarkova, published by Faculty of Law, Palacky University in Olomouc, Czech Republic

2. “Advocate - His mind and art” by Aiyar, P Ramanatha; Aiyer, N S Ranganatha., LexisNexis, 2009

Modes of Evaluation: Memorial Submission/Oral Argumentation Examination Scheme:

Components Memorial Submission

Oral Argument

Weightage (%) 50 50


C104.1 1 2 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 1

C104.2 1 2 3 2 3 1 2 - 2 1

C104.3 2 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 1

C104.4 - - 2 - 2 2 2 - - -

C104 1 2 3 2 3 1 2 - 2 1


Model Question Paper

Course: LLBG 104 – Fundamentals of Moot Court Programme: BALLB (Hons.) Cri/Lab, B.Tech., LL.B. (Hons.) IPR Semester: ODD-2017-18 Time: NA Max. Marks:100 1. Prepare a Memorial and Argue on the following problem from the assigned side:

Chemco Ltd is a chemical manufacturing company which manufactures chemicals for commercial use. The chemicals are dangerous and are accordingly stored underground. However, due to a crack in the container tanks, (which can, in no way be attributed to fault on the part of Chemco Ltd) chemicals escape into the mains water supply of a neighbouring house owned by Mr. Davies. Chemco Ltd is fully aware of the inherent dangers of grave physical injury being caused by direct human contact with the chemicals. Mrs Smith lives with her daughter, Mrs Davies, in Rose Cottage, which is adjacent to the chemical plant. Whilst sitting in the garden one summer’s afternoon, Mrs Smith poured her daughter a glass of iced water. Shortly after drinking the water, Mrs Davies started to suffer serious convulsions and collapsed. On seeing her daughter collapse, suspecting the worst, Mrs Smith panicked. Mrs Davies was rushed to hospital where she was treated for serious internal injuries caused by drinking contaminated water. Since the incident, Mrs Smith has been unable to sleep due to recurring nightmares. She has been diagnosed as suffering from post-traumatic stress disorder. Mrs Davies and Mrs Smith file a legal suit against Chemco Ltd in respect of the following two grounds: 1. In relation to Mrs Davies, can there be a claim for personal injury 2. In relation to Mrs Smith, can there be a claim for psychiatric injury The suit was allowed with respect to the first claim, but denied with respect to the second claim. The matter is not in appeal to the High Court. Please draft your arguments and argue in the High Court.

[50+50] CO1

PRACTICAL

ECEG 1103 BASIC ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB L T P 0 0 2

1. To study the various electronics components (diode, resistor, transistor, capacitors, IC’s etc.)

and measuring instruments (multimeter, CRO,DSO etc.)

2. To Study and plot the V-I characteristics of P-N Junction diode and Zener Diode

3. To Study and set up a half wave and full wave rectifier circuit. And to calculate its form factor,

Ripple factor and efficiency

4. To Study clipper and clamper circuits and plot the wave from

5. Study of transistor characteristics common emitter (NPN) or (PNP).

6. Study of transistor characteristics common base (NPN) or (PNP).

7. Study of logic gates and to verify the truth table

8. Implementation of AND, OR, NOT Gate using NAND & NOR(Universal gates)

9. Implementation of half and full adder digital circuits.

10. Implementation of half and full substractor digital circuits.

CHEM 1101 CHEMISTRY LAB L T P 0 0 2

1. Acid-base titration

2. Double titration (Redox titration)

3. Argentometric titration

4. Conductometric titration

5. pH metric titration

6. Proximate analysis

7. Sulfur estimation/Bomb calorimeter

8. Study of kinetics of ester hydrolysis

9. Preparation of PF Resin/ UF Resin/ Ni-DMG complex (any one)

10. Acid-base titration

11. Preparation of Gel

12. Preparation of Sol

CSEG 1102 PROGRAMMING AND DATA STRUCTURES LAB L T P 0 0 2

1. Problem Solving using Algorithms and Flowcharts.

2. Simple Programs in C language with Operators and Expressions.

3. Simple Programs in C language with Control structures.

4. Simple Programs in C language with Operators, Expressions, and Control structures

5. Simple Programs in C language with Pointers and Functions.

6. C programs using Recursion.

7. C programs using Arrays, Dynamic Memory and string handling.

8. C programs using Structure and Union.

9. C program to implement Stack, Queue, linked-list.

10. C programs using Circular Linked List, doubly linked list

11. C program to implement Sorting/Searching techniques and File Handling.


Course Objectives 1. To enable the students to solve linear ordinary differential equations. 2. To help the students in understanding fundamental statistical techniques. 3. To make students understand numerical techniques to solve different types of equations and

integrals. 4. To enable the students to gain the knowledge of posets and lattices.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Solve the linear ordinary differential equations. CO2. Interpret the engineering and scientific data using fundamental statistical techniques. CO3. Find the numerical solution of nonlinear equations and initial value problems of ODEs. CO4. Apply the finite difference calculus on the discrete data to perform numerical interpolation,

differentiation and integration. CO5. Analyze the importance of order and precedence relationships through posets and lattices

which have a variety of applications in computer science

Catalog Description This serves as a basic course for describing and analyzing engineering processes and systems. It also enables precise representation and communication of knowledge of mathematical techniques. It fulfills the need of the concepts and aids in visualizing the underlying geometric interpretation. In first unit posets and lattices will be taught which play an important role in many discipline of computer science. In second unit students will learn numerical techniques which have become an important tool for an engineer for solving complex problems. In third unit student will learn about linear differential equation which arise in the study of rates of change and of quantities or things that change. They play a significant role in science, applied mathematics, physics, engineering, biology, economics etc. The last unit will cover statistical techniques which are very important for data analysis. The techniques taught in this course will help students being mathematically efficient in dealing real life problems. Course Content Unit I: Posets and Lattices 6 lecture hours Partial order relations, Hasse diagram, Posets, lattices, maximal and minimal element, Well ordered set, properties of lattices, Some special lattices-bounded lattice and complemented lattices, distributive lattice, modular lattice and complete lattice.

MATH 1005 MATHEMATICS-II L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Mathematics upto B.Tech 1st semester Co-requisites --

Unit II: Numerical Methods 17 lecture hours Bisection method, Regula Falsi method, Fixed point iteration and Newton-Raphson method, Gauss-Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel methods, Finite difference operators and their relationships, difference tables, Newton forward and backward interpolation formula, Newton divided difference method, Numerical differentiation, Newton-Cotes integral formula, Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s1/3 and Simpson’s 3/8 Rules, Picard’s method, Taylor Series method, Euler’s method and Modified Euler’s method, Runge-Kutta fourth order method. Unit III: Differential Equations 11 lecture hours Exact differential equations, Linear differential equations with constant coefficients, Cauchy-Euler differential equation, Legendre linear differential equation, Solution of second order differential equations when a part of complementary function is known, Solution of second order differential equations by reduction to normal form, Solution of second order differential equations by changing the independent variable, Solution of second order differential equation by variation of parameters. Unit IV: Probability & Statistics 8 lecture hours Discrete and continuous random variables, Moments, Skewness and Kurtosis, Probability mass and probability density functions, Moment generating functions and their properties, Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, Normal distribution. Text Books

1. Seymour Lipschutz and Marc Lipson, Discrete Mathematics, Tata Mcgraw Hill Professional. ISBN: 9781259062537.

2. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa Publications. ISBN: 9788173197307.

3. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley Publications. ISBN: 9788126554232.

4. B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill. ISBN: 9780070634190

Reference Books 1. B. Kolman, R. C. Busby and S. C. Ross, Discrete Mathematical Structures, PHI Learning.

ISBN: 9788131724972. 2. S. S. Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, PHI Learning. ISBN: 9788120345928. 3. Z. Ahsan, Differential Equations and their Applications, Prentice Hall of India.

ISBN: 9788120325234. 4. M. Greenberg, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Pearson. ISBN: 9788177585469.


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 3 1 1

CO2 2

CO3 3 1 1

CO4 2 2 1

CO5 3


Course Objectives

1. To enable the students to formulate, design and solve problems in applied science and engineering.

2. To understand the principles of LASER and its applications in holography. Furthermore determinate the usage in fiber-optic communications.

3. Determine gradient, divergence and curl of scalar and vector fields. 4. To formulate and solve the engineering problems on Electromagnetism which will be used

as prerequisites for forthcoming semester. 5. To understand the matter and energy equivalence as well as consequences of Lorentz

transformation equations. 6. To utilize fundament of quantum mechanics in various areas of Material Science and

engineering.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Understanding the significance of lasers and its application in holography and optical fibre

communication. CO2. Compute the electric field for different charge geometries. CO3. Compute the magnetic field due to different current geometries. CO4. Make use of the concept of relativistic mechanics to study its effect on length, time and

energy related problems. CO5. Utilize the fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics and analyse the behaviour of particle at

microscopic level.

Catalog Description Physics is the backbone of every engineering stream. It inherently investigates to understand the mysteries of nature and effectively involves in explaining all physical processes. The Physics curriculum provides direct coherence of concepts and applications which adhere to the need of understanding engineering in a generic and dynamic manner. An introduction to optics subsequently leads to the understanding of working of LASERs, Holography, Fiber Optics communication system and Optical instrumentation. These topics are revolutionizing technology nowadays. The understanding of electromagnetic theory ultimately leads towards the conceptualizing the signal communication techniques and also forms the basis of electric signal theory. This is indeed a prerequisite for any technology under development. In Faraday's law,

PHYS 1002 Physics L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure 12th level Physics Co-requisites 12th level Mathematics

magnetic fields are associated with electromagnetic induction and magnetism, and Maxwell's equations describe how electric and magnetic fields are generated and altered by each other and by charges and currents. Further special theory of relativity provides the insight to the interesting out-of-box thinking to the engineering students. Quantum Mechanics describes the physical phenomena in which the wave and particle aspects of matter and radiation are reconciled in a unified theory. The knowledge of the Quantum Mechanics can be applied to the study of optical and electronic sensor as well as to study the behavior at microscopic and nano level. Course Content Unit I: 10 lecture hours Lasers & Fibre Optics - Introduction, Spontaneous and Stimulated emission of radiation, Relation b/w Einstein’s A and B coefficients, Population inversion & types of pumping, Main components of a Laser, Construction & working of Ruby Laser and its applications, Construction & working of Helium-Neon laser and its applications. Holography: Elementary idea of holography and constructive and reconstructive of holography. Fundamental ideas about optical fiber, Types of fibers, Acceptance angle and cone, Numerical aperture, Propagation mechanism and communication in optical fiber, Attenuation and losses. Unit II: 14 lecture hours Electro-Magnetics - Coordinate systems, Del operator, Gradient, Divergence, Divergence Theorem, Stoke’s Theorem, Introduction to electrostatics, calculation of electric field, potential and energy due to charge distribution by vector approach, Gauss law electric flux density. Polarization in Dielectrics, Bound charges, Dielectric Constant and strength, Continuity equation and relaxation time Boundary Conditions. Introduction, Biot-Savart’s law, Ampere’s Circuit Law; Applications, Magnetic flux density, Faraday’s Law, Transformer and motional EMF. Displacement current, Maxwell’s Equations in Final form. Unit III: 6 lecture hours Special Theory of Relativity - Introduction, Inertial & Non-inertial frames, Michelson-Morley Experiment, Postulates, Lorentz transformation, Length contraction, Time dilation, Twin Paradox, Concept of simultaneity, velocities addition, and Concept variation of mass with velocity, Mass - energy equivalence and Energy momentum relation. Unit IV: 12 lecture hours Wave Mechanics - Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, photoelectric effect, Compton Effect, Pair production & Annihilation, Wave particle duality, De Broglie waves, phase and group velocities and their relations, Uncertainty principle and its applications, Wave function and its interpretation, Normalization, Schrodinger time independent & dependent wave equations, Particle in a 1-D box; generalization to 3-D box. Text Books 5. Malik H.K, Singh A.K. (2011) Engineering Physics, TMH, New Delhi. ISBN: 9780070671539 6. Sadiku M.N.O. (2007) Elements of Electromagnetics, Oxford University Press. ISBN: 0195300483 7. Beiser A. (2002) Concepts of Modern Physics, McGraw Hill Education. ISBN: 9780070495531

Reference Books

5. Griffith D.J. (2012) Introduction to Electromagnetics, PHI Learning, 4th edition, ISBN: 9780138053260

6. Ghatak A. (2012) Optics, McGraw Hill Education. ISBN: 978-1259004346


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course Outcomes P

O1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 3 2 1

CO2 2 3 1

CO3 3 2 1

CO4 2 3

CO5 3 2


Course Objectives

The objectives of this course are to: 1. Learn object oriented programing methodology. 2. Apply object oriented programming concepts to solve real life problem. 3. Implement Non Linear Data Structures by using C++ programming.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand the Object Oriented Programming concepts and familiar with C++

programming language CO2. Model the solutions using OOPs methodology. CO3. Analyse various data structures and their design techniques. CO4. Apply advanced data structure strategies to solve real world problems. CO5. Implement the solutions for real world applications using C++ Catalog Description This course introduces the basic concepts of object-oriented programming using C++. This course also provides practical knowledge and hands-on experience in designing and implementing data structures and their manipulation. Topics to be covered include introduction to C++ programming language, classes, pointers, functions, inheritance, polymorphism, File handling, tree (traversals & operations), binary tree, binary search tree, AVL tree, M-way tree, lists, trees, heaps and priority queues; sorting, hashing, graphs and graph traversals Course Content Unit I: 8 lecture hours C++ Class Overview- Class Definition, Objects, Class Members, Access Control, Constructors and destructors, parameter passing methods, Inline functions, static class members, this pointer, friend functions, dynamic memory allocation and de-allocation (new and delete).

Unit II: 12 lecture hours

CSEG 1004 Advanced Data Structures L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Programming Knowledge, Elementary Data Structure Co-requisites --

Inheritance : Concept, base and derived classes, constructors and destructors, inheritance types, base class access control, Function over Loading, Operator Overloading, runtime polymorphism using virtual functions, abstract classes, Generic Programming- Function and class templates

Unit III: 8 lecture hours Exception handling, File Handling, Hash Tables: Direct Address tables, hash functions: collision resolution-separate chaining, open addressing-linear probing, quadratic probing, double hashing, rehashing, extendible hashing.

Unit IV: 8 lecture hours Trees- Binary tress, terminology, representation, complete binary tree, extend binary tree, traversing binary tree, threaded binary tree, Binary search tree & operations - Searching, Insertion and Deletion

Unit V: 6 lecture hours AVL Trees, Operations – Insertion, Deletion and Searching, m-way search tree, operations-, insertion, deletion and searching, heaps, maintaining heaps property, heap sort, priority queue

Unit VI: 6 lecture hours Graphs- terminology, multigraph, digraph, sequential representation, linked list representation, graph traversals (dfs & bfs), path matrix, completely connected graph.

Text Books 1. Herbert Schildt, “C++: The Complete Reference”, McGraw Hill Education, 2003. 2. John R. Hubbard, “Data Structures with C++”, Schaum’s Outlines, Tata McGraw Hill Education,

2000.

Reference Books 1. Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, David Mount, “Data Structures and Algorithms in

C++”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2004. 2. Seymour Lipschutz, “Data Structures”, Schaum’s Outlines, Tata McGraw Hill Education,

2006


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 1 2

CO2 1 1

CO3 1 2

CO4 2 2

CO5 2 2


Course Objectives

1. Gain a good understanding of the architecture and functioning of database management systems as well as associated tools and techniques, principles of data modelling using entity relationship and develop a good database design and normalization techniques to normalize a database.

2. Understand the use of structured query language and its syntax, transactions, database recovery and techniques for query optimization.

3. Acquire a good understanding of database systems concepts and to be in a position to use and design databases for different applications.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO 1. Define the terminology, features, classifications, and characteristics of database systems. CO 2. Analyze an information storage problem and derive an information model expressed in the form of an entity relation diagram. CO 3. Demonstrate relational data model, transform an information model into a relational database schema and to use a data definition language or utilities to implement the schema using a DBMS. CO 4. Formulate using relational algebra, relational calculus and SQL solutions to a broad range of query problems. CO5. Demonstrate an understanding of normalization theory and apply such knowledge to the normalization of a database.

Catalog Description A Database management system is a computerized record-keeping system. It is a repository or a container for collection of computerized data files. The overall purpose of DBMS is to allow he users to define, store, retrieve and update the information contained in the database on demand. Information can be anything that is of significance to an individual or organization.

Databases touch all aspects of our lives. Some of the major areas of application are as follows: 1. Banking

CSEG1005 Database Management System L T P C Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Data structures and algorithms, Computer systems,

Sufficient programming experience

Co-requisites

2. Airlines 3. Universities 4. Manufacturing and selling 5. Human resources DBMS uses: (i) Effective and efficient management of data (ii) Query processing and management (iii) Easy to understand and user friendly (iv) Security and integrity of data (v) Better Decision-making (vi) Data sharing and storage Course Content Unit I: 06 Lecture hours OVERVIEW OF DATABASES Database & database users and basics of SQL, characteristics and advantages of the database, Database systems, concepts and architecture, Data models, schemas & instances, Three-Schema architecture & data independence, database languages & interfaces, Centralized and Client/Server Architecture of DBMS, Classification of DBMS. Unit II: 05 Lecture hours DATA MODELLING USING THE ENTITY-RELATIONSHIP APPROACH Top Down Approach: ERD Concept of Data Association, entities, attributes, Relationship Types, relationship sets, Roles & Structural constraint, working with SQL, Designing ER Dig, naming convention and Design issue.

Unit III: 06 Lecture hours RELATIONAL MODEL Relational model Concepts, Relational model constraint & relational database schemas, Update operations ,transactions, and dealing with constraint Violation, Relational algebra, Unary relational operation, Binary relational operations and ,relational algebra operations from set Theory, Relational Calculus; and implementation in SQL, Codd’s Rule Unit IV: 09 Lecture hours RELATIONAL DATA BASE DESIGN Informal Design guideline for relational Schemas, Functional Dependencies, Normal forms based on primary keys, (1NF, 2NF, 3NF & BCNF), lossless join and dependency preserving decomposition, Multivalued dependencies (4NF, 5NF), domain key normal form. Unit V: 04 Lecture hours

ORACLE & DB2 ARCHITECTURE An Oracle Database, An Oracle Instance, Data processing , SQL processing and client interfaces, DB2-Logical Data Structures Physical Data Structure, DB2-Instances, Table Spaces, Types of Table spaces, DB2-Internal Memory Structure, Background Processes, Data Types, Roles & Privileges Unit VI: 06 Lecture hours QUERY PROCESSING AND OPTIMIZATION Introduction to Query Processing, Translating SQL Queries into Relational Algebra, , Algorithms for External Sorting, Algorithms for SELECT and JOIN Operations , Algorithms for PROJECT and SET Operations, Implementing Aggregate Operations and Outer Joins.

Text Books

1. Fundamentalnof Database Systems, Fourth Edition, By Remez Elmasri And Shamkant B. Navathe, Pearson Education

2. Sql, Pl/Sql The Programming Language Of Oracle, Iii- Edition, Ivan Bayross

Reference Books:

1. Database System Concepts by Avi Silberschatz,Henry F. Korth,S. Sudarshan 2. Introduction to Database systems by Bipin Desai 3. Database Management Systems by C.J Date 4. Database Management System by Ramakrishnan


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course Objectives 1. Understand environmental issues in multidisciplinary model. 2. Explain the natural environment and its relationships with human activities. 3. Analyze the impact of human activities on the environment. 4. Explain the structural and functional aspects of ecosystem. & identify the types of

ecosystems. 5. Explain the energy flow within the ecosystem using water, carbon, oxygen and nitrogen

cycles. 6. Identify the renewable and non-renewable resources. 7. Estimate the biological diversity of the environment & the threats to this biological

diversity. 8. Explain the various types of pollution. 9. Identify the causes of various types of pollution. 10. Analyze the harmful effects of various types of pollution. 11. Identify the treatment methods and controls for various types of pollution. 12. Evaluate and Explain on global environmental issues

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1: Acquire the knowledge in those aspects of environmental science and ecology that are particularly valuable to bright young student, CO2: Fostering the development of analytical and technical skills in the environment, promoting a sense of responsibility and helping students deal effectively with ambiguity and disagreement about environment issues. CO3: Understand fundamental knowledge of various aspects of pollution and to motivate to adopt ecofriendly technologies to facilitate conservation and regeneration of natural resource. CO4: Create a pro-environmental attitude and behavioral pattern in the student that is based creating sustainable life styles.

Catalog Description Environmental Science, it is important for the students to have a knowledge about what is happening to the earth and its resources. "The interdisciplinary course will be helpful in imparting knowledge to undergraduates from all educational backgrounds. "It will not only give them a better understanding of environmental issues at the local, regional and global levels but also help them develop lateral thinking in this area.

HSFS1001 Environmental Studies L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basics of Chemistry, Biology and Physics

b. General Observation, Discipline & Adaptability Co-requisites --

The subject gives a direct contact with nature and the knowledge of it: The subject environmental science gives students an ample scope for ‘application’. They will get some real-time knowledge and skill which required when they are actually dealing with environmental problems and the possible solutions. They can actually see the knowledge of physics and chemistry and for that matter even biology helps them to protect environment. This could give the student community a sense of ‘empowerment’. EVS encompasses many other science domains: In EVS we find a classic amalgamation of many other branches of science. This will expose students to a variety of theories and practical approaches thus enriching their knowledge. EVS encourages collaborative studies: When we talk about environmental issues we immediately realize that they are complex in nature. Such a thing will certainly chisel the analytical and problem solving skills of the students. Since the nature of environmental problems is both complex and critical, besides being huge, it demands team and collaborative work. This helps students to improve their interpersonal skills and they will emerge great leaders and team players in the future. Conscientizes students to the problems of the planet earth: The study of EVS could itself be conscientizing instrument in making students realize the peril of survival. Students might become aware of the danger that many may be unknowingly or ignorantly unleashing upon the planet we are living. In some ways it could be related to something called as “emancipator pedagogy’’ which makes students more insightful. Course Content

MULTIDISCIPLINARY NATURE OF ENVIRONMENT STUDIES 4 lecture

hours

Multidisciplinary nature of Environmental Studies, scope, importance of environment & need

of public awareness. Institutions in Environment, People in Environment

ECOSYSTEM 8 lecture

hours

Concept of Ecosystem, Structure of ecosystem (Biotic and Abiotic) Biotic ( Producer,

Consumer and Decomposer), Abiotic ( Physical factors & Chemical Factors) Functions of

ecosystem Food Chain, Food Web, Trophic Level, Ecological Pyramid ( Pyramid of energy,

biomass, number) Energy flow in an Ecosystem, Biogeochemical cycle ( cycling of nutrients

)-, Carbon Cycle, Nitrogen cycle, Water Cycle, Oxygen Cycle, Carbon Cycle, Phosphorus

cycle, Ecological Succession – Definition , Types of Succession, (Hydrosere and Xerosere)

and Process of Succession.

Major Ecosystem Types: Terrestrial Ecosystem: Taiga, Tundra, Deciduous, Grassland,

Tropical Rain Forest, Desert, Aquatic Ecosystem: Fresh Water, (Lentic and Lotic Ecosystem)

and Marine, Ecosystem

NATURAL RESOURCES AND MANAGEMENT 6 lecture

hours

Introduction of natural resources, Renewable and non-renewable resources, Renewable

Energy: Wind, Power, Geothermal, Hydropower, Biomass, Biofuel, Non Renewable Energy:

Petroleum, Natural Gas, Coal, Nuclear energy, Forest, Use of forest, Deforestation &

Afforestation. Causes of Deforestation, Equitable use of resources for sustainable life style:

Current and Future Global Challenges, Water (Surface water and ground water), Mineral

resources

BIODIVERSITY & ITS CONSERVATION 6 lecture

hours

Introduction of biodiversity, types of biodiversity (Genetic, Species and Ecosystem

Biodiversity), Biogeographic Classification of India, Four Level Biogeographical

Classification, (a) The Biogeographic Zone (b) The Biotic Province, (c) The Land Region (d)

The Biome, India- A Mega- diversity nation, Ecoregion, Terrestrial Biome, Hot- Spots

Biodiversity, Threats to Biodiversity, conservation of biodiversity (In - situ & Ex-situ), Case

Study Project Tiger

ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND ITS CONTROL METHODS 4 lecture

hours

Environmental Pollution, Types of Pollution, Causes, Effects and Control measures of Air

pollution, Water pollution, Soil pollution, Noise pollution, Thermal pollution, Radioactive

pollution, Solid waste management- Causes, Effects and Control measures, Disaster

Management (Flood, Earth Quake, Cyclone & Landslide)

SOCIAL ISSUES AND ENVIRONMENT 4 lecture

hours

Concept of sustainable development, (Concept, Principle and measures to Promote Sustainable

Development), Climate changes, Global warming, Acid rain, ozone layer depletion, Carbon

Foot Print, Ecological Foot Print, Environmental Impact Assessment, Environmental

Protection Act, Air Prevention Act, The Water Prevention Act, The Wild Life Protection Act,

Forest Conservation Act

HUMAN POPULATION & ENVIRONMENT 4 lecture

hours

Population growth, Variation among Nations, Family Welfare Programme Global Population

Growth, Population Explosion, Urbanization, HIV AIDS, Environment & Human Health,

Value Education, Women & Child Welfare, Role of IT in Environment & Human Health, Case

Studies

Text Books 1. Text Book of Environmental Studies (Erach Bharucha) UGC, New Delhi

Reference Books 1. Text Book of Environmental Studies (Erach Bharucha) UGC, New Delhi 2. Principles of Environmental Science & R.Pannir Selvam SPGS, Chennai-600

088 Engineering 3. Encyclopaedia of Ecology, Environment Swaroop. R,Mishra, S.N. Mitlal, New Delhi Jauri,

V.P. 4. Environmental Concerns Saigo & Cunningham 5. Air Pollution by M. N. Rao 6. Environmental Studies: Kaur.H Pragati Prakashan, Meerut


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 3

CO2 3 2

CO3 2 3 2

CO4 3 3

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Course Objectives

This course intends to:

1. Introduce the student to the history of India legal and its significance in the present legal

sysytem.

2. Apprise the students about the development of the judicial institutions, as well as the

growth of legislative, political and administrative structures and processes in India in the

background of colonial rule.

3. Enlighten the students with the Constitutional development in India as well as the history

of legal education and the legal profession.

4. To provide students with the analytic skills and factual knowledge necessary to deal critically with the problems of present day legal system.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

1. Demonstrate knowledge of key historical facts, values, and legal institutions that have shaped Indian legal history.

2. Identify major developments in the history of legal institutions and law.

CLNL 1013 History II (History of Courts and Legal

Profession in India)

L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites --

3. Demonstrate comprehension of basic historical legal developments in Indian scenario.

4. Analyse secondary sources and identify various approaches to historical interpretation through critical reading.

Catalog Description

The history of the legal profession in India can be traced back to the establishment of the First

British Court in Bombay in 1672 by Governor Aungier. The admission of attorneys was placed in

the hands of the Governor-in-Council and not with the Court. Prior to the establishment of the

Mayor’s Courts in 1726 in Madras and Calcutta, there were no legal practitioners.

The Legal Profession is an important limb of the machinery for administration of justice. Without

a well-organized profession of law, the courts would not be in a position to administer justice

effectively as the evidence in favour or against the parties to a suit cannot be properly marshaled,

facts cannot be properly articulated and the best legal arguments in support or against the case of

the parties cannot be put forth before the court.

Course Content

Unit I: 18 Lecture hours

ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE IN PRESIDENCY TOWNS

I. East India Company Settlements: Surat, Madras, Bombay and Calcutta

II. Mayors Court of 1726 to Supreme Court of 1774

III. Statutes: Pitts India Act, 1784, The Act of Settlement 1781

IV. Conflict: Raja Nand Kumar, Kamaluddin, Patna Case and Cossijurah

V. Development of Adalat System and Civil Law in Moffusil: Law applicable to Non-

Hindus and Muslims; Justice Equity and good conscience.

Unit II: 4 Lecture hours

JUDICIAL REFORMS

I. Warren Hastings: Judicial Plan of 1772, 1774 and 1780

II. Lord Cornwallis: Judicial Plan of 1787, 1790, and 1793

III. Lord William Bentick (with special focus on Appraisal of Criminal Law),

IV. Judicial Reforms 1835-1858.

Unit III: 4 Lecture hours

CHANGES IN THE INDIAN JUDICIAL SET UP UNDER THE CROWN.

I. Establishment of High Courts

II. Privy Council

III. Evaluation of Privy Council with special reference to Racial Discrimination.

IV. Federal Court

V. Supreme Court

Unit IV: 5 Lecture hours

EVOLUTION OF LAW

I. Development of Personal Laws

II. Codification of Laws:

III. First Law Commission

IV. Second Law Commission

V. Third Law Commission

VI. Fourth Law Commission

VII. Fifth Law Commission

Unit V: 17 Lecture hours

DEVELOPMENT OF LEGAL PROFESSION IN INDIA

I. Legal Profession established under Charter of 1774

II. Legal Practitioners Act,1853

III. Provisions for the enrolment of the Advocates under letters patent issued High Courts

under the Indian High Courts Act, 1861

IV. Legal Practitioners Act 1879 and the report of Indian Bar Committee, 1923

V. Indian Bar Councils Act, 1926 and All India Bar Committee.

VI. Advocates Act 1961 and Legal Education in India

Text Books

1. C. IIbert , The Government of India , Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922 2. M.P. Jain Constitutional Law of India, 2014, 7th Edition Lexis Nexis

3. M.P. Jain, Outlines of Legal and Constitutional History, 2104, Lexis Nexis

4. Legal and Constitutional History of India : Action legal, judicial and constitutional system,

2008, Universal Law

5. A.B Keith., A Constitutional History of India : 1600-1935, 10th Edition Pacific Publication

6. V.D. Kulshreshth’s Landmarks in Indian Legal History, 2016, 11th Edition, Eastern, Book

Company, Lucknow)

Reference Books

1. Eric Stakes The English Utilitarian and India (1992) (Oxford ,Delhi) 2. T Roy, &, A. V Swamy, (2016). Law and the Economy in Colonial India. University of

Chicago Press. 3. V. P Menon, (2015). Transfer of Power in India. Princeton University Press.

4. T. R Metcalf, (2015). Aftermath of Revolt: India 1857-1970. Princeton University Press.


Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

Mid

Semester

End Term Examination ESE

Weightage

(%)

30% 20% 50% 100%

Internal Examination: Components Quiz/Class

Test/ Snap Test



Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


Report / Viva /PPT


CO1 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3


Course Objectives

5. To impart the correct practices of Email writing & effective networking skills 6. To provide basic understanding of Research Paper writing and its execution 7. To underline the significance of acquiring right language skills through literature. 8. To impart effective presentation skills

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C655.5 Apply the correct practices of Email writing & effective networking skills. C655.6 Develop meaningful abstracts and bio-briefs,

Explain different stages of a research paper and apply appropriate and accurate referencing styles.

C655.7 Enrich their vocabulary and language skills through literature. C655.8 Acquire and demonstrate the effective presentation skills with confidence and poise.

Catalog Description Effective communication is an integral part of life. It is a process of exchanging ideas, messages, information etc. through verbal or nonverbal communication. This course focuses on written, oral, verbal and nonverbal attributes of communication. Besides polishing these communicative skills, students are also taught to make effective use of communication for professional networking. Students will also learn to use the language as an effective tool to express the information precisely and in a concise manner through practice exercises on e-mail writing, they will also learn how to draft perfect abstracts, bio-briefs, research papers and reports. A portion of literature has been included to make the language acquisition and enrichment interesting with plays, novels and stories. The course also consists of nuances of presentation skills, which will help the students to create impeccable presentations and to carry them out in an effective manner. LSRW skills, i.e. listening, speaking, reading and writing. Students will learn how to communicate effectively though prescribed syllabus as well as through Pearson Global English solutions. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a fundamental aspect

CLNL 1001 General English II L T P C

Version 1.0 2 0 0 2 Pre-requisites/Exposure 12th level English Co-requisites --

of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Students will be expected to interact with media resources, such as, web sites, videos, DVDs, and newspapers etc. Course Content

Unit I: Technology Integrated Communication-5 Sessions 5 lecture hours

1.1.E-mail @ Work Do’s & Don’ts of Email Writing Coping with Email overload Netiquette Indianisms in Email Writing

1.2.Professional Networking on LinkedIn Networking for Professional Growth Job search & Professional Networking Networking in the Twenty-First Century LinkedIn for Professional Networking

Unit II: Research Paper Writing Skills – 5 lecture hours

Legal Research Paper/ Article Writing

Abstract Writing Bio-brief Legal Research Paper Drafting, Planning, Structure and Content. Referencing Styles (The blue book)

Unit III: Legal Language through Literature (Selective) -3 lecture hours

Choose any one of the given texts: John Grisham’s ‘The Summons’ Mahashweta Devi’s story ‘Draupadi’ on Gender Inequality Play ‘Justice’ by John Galsworthy George Bernard Shaw Arms and the Man William Shakespearean Plays: The Merchant of Venice ‘Trial Scene’/ Othello/

Macbeth/ Julius Caesar Agatha Christie Novels: The Murder of Roger Ackroyd (1926) Play ‘Final Solutions’ by Mahesh Dattani ‘The Trial of Bhagat Singh’ Biography/Autobiography of Martin Luther and Nelson Mandela Play ‘The Refund ’ by Fritz Karinthy ‘A Marriage Proposal’ by Anton Chekhov

Unit IV: Effective Presentation Skills -11 Lecture Hours Student presentations based on a pool of topics shared

Defining the purpose of a Presentation

Preparing an outline

Organizing content

Role of paralinguistic features in presentation

Text Books

1. Model Business Letters, Emails and other Business Documents – Shirley Taylor, 7th Edition- Pearson (2012)

2. Online Communication Strategies for Managers – Smeeta Mishra & Mathukutty M

Monippally, McGraw Hill Education(India)Pvt Ltd(2014)

3. Maximum Success with Linkedin – Dan Sherman, McGraw Hill Education (India)Pvt Ltd (2014)

4. 2009, Suzanne E. Rowe. The Author is an Associate Professor and the Director of Legal Research and Writing at the University Of Oregon School Of Law.

5. 29 Stetson L. Rev. 1193 (2000). 6. Brill, supra n. 1, at 17 (noting that “analysis is inherent in writing”); 7. 76 Neb. L. Rev. 561, 562 (1997) (arguing that communication is inseparable

from analysis); 5. University Skills

8. Development Series, 47 J. Leg. Educ. 280, 280 (1997) (book review) 9. Laurel Currie Oates & Anne Enquist, The Legal Writing Handbook: Analysis, Research,

and Writing 73–74, 199–200, 286–287, 354–355 (4th ed., Aspen Publishers 2006) 10. To kill a mocking bird Author - Harper LEE – Publisher: ARROW Publication: 2015 11. The Merchant of Venice Author – William Shakespeare Publisher: Maple Press

Publication: 2013 12. The Summons Author: John Grisham Publisher: Random House Publication: Edition:

2011 13. The Trial of Bhagat Singh Author: A. G. NOORANI Publisher: Oxford University Press

Publication: 2005 14. Refund Author: Fritz Karinthy Publisher: Samuel French Publication: 1938 15. Effective Presentation - Ros Jay and Antony Jay. 16. Basic Business Communication -Pg : 432 - 448, Lesikar and Flatley.

Reference Books

1. Business Communication-Pg : 99 - 110, K.K.Sinha.

2. Online Communication Strategies for Managers – Smeeta Mishra & Mathukutty M Monippally, McGraw Hill Education(India)Pvt Ltd(2014)

3. Laurel Currie Oates & Anne Enquist, The Legal Writing Handbook: Analysis, Research, and Writing 73–74, 199–200, 286–287, 354–355 (4th ed., Aspen Publishers 2006)

4. Business Correspondence & Report writing - R.C Sharma and Krishna Mohan.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

Mid term Exam End Term Exam

Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50%

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Apply the correct practices of Email writing & effective networking skills. 2,3,6,7,8,9

CO2 To draft abstracts and bio-briefs, 2,3,6,7,8,9

CO3

Understand of the different stages and proper layout of a research paper and apply appropriate and accurate referencing styles.

2,3,6,7,8,9

CO4 Enrich vocabulary and language skills through literature. .

2,3,6,7,8,9

CO5 Acquire and demonstrate the effective presentation skills with confidence and poise

2,3,6,7,8,9

HBOC 1001 Design Thinking L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure -- Co-requisites --

PRACTICAL

CSEG 1104 ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURE LAB L T P 0 0 2

1. To understand the concept of classes, objects, data hiding and encapsulation.

2. To understand the concept of Constructor and destructor.

3. To understand the concept of Inheritance and polymorphism.

4. To understand the Template and Exception Handling

5. To understand the concepts of Hashing

6. Create binary trees and binary search trees

7. Create a binary search trees

8. Create a graph Data Structures using array/Linked List

PHYS 1102 PHYSICS LAB L T P 0 0 2

1. Planck’s constant using LEDs

2. Solar Cell

3. Hall Effect

4. Sonometer

5. Virtual Lab-1 - Photo Electric Effect

6. E/m method

7. Optical Fibre

8. Variation of Magnetic Field along the axis of a circular coil

9. Faraday’s Laws

10. Virtual Lab-2 - Laser beam Divergence of a spot

11. Young’s Modulus

CSEG 1105 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB L T P 0 0 2

1. Data retrieval and DDL commands

2. DML commands with constraints

3. DDL commands with data Constraints

4. DDL commands with data Constraints

5. Use of Inbuilt functions and relational algebra operations part-I

6. Use of Inbuilt functions and relational algebra operations part-II

7. Nested Sql queries or subqueries part-I

8. Nested Sql queries or subqueries part-II

9. Aggregate functions

10. Joins


Course Objectives

1. To understand the necessity of the algorithm design. 2. To write the algorithm to solve a problem. 3. To analyze the performance of the algorithm. 4. To implement the algorithm in C/C++.


CO1. Argue and analyze the correctness of time and space complexity of algorithms.

CO2. Device and analyze the Divide and Conquer algorithms.

CO3. Device and analyze the solution of optimization problems using Dynamic Programming

and Greedy algorithm design techniques.

CO4. Device and analyze the Backtracking algorithm,

Catalog Description Calculations for tackling issues that happen as often as possible in computer applications. Fundamental standards and strategies for outlining and investigating the designing and analyzing of algorithm. Introduction to computational complexity, divide-and-conquer, dynamic programming, greedy approach, and Backtracking algorithms. The prerequisites of this course are basic knowledge of mathematics and knowledge of data structure. Course Content Unit I: INTRODUCTION 10 lecture

hours

Algorithm, Psuedo code, Performance Analysis- Space complexity, Time complexity,

Asymptotic Notation- Big oh notation, Omega notation, Theta notation with numerical,

different algorithm design techniques, recurrence relation, solving methods: substitution

,recursion tree, master theorem with numerical.

CSEG 2003 Design and Analysis of Algorithm L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge Mathematics and data structure Co-requisites --

Unit II: DIVIDE AND CONQUER 5

lecture hours

Binary search, Quick sort: best case & worst case analysis, Merge sort, Strassen’s matrix

multiplication

Unit III: GREEDY METHOD 6 lecture

hours

Activity selection problem, knapsack problem, Minimum cost spanning trees: Prims and kruskal,

Single source shortest path problem: Bellman ford, dijkstra’s, Huffman codes.

Unit IV: DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING 5 lecture hours

Matrix chain multiplication, 0/1 knapsack problem, All pairs shortest path problem, largest

common subsequence.

Unit V: SORTING IN LINEAR TIME 4 lecture hours

Lower bounds for sorting, counting sort, radix sort, bucket sort

Backtracking: N-queen problem, sum of subsets problem, graph coloring, Hamiltonian cycles

Unit VI: BRANCH AND BOUND METHOD AND ITS APPLICATIONS 4

lecture hours

NP-Hard and NP-Complete problem and concepts

Text Books

1. Thomas H. Cormen (2009) Introduction to Algorithm (Third Edition), The MIT Press. ISBN: 978-0-

262-03384-8

2. John Kleinberg and Eva Tardos (2005), Algorithm Design, ISBN: 0-321-29535-8

Reference Books

1. Rajesh K. Shukla (2015) Analysis and Design of Algorithms: A Beginner's Approach, Wiley, ISBN-

10: 8126554770

2. S.Sridhar (2014), Design and Analysis of Algorithms 1st Edition, Publisher: Oxford University Press

ISBN: 9780198093695, 0198093691


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcome PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 3 3

CO2 2

CO3 3

CO4 2


Course Objectives

1. To develop understanding of Computer Models and its usage. 2. To develop understanding of ALU Design. 3. To conceptualize the understanding of Control Unit design, Memory, IPC, Control

Design. 4. To develop understanding of Memory & Input/output organization Overview.


CO1 Identify Functional Units, Bus Structure and Addressing Modes. CO2 Design Digital Components including – Decoder, Multiplexer and Arithmetic

Circuits and Design Arithmetic and Control Unit. CO3 Design the Hardwired & Microprogrammed Control Unit. CO4 Identify the Memory Hierarchy and its Performance and Interface I/O devices.

Catalog Description Overview of the structure, elements and analysis of modern enterprise computers. Performance evaluation of commercial computing. Past and emerging technology trends. Impact of parallelism at multiple levels of computer architecture. Memory and storage. Fundamental computer system descriptions, Amdahl’s Law, Flynn’s Taxonomy. A senior level elective in computer organization is a standard part of most computer engineering and computer science programs. While all (Civil, CPE and CS students get a basic foundation in computer organization in lower-level required courses, students who wish to pursue careers or graduate study in computer architecture or computer systems need an advanced course that covers the principles and contemporary trends in computer organization. Course Content Unit I: Introduction 11 lecture hours Evolution of Computer Systems, Von Neumann Architecture, Moore’s Law, Computer Types, Functional Units, Devices (Input, Output, Storage & Communication Devices), Memory System (RAM, ROM, Cache, VM, etc.), Introduction to Logic Gates, Truth Table, K-Map, Latch Flip Flops (J, K & D), Encoder & Decoder, MUX & DEMUX, Registers & Counters, Binary Number system, Overview of RISC/CISC, RISC vs. CISC.

CSEG 2004 Computer System Architecture L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Computers, Digital Electronics Co-requisites --

Unit II: ALU Design 8 lecture hours Computer Organization and Design, Instruction Codes, Op-Code, Computer registers, Computer Instructions, CPU stack Organization, Instruction Formats, Instruction types, Timing and control, Instruction and Instruction sequencing, Instruction Cycle, Memory Reference Instructions, Addressing modes, Program Control, Types of Interrupts, Adder & Subtractor.

Unit III: Control Unit Design 8 lecture hours Introduction, Instruction Interpretation & Execution, Control Transfer, Fetch Cycle, Micro programmed Control, Control Memory, Micro programmed vs. Hardwired Control Unit, Nano Programming, Superscalar processing.

Unit IV: Memory Organization 4 lecture hours Memory Locations & Addresses, Semiconductor Memory, Static and Dynamic Memory, Main Memory, Auxiliary Memory, Associative Memory, Cache Memory, Secondary Memories: Optical Magnetic Tape, Magnetic Disk and Controllers.

Unit V: Input / Output Organization 5 lecture hours I/O and their brief description, Bus Interface, Bus arbitration, Data Transfer, Types of Interrupts, I/O Interrupts, Channels, Direct Memory Access, I/O processing.

Text Books 1. “Computer System Architecture”, 3rd edition, M. Morris Mano, Pearson Publications.

Reference Books 1. “Computer Organization and Architecture”, Sixth Edition, William Stallings, Pearson

Publications. 2. “Fundamental of Digital electronics", second edition, A. Anand Kumar, PHI publications 3. “Computer Organization and Architecture”, Third Edition, John P. Hayes, TATA McGraw-

Hill.


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 1

CO2 2

CO3 2

CO4 2


Course Objectives 1. Design the conceptual schemas of database applications using Enhanced Entity Relationship

model (EER). 2. Understand the internal storage structures of the Database Management Systems. 3. Understand the transaction and concurrency mechanisms of the Database Management

Systems. 4. Familiar with the contemporary database models like OO Databases, Distributed Databases

etc.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Model the database applications using Enhanced Entity Relational Model. CO2. Explain and analyse the internal storage structures and the searching methods used in

Database Management Systems. CO3. Analyse the background processes involved in transaction processing. CO4. Explain and analyse the working of concurrency control and recovery techniques. CO5. Understand the concept of distributed database and object oriented databases.

Catalog Description Database systems are very important to industry, science and business. IT professionals, Scientists etc. need to critically assess the opportunities and implications presented by the database systems. They also need the expertise and acumen to select, develop, manage and exploit these systems. In this course, the focus will be on: Enhanced Entity Relational Model, storage structures of database systems, transactional database systems & the techniques of concurrency control and recovery, contemporary databases. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional face to face teaching with the online teaching by uploading voice-over presentations & video lectures on online blackboard. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all activities. Students will be expected to interact with media resources, such as, web sites, NPTEL videos, etc. Course Content Unit I: 5 lecture hours

CSEG 2005 Advanced Database Management System L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Knowledge of Relational Database Design Co-requisites --

Review of Relational Data Model and Relational Database Constrains. Enhanced Entity Relationship Model. Relational Model Concepts, Relational Model Constraints and Relational Database Schemas, Update Operations, Transactions, and Dealing with Constraints Violations, Enhanced Entity Relationship Model Concepts: Subclasses, Superclasses, Inheritance, Specialization and Generalization Constraints, Characteristics of Specialization and Generalization Hierarchies, Modeling of UNION Types using Categories Unit II: 10 lecture hours Disk Storage, Basic File Structures, Hashing and Indexing Introduction, Secondary Storage Devices, Buffering of Blocks and Placing File Records on Disk, Operations on Files, Heap Files, Sorted Files, Hashing Techniques, Parallelizing Disk Access using RAID Technology, Secondary Access Paths, Types of Single-Level Ordered Indexes, Multilevel Indexes, Dynamic Multilevel Indexes Using B-Trees and B+ Trees, Indexes on Multiple Keys. Unit III: 5 lecture hours Transaction Processing Concepts and Theory Introduction to Transaction Processing, Transaction and System Concepts, Desirable Properties of Transactions, Characterizing Schedules based on Recoverability, Characterizing Schedules based on Serializability. Unit IV: 8 lecture hours Concurrency Control and Database Recovery Techniques Introduction to Concurrency Control, Two Phase Locking Techniques, Concurrency Control on Timestamp Ordering, Validation Concurrency Control Techniques, Granularity of Data items and Multiple Granularity Locking, Recovery Concepts, Recovery Techniques Based on Deferred and Immediate Update, Shadow Paging. Unit V: 5 lecture hours Object and Object Relational Databases NoSQL Overview of Object-Oriented Concepts, Object Model of ODMG, Object Definition Language, Object Query Language, Object Database Conceptual Design, NoSQL. Unit VI: 3 lecture hours Distributed Databases Distributed Database Concepts, Data Fragmentation, Replication and Allocation Techniques for Distributed Design, Types of Distributed Database Systems, Query Processing in Distributed Databases, Overview of Concurrency Control and recovery techniques in Distributed Databases Text Books

1. Fundamentals of Database Systems by Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B. Navathe, Pearson India

Reference Books 1. Database System Concepts by Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth and S. Sudarshan,

McGraw-Hill 2. Database Systems-The Complete Book by Jeffrey D. Ullmam, Pearson India


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 1 1 2 2 3

CO2 1 1 2 2 3

CO3 1 1 2 2 3

CO4 1 1 2 2 2

CO5 1 1 2 2 3


Course Objectives 1. To develop a mathematical foundation in order to solve non-trivial real world problems

which are challenging and interesting. 2. To develop logical and mathematical concepts necessary to appreciate computational systems

and study of concepts, techniques, and skills necessary to comprehend the structure of problems encountered in design and analysis of algorithms.

3. To provide mathematical foundations for courses in computer science those rely upon the comprehension of formal abstract concepts.

4. Graphs, directed graphs, planar graphs & their relevance to circuit design & map coloring problems.

5. To develop the fundamentals for comprehending subjects like Algorithms Designing, Complexity Theory, Computability theory, Optimization techniques and programming languages.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Interpret the concepts of fundamental mathematical structures like Set theory, Relation and

Functions. CO2. Write recursive definitions sequences and collections of objects. CO3. Understand the concepts and applications of vector algebra CO4. Understand and interpret the basic concepts of Graph Theory CO5. Apply the use of Graph theory concepts solving various Computer Science and

Engineering problems.

Catalog Description This course is designed to understand and use discrete structures that are the backbones of computer science. Discrete structures involve the study of objects that are separated or spaced apart from each other. Through this course, students are expected to develop mathematical experience and maturity, and to enhance their abilities to read, create and analyze mathematical arguments. In particular, this course is meant to introduce sets, relations, functions, recurrence relations, vector spaces and graph theory concepts, with an emphasis on applications in computer science.

CSEG2006 Discrete Mathematical Structures L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Mathematics I and Mathematics II

Co-requisites --

Course Content Unit I: SET THEORY, RELATION, FUNCTION, THEOREM PROVING TECHNIQUES

10 lecture hours Set Theory: Definition of sets, countable and uncountable sets, Venn Diagrams, proofs of some general identities on sets Relation: Definition, types of relation, composition of relations, Pictorial representation of relation, Equivalence relation, Partial ordering relation, Job-Scheduling problem Function: Definition, type of functions, one to one, into and onto function, inverse function, composition of functions, recursively defined functions, pigeonhole principle. Theorem proving Techniques: Mathematical induction, Proof by contradiction. Introduction to Recurrence Relation and Recursive algorithms, linear recurrence relations with constant coefficients, Homogeneous solutions, Particular solutions, Total solutions, Generating functions, Solution by method of generating functions. UNIT II: VECTOR ALGEBRA 8 lecture hours Vector Space, Subspaces, spanning set, basis and dimensions, linear transformations- definition and properties, Kernel and image of a linear transformation, Rank-Nullity Theorem, Matrices of composite linear transformation and inverse of a linear transformation, Isomorphism. UNIT III: GRAPHS-1 8 lecture hours Graph Theory and Applications, Types of graphs, Properties of Graph, Cut Sets, Cut Vertices, Sub graphs, Digraphs and Isomorphism, Paths, Circuits, Walks, Euler and Hamiltonian graphs, Shortest Path Problem in weighted graph, Dijkstra’s algorithm Trees- Terminology and Representation, Types of trees, Spanning Trees (Prim’s and Kruskal’s Algorithms), Counting spanning tree, Cayley’s Theorem. UNIT IV: GRAPHS-2 10 lecture hours Planar and Dual Graphs, Matrix representation of Graphs (Incidence and adjacency matrix), Graph vertex coloring, Welch-Powell Algorithm, Chromatic Number and Polynomial, Decomposition Theorem, Network flows, Maximum Flow in a Transport Network: The Ford–Fulkerson Algorithm, Max-flow Min-cut Theorem. Text Books 1. Discrete Mathematics and Its applications by Kenneth Rosen, McGraw Hill Publications. 2. Discrete Mathematics, by R. K. Bisht & H.S.Dhami Oxford University Press. Reference Books 1. Discrete Mathematics and its Applications, Trembley and Manohar TMH publications.

2. Elementary Linear Algebra, 9th Edition by Howard Anton & Chris Rorres, published by Wiley Publication.

3. Discrete Mathematics, Schaum’s outline, by Seymour Lipschutz, McGraw Hill Publication. 4. Graph Theory with its Applications, Nar Singh Deo, PHI


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 3 2 2 1

CO2 2 2 2 1

CO3 2 2 1 1

CO4 1 2 1

CO5 1


Course Objectives

1. To learn fundamental of Operating systems. 2. Appreciate and familiarize with Process Management, Memory Management and Virtual Memory. 3. Appreciate and familiarize with the Files System. 4. Familiarize with Disk Management, Scheduling Algorithms and security.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand the various types of operating systems, and its structure. CO2. Understanding how processes communicate with each other, requirement of this

communication and analyse how deadlock can be avoided among the processes. CO3. Understand how operating system allocates and manages memory, concept and need of

virtual memory. CO4. Familiarize with the files system and its allocation techniques. CO5. Understand the hard disk structures, its working and role of operating system in fetching

and managing data from hard disk. Catalog Description Internet communication is an integral part of life and Server is a backbone of the Internet Community. Every instruction is implemented by a Server which runs some sort of Operating System. But as computers became more complex, it became necessary to have a layer between the programs and the hardware that could administer the interactions of one with the other. Students will learn how operating system effectively leads their users to interact with the various hardware components including the hard disc, network, graphics card and memory. Classroom activities will be designed to make student enhance their own knowledge .We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as online group discussions, online quiz, online video lecture, etc. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all planned activities and will be evaluated on the basis of their active participation. Course Content Unit I: 3 lecture hours INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM

CSEG 2007 Operating Systems L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Linux command.

Basic knowledge of C.

Co-requisites --

Introduction to OS, Its need and operating system services, Operating system Classification –Single user, Multi user, Simple batch Processing, Multi programming , Multitasking , Parallel systems, Distributed system & Real time system(overview).

Unit II: 14 lecture hours PROCESS MANAGEMENT

Process Concept, Inter process communication- Race conditions –Critical Sections –Mutual Exclusion –Busy waiting – Sleep and Wakeup – semaphores- Event counter – Monitors- Message passing, Threads, Process scheduling & CPU scheduling – Round robin scheduling – priority scheduling – multiple queues- shortest job first- guaranteed scheduling- two –level scheduling.

Unit III: 8 lecture hours MEMORY MANAGEMENT

Logical versus Physical Address space, Swapping –Multiprogramming with fixed and variable partitions- Memory management with bit maps, linked list, buddy system- allocation of swap space. Virtual memory- paging and segmentation, page tables, associative memory- inverted page tables. Allocation algorithm, Page replacement algorithm, thrashing.

Unit IV: 6 lecture hours FILE SYSTEM

File systems and I/O files. Directories- file system implementation- security and protection mechanisms. Principles of I/O hardware – I/O devices- device controllers-DMA. Principle of I/ O software – Interrupt handles- device drivers – Disk Scheduling- Clock and terminals. I/O buffering –RAID –Disk cache, FCFS scheduling , SSTF scheduling, SCAN Scheduling, C- SCAN scheduling, Selecting disk scheduling algorithms,

Unit V: 4 lecture hours DEADLOCK

Deadlock - conditions for deadlock. Deadlock detection and recovery. Deadlock avoidance - resource trajectories - safe and unsafe states - bankers algorithm. Deadlock prevention. Two phase locking – non-resource deadlocks – starvation, security mechanism and policy, Domain of protection, access matrix.

Unit VI: 1 lecture hours

CASE STUDY: UNIX / LINUX operating system

Text Books

1. SILBERSCHATZ, Galvin (2010) , Operating System Concepts 8e , Wiley India. 2. William Stallings, “Operating systems”, Pearson Education, Fifth edition. 3. D.M. Dhamdhere, “Operating Systems”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.

Reference Books 1. Garry Nutt, “Operating Systems – A Modern perspective ”, Third Edition, Pearson Education. 2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating Systems”, Prentice Hall. 3. Bach, M.J., “Design of UNIX Operating System”, Prentice Hall. 4. Charles Crowley, “Operating systems – A Design Oriented Approach”, Tata Mc Grawhill, 1997. 5. Michel Palmer “Guide o Operating Systems”, Vikas Thomson Learning Publishing, NewDelhi.


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 2 2

CO2 1 2 2

CO3 2 1

CO4 2 2

CO5 3


Course Objectives:

1. To acquaint students with the evolution of Law of Contract as well as study the jurisprudence and theories of contract in order to understand the various approaches to the word ‘contract’.

2. To familiarize the students with the conceptual and operational parameters of the general principles of the Law of Contract.

3. To comparatively analyse the Indian Law of Contract with the English Law in order to identify the point of similarity as well as the divergence between the two jurisdictions.

4. To enable students aware of the various aspects of the contracts including the rights and liabilities of contractual parties, keeping the approach both and critical in nature.

5. To enable the students to apply the principles of contract in modern day commerce and be able to analyze a contract agreement when they go for internships, etc

Course Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

C101.1. Trace the evolution of the law of contract as well as to study the jurisprudence and theories of contact in order to understand the various approaches to the word ‘contract’.

C101.2. Familiarize with the conceptual and operational parameters of the General Principles of Law of Contract.

C101.3. Comparatively analyze the Indian Law of Contract and the English Law in order to identify the point of similarity as well as the divergence between the two jurisdictions.

C101.4. Become aware of the multilateral aspects of Contracts determining the rights and liabilities of contractual parties, keeping the approach both theoretical and critical in nature.

C101.5. Understand the application of principles of contract in modern day commerce and be able to analyze a contract agreement when they go for internships, etc.

C101.6. Have the knowledge and modus operandi (method of operating) useful for the Indian law practitioners since a number of students may join practice.

C101.7. Acquire the skills to provide remedies given under law in case of breach of Contract.

CSEG 2007 Operating Systems L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Linux command.

Basic knowledge of C.

Co-requisites --

Catalog Description Law of contract I deals with the general principles of the Law of Contract. Contract law is primarily concerned with supporting institutions of exchange, which is an enormous part of our life carried on the basis of that are in some sense termed as agreement. Contract law has many purposes but the central one is to support and control the millions of agreements that collectively make up the market economy, and hence operates in the context of dispute resolution mechanism. Besides it empowers the parties to make agreements that the law will enforce. It also enables parties to the contract to make exchanges that might otherwise carry too great risk whether of disruption by some contingencies or default by the other party. Accordingly, contract law in this respect is the most important which creates smooth functioning of business transaction by creating certainty, predictability, and enforceability. In this background, for teaching the subject, Indian Contact Act, 1872 and Specific Relief Act 1963 will be studied exhaustively along with English Contract Law. Lecture, reflection, discussion and presentation method would be used focusing on two types of materials, i.e. bare acts and case-laws. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and will be encouraged to give oral presentations. Continuous assessment would also be done aiming on clear understating of the legal provisions and their application through case-laws. This subject is an integral part of the Program i.e. B.A. LL.B. (Energy Laws), as it acquaints the students with Contract law in India, while appraising them with fundamental principles of contract law in India vis-a vis English law. Especially for the students aiming at corporate sector, the knowledge of this law becomes inevitable. Course Content

Unit I: 5 lecture hours

Introduction to the Law of Contract

Development of Law of Contract in Changing Society

Contract: Meaning & nature

Agreements: Meaning and types of agreements

Classification of Contracts Unit II: 10 lecture hours

Intention to create legal relationship

Limitations: Limitation on Freedom Of Contract

Offer acceptance and revocation

Offer : Kinds of offer: cross offer, specific and general offer, standing and continuing offer, express and implied offer.

Offer and invitation to offer

Acceptance:

Communication: Communication of offer and acceptance

Modes of Communication; Communication when complete

Lapse of offer

Revocation of acceptance Unit III: 3 lecture hours

Consideration: Meaning and need of consideration

Privity of Contract and Estoppel

Exception to consideration Unit IV: 3 lecture hours

Capacity to Contract: Legal Disability to enter into Contract

Minors: Nature and effects of agreement,

Doctrine of restitution,

Compensation by minor

Persons of Unsound mind; Lunatics

Nature and Effects of an Agreement with a Person under Legal Disability Unit V: 6 lecture hours

Enforcement of Contract Free Consent

o Coercion o Undue Influence o Fraud o Misrepresentation o Mistake

Unit VI: 4 lecture hours

Limitation Agreements and unlawful consideration in part and objects Agreements without Consideration Agreement in Restraint of Marriage Agreement in Restraint of Trade Agreement in Restraint of Legal Proceedings Wagering agreement: Its exception, gambling, market game rule. Illegal Agreements

Unit VII: 8 lecture hours

Discharge of contract and the Doctrine of Novation Discharge by performance Contingent: Contracts: Definition

Enforcement on event happening – on an Event not happening When contingent contracts are void – impossible contingency Discharge by Operation of Law: Specific performance Equitable remedy through Injunction- temporary and permanent Specific performance of contract -Contract that can be specifically enforced Persons against whom specific enforcement can be ordered Rules of performance Supervening and Subsequent impossibility Dctrine of frustration Discharge by Agreement-

Unit VIII: 5 lecture hours

Breach of contract and remedies: meaning, Kinds of breach - Actual and anticipatory breach, constructive breach, Law of limitation and breach, Consequences of breach of contract Remedies: sections 73, 74, 75, damages; Measure of damages, Remoteness of damages, duty to mitigate damage Special power of Indian judiciary to award fair and just damages and not liquidated, Penalty and Un-Liquidated Damages

Unit IX: 4 lecture hours

Quasi Contracts: Meaning & nature, Theory of Unjust Enrichment- Formation of electronic contracts Recognition and validity of electronic contracts- legislative landscape. Government Contracting: Formation and Constitutional provision vis-a-vis government contracts (U/A-299 of

Constitution of Indian Specific Relief Act: Introduction: Recovery of immovable property

Text Books

Anson, Law of Contract, 28th Ed., Oxford University Press, 2002. Chesire , Fifoot & Furmston’s Law of Contract, 15th Ed. , Oxford University Press, 2007 Mulla, Indian Contract Act and Specific Relief Acts, 13th Ed., Lexis Nexis, 2006. Avtar Singh, Law of Contract, , 11th Ed., Eastern, Lucknow, 2013

REFERENCE MATERIAL

Poole, Jill, Textbook on contract law,1st Indian edition, Oxford University Press, 2002 Stone, Richard, The modern law of contract, 6th Ed. Cavendish publishing, 2005 Markanda, P.C., The law of contract, 1st Ed., Wadhwa & company, 2006

Singh, R.K., Law relating to Electronic Contracts, Lexis Nexis, 2014 Bhat, Sairam, Law of Business Contracts in India, Saga Publications, 2009

ARTICLES

Cohen, Morris R., The Basis of Contract, Harvard Law Review, Vol. 46, No. 4 (Feb., 1933), pp. 553-592

Fuller, Lon L., Consideration and Form, Columbia Law Review , Vol. 41, No. 5 (May, 1941), pp. 799-824

Scott, Kenneth E., The Evolving Roles of Contract Law: Comment, Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics (JITE) / Zeitschrift für die gesamte Staatswissenschaft, Vol. 152, No. 1, The New Institutional Economics Transformations in the Institutional Structure of Production (March 1996), pp. 55-58.

Kronman, Anthony T., Mistake, Disclosure, Information, and the Law of Contracts, The Journal of Legal Studies, Vol. 7, No. 1 (Jan., 1978), pp. 1-34.

Gardner, George K., An Inquiry into the Principles of the Law of Contracts, Harvard Law Review, Vol. 46, No. 1 (Nov., 1932), pp. 1-43.

Friedmann, W., Changing Functions of Contract in the Common Law, The University of Toronto Law Journal, Vol. 9, No. 1 (1951), pp. 15-41.

Modes of Evaluation: Class Test/ Case-Law Presentation/ Project/ Viva-Voce/Attendance/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components MSE Class Test/ Case-Law Presentation/ Project/ Viva-Voce/

Attendance

ESE

Weightage (%) 20 30 50


C101.1 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3

C101.2 3 3 3 2 3 - 3 2 2 3

C101.3 3 3 3 - 3 - 3 - 3 3

C101.4 2 3 3 2 3 - 3 - 3 3

C101.5 3 3 3 2 3 - 3 2 2 3

C101.6 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3

C101.7 3 3 3 2 3 - 3 2 3 3 1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped


Course Objectives

1. To elucidate and familiarize the students with the nature and extent of liability of the

private enterprises, multinationals and the government authorities for the civil wrongs

committed against the individual and identify the remedies available.

2. To develop sound knowledge, skills and disposition on some of the contemporary issues

of Specific Torts, Cyber Tort, Family Tort, and Economic Tort, Product Liability, Motor

Vehicles Act, Consumer Protection Act etc.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to C241.1The students will have strong and clear conceptual knowledge of Law of Torts and Consumer Protection Act.

C241.2The students will be able to explain the fundamentals and elements of Law of Torts and Consumer Protection Act.

C241.3The students will be able to explain the operation and application of Law of Torts and Consumer Protection Act with contemporary scenario.

C241.4The students will be able to research and analyze issues related to Law of Torts and Consumer Protection Act.

C241.5 The students will be able to demonstrate effective verbal and written skills in the construction of legal arguments.

Catalog Description

The law of Torts concerns the principles governing redress of injuries resulting from intentional

and unintentional wrongs against persons or their property. There is no comprehensive or

exhaustive definition of ‘torts’. Any definition that attempts to cover everything that amounts to

a tort is likely to also cover things not usually treated as torts at all. Commentators, teachers and

CLCC 1003 Torts & Consumer Protection Act L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4


Co-requisites

judges in this area nonetheless provide good working definitions of ‘torts’. At its broadest, a tort

is described as a "wrong" committed by one person (the ‘defendant’) against another person (‘the

plaintiff’). In essence the law of torts provides that the plaintiff who suffers injury or loss because

of that wrong is entitled to a remedy from the defendant. The remedy is usually in the form of

monetary compensation (damages) designed to put the plaintiff in the position they would have

been in if the defendant had not committed the wrong. The proper role and place of the law of torts

and its relationship with other areas of the law such as crime and contract is conceptually both

difficult and controversial. Interactive approach during the study. Students are supposed to come

prepared for the topics for discussion in the class/ case studies/ Presentations/ Viva-voce, randomly

any student can be called on the board to solve the problems. Work in small groups for Group

Projects and personalized teaching. Student counseling, mentoring and individual/group projects/

assignments, exercises using Solver and excel etc.

Course Content


GENERAL PRINCIPLES

MODULE 1: DEFINITION, ORIGIN, NATURE, CHARACTERISTICS, ESSENTIALS,

AND FUNCTIONS OF THE LAW OF TORT –

a. Definition, nature and evolution of the law of torts.

b. Difference- “Law of Tort” or “Law of Torts.” Tort & Crime, Tort & Contract

c. Basis of the tortuous liability; Basic legal maxims for Determination of liability; viz

Ubi jus Ibi remedium, Injuria Sine Damnum and Damnum Sine Injuria

MODULE 2: REMEDIES IN TORT

a. Remedies – extra judicial remedies, judicial remedies- damages, injunction , restitution,

writs

b. Remoteness of Damage- Various principles for fixing the liability and to ascertain the

damages for the wrong committed viz “But for Test”, “Directness Test” and the

“Doctrine of Reasonable foresight”.

MODULE 3: CAPACITY AND LIABILITIES IN TORT

a. Unborn child, minor, parent, husband, wife, insolvent, lunatic, state

b. Joint and several tort feasors

c. Tortious liability- state liability, vicarious liability, strict liability & exceptions, absolute

liability- liability for injury caused by animals- liability for defective products- occupiers’

liability

MODULE 4: DEFENCES IN TORT

a. Volenti non fit injuria, Vis Major (Act of God), Inevitable Accident, Necessity

b. Statutory Authority, Judicial and Quasi Judicial, Parental and Quasi- Parental

c. Authorities. Act of Third Parties, Plaintiff’s Default, Mistake


SPECIFIC TORTS

MODULE 5: TORTS AFFECTING PERSON

a. Assault and battery – definition – ingredients- defences

b. False imprisonment

c. Nervous shock

MODULE 6: TORTS AFFECTING PROPERTY

a. Trespass to immovable property, movable property

MODULE 7: TORTS AFFECTING REPUTATION

a. Defamation – libel & slander

b. Malicious prosecution

MODULE 8: TORTS AFFECTING PERSON OR PROPERTY

a. Nuisance

b. Negligence

c. Deceit

d. Conspiracy

Unit III: 2 lecture hours

Consumer protection and emerging torts

Text Books

1. Pillai P.S.A., Law of Tort, 9th ed., EBC, 2008

Reference Books

1. Wienfield And Jolowicz, Torts, 18th South Asian Edition, Sweet & Maxwell 2010

2. Iyer, Ramaswamy; The Law Of Torts; 10th Ed., Lexis Nexis, 2007

3. Gupta, Apar, Commentary on Information Technology Act, 2nd Ed. Lexis Nexis, 2011

4. Tabrez Ahmad “Cyber Law, E-Commerce & M-Commerce”. APH Pub. Corp. New Delhi

2003.

5. Taxmann’s, Consumer Protection Law Manual With Practical Manual, 2008 Taxmann

Publication.

WEB SOURCES

www.ssrn.com

www.jastor.com

www.manupatra.com

www.scconline.com

Database:

AIR Databases (Supreme Court/High Court/Criminal law Journal) (1950 to 2012).

LexisNexis India Online Services

West Law India.

Taxman Database.

SCC Online


Examination Scheme:

Components MSE Internal ESE



Description Weightage

1. Continuous Assessment 30%

Continuous Assessment: (Marks 100) shall be done based on the following five components:

a. Two class tests 20 Marks

b. Assignment / Reaction Paper 20 Marks

c. Project work 20 Marks (Abstract, Synopsis, final Draft, Presentation)

d. Subject grand viva 20 Marks

e. Attendance 20 Marks


C241.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C241.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C241.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C241.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C241.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2 -

C241 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 -


Course Objectives

1. To assist students to develop clarity about their ownselves through introspection. 2. To generate awareness in the undergraduate students regarding the current

industrial trends on knowledge, skill and attitude desired from the fresh pass outs. 3. To develop students’ knowledge of communication skills in the structure, elucidation,

and delivery of message in diverse cultural and global communities. 4. To promote theoretical understanding and professional/personal practice of

effective and ethical human communication between and within a broad range of contexts and communities.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to: C2102.1 Identify their existing skills & techniques to market themselves in the desired professional way. C2102.2 Define professional behavior and suggest standards for appearance, actions & attitude in a business environment. C2102.3 Implement problem-solving approach effectively and utilize the acquired techniques in their day-to-day life & business environment. C2102.4 To create and utilize strategic management thus enabling them to make important decisions of business. C2102.5 Make student aware about the current industry trends.

Catalog Description Advance Skill Set Development is a subject designed to bring out the inner strengths of future lawyers and Entrepreneurs while assisting them in the process of self-discovery and skill enhancement. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation.

CLPP 2102 Advance Skillset Development L T P C Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Elementary Level English Proficiency Co-requisites Basic proficiency in General English II

Students will be expected to interact with media resources, such as, web sites, videos, DVDs, etc. Course Content Unit-I Introductory Session – Sketch Yourself (Video Recorded), Impromptu Speech- Extempore, Thought flow Construction Exercise (Negative Proverbs), Unit-II Picture Perception- Written Assessment, The Diction Game- Taboo, Simulation Game- Situational Role play in workplace situations, Unit-III Arguments per Minute, Non-Verbal Communication- Kinesics- Chronemics, Proxemics. Presentations Skills Company Presentations Reference Books

Zero To One by Peter Thiel & Blake Masters Leaders eat last by Simon Sinek The Innovators :- how a group of Hackers, Geniuses, & Geek Created the Digital

Revolution How to speak money by John Lanchester

Modes of Evaluation: Assignment/ Presentation/Debate Examination Scheme:

Components Project/Presentation/Assignment/ etc

MSE ESE


Program Outcome / Course Outcome Mapping

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

C2102.1 2 2 3 3 3 3 3

C2102.2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

C2102.3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3

C2102.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 3

C2102.5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3


PRACTICAL

CSEG 2105 ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LAB L T P

0 0 2

1. Working with Oracle, Working with Views, Read only and updatable views

2. Working with various Indexes

3. Working with Sequences

4. PL/SQL Programming - I

5. PL/SQL Programming – II

6. Working with Functions/Procedures

7. Working with IMPLICIT CURSORS

8. Working with EXPLICIT CURSORS

9. Working with Triggers

CSEG 2103 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS LAB L T P

0 0 2

1. BRUTE FORCE TECHNIQUES

2. DIVIDE AND CONQUER-I

3. DIVIDE AND CONQUER-II

4. GREEDY METHOD

5. Graph Algorithms

6. DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING-I

7. DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING-II

8. SORTING IN LINEAR TIME LOWER BOUNDS

9. BACKTRACKING

10. Branch and Bound

CSEG 2107 OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB L T P 0 0 2

1. System calls & I/O calls

2. Implementation of Scheduling algorithms

3. Inter - process communications

4. Semaphore

5. Memory management I

6. Memory management II

7. File manipulation

8. Fork execution

9. To implement Banker's algorithm for a multiple resources.

10. To implement dinning philosopher’s problem.


Course Objectives 1. Gain a good understanding of the software engineering framework and the software

engineering process models applied to various categories of software projects as well as analyse the scope and pros & cons of each model.

2. Understand the Software Requirements Engineering Process, the importance and structure of SRS, Software Design Concepts and design the Use case diagram, Data Flow Diagram for any automated real-world existing system

3. Acquire a good understanding of planning a software project on the basis of Cost using Cost estimation models, understand the Software Quality models and schedule the software projects.

4. Gain a good understanding of the testing techniques and strategies deployed as well as the types of risks in Software Projects, their analysis and how to mitigate them

5. Understand the concept of Project Management, Product vs. Project lifecycle, cost-benefit analysis of projects, project selection models, issues in managing projects and gain knowledge of the role and responsibilities of Project Managers.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand various software process models such as waterfall, Spiral and evolutionary models. CO2. Demonstrate effective teamwork and strong working knowledge of ethics and professional responsibility for managing the software projects. CO3. Demonstrate effective project execution, quality control and risk management techniques that result in successful projects. CO4. Conduct project planning activities that accurately forecast project costs, timelines and quality. CO5. Conduct standard tests and measurements for validation of projects; to conduct, analyze, and interpret results; and to apply results to improve processes. Catalog Description

CSEG2008 Software Engineering and Project Management

L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of Project, System Design and

management.

Co-requisites

Computer software is the product that software professionals build and then support over the long term.. Software engineering encompasses a process, a collection of methods and an array of tools that allow professionals to build high quality software. Software engineering is important as it enables us to build complex systems in a timely manner and with high quality. Project management involves the planning, monitoring, and control, of the people, process, and events that occur as software evolves from a preliminary concept to full operational deployment. Software Project management is the most important factor in the outcome of a project. It is concerned with activities involved in ensuring that software is delivered:

1. on time 2. on schedule 3. in accordance with the requirements of the organization developing and procuring the

software Understanding of the four P’s – people, product, process and project is important in managing software projects. Course Content Unit I: 04 Lecture hours

INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

Software Engineering definition; S/W characteristics, applications, Life Cycle Models – Waterfall

(classical and iterative), Spiral, Prototyping & RAD Models, Scope of each model and their

comparison


REQUIREMENTS MODELING AND DESIGN

Requirements Engineering-Crucial steps; types of requirements, Requirements documentation –

Nature of SRS, characteristics of a good SRS, Use case diagrams with guidelines, DFD (level 0, 1

and 2), SRS Structure, Introduction to software design, Modularity and Function-oriented design.


SOFTWARE PROJECT PLANNING

Cost estimation– Static, Single variable and Multivariable Models (SEL, Watson Felix model),

COCOMO: basic and intermediate model, Cost-benefit evaluation techniques (Net Profit, Payback

period, ROI, NPV and IRR computation), numerical problems on cost estimation and cost-benefit

evaluation methods.


SOFTWARE METRICS

Understanding metrics: definition, process metrics, product and project metrics. Size metrics –

LOC and Function Count, Albrecht FPA. Product metrics – Metrics for source code; metrics for

testing(Halstead metrics) and its numerical, Metrics for software maintenance


SOFTWARE TESTING

Understanding software testing, its need and objectives; Error, mistake, bug, fault and failure,

testing strategies, test case and test suite, Verification and Validation, Black Box and White box

testing – concept and comparison, Boundary Value Analysis and Equivalence Partitioning with

numerical problems, Basis Path testing(flow graph) and Cyclomatic complexity with numerical

problems.

Unit VI: 04 Lecture hours

SOFTWARE QUALITY AND RISK MANAGEMENT

Importance of software quality, McCall quality factors, ISO and CMM Model, Risk Management

– importance, types, process and phases, qualitative and quantitative risk analysis,

Unit VII: 04 Lecture hours

PROJECT SELECTION AND SCOPE MANAGEMENT

Project Selection and its methods, analysis of each method, Role and responsibilities of Project

manager, Issues in project staffing, Project Scope, Project life cycle phases and its deliverables,

Project life cycle vs. product life cycle.

Text Books

1. Software Engineering, New Age International Third Edition, Aggarwal, K. K. & Singh,

Yogesh

2. Software Project Management, Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi, Fifth Edition, Bob Hughes

And Mike Cotterell

Reference Books:

1. Fundamentals of Software Engineering by Rajib Mall 2. Software Engineering by Ian Sommerville, Pearson Education, New Delhi 3. Software Engineering Principles and Practices, OXFORD, New Delhi by Deepak Jain 4. Software Project Management – A Concise Study by S.A. Kelkar.


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 1 2 2 3

CO2 2 3

CO3 2 2 3

CO4 2

CO5 2 2


Course Objectives

1. To help in understanding the concepts of communications and computer networks.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand Theoretical Concepts of Network and Transmission Fundamentals. CO2. Understand Evolution and Layered Architecture of Networks with detail information about

the rationale behind each layer. CO3. Understand the concept of Errors control and Multiplexing in the transmission Medium.

Flow control and LAN protocols and LAN Standards. CO4: Understanding the IP based networking and the concepts of Routing concepts and relation

with Algorithm and Data Structures. CO5: Understanding the Transport Layer and associated concepts of connection oriented and

connection less behavior along with Application Layer concepts and protocols.

Catalog Description Through this subject, student will be able to understand the coarse grained aspects of Data Communication. Student will understand the applications of data structures and algorithms in networks. The internals of communications will be discussed throughout the course duration. Course Content Unit I: DATA COMMUNICATION 04 lecture

hours

Introduction, Theoretical Model for Communication, Bandwidth, throughput, Analog and

Digital Data Transmission, Transmission Impairments-Guided transmission media- Wireless

Transmission- Line-of-sight Transmission, data rate Channel Capacity-Band width and

Shannon’s capacity equation, Digital Data Communication Techniques: Asynchronous and

Synchronous Transmission, Concept of circuit, Message, Packet Switching with their timing

diagram, Comparison of Switching Techniques.

CSEG 2009 DATA COMMUNICATION AND COMPUTER NETWORKS

L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Awareness of Data Structure and Algorithms Co-requisites Basic Mathematics

Unit II: PHYSICAL LAYER 05 lecture

hours

Evolution of computer network, Layered Network Architecture, OSI Layer Model, TCP/IP, ATM, three tier architecture, System Network architecture, Protocols & Standardization, Transmission media, Topology, Line Discipline , ISDN, Frame relay, Ethernet switches, Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet, FDDI.

Unit III: DATA LINK LAYER 06 lecture

hours

Data link layer services: Error detect and correction techniques, Elementary Data link layer protocols, sliding window protocols, stop and wait protocol, selective repeat, HDLC ,Multiple access protocols, TDM, FDM, CDMA Random access protocols: ALOHA, CSMA,CSMA/CD,CSMA/CA. IEEE 802 standards for LAN & WAN: 802.3, 802.4, 802.5, 802.6, 802.2 & their comparison,

Unit IV: NETWORK LAYER 03

lecture hours

Network layer Services, Datagram and Virtual circuit services, IP datagram format and Types of Services, Datagram encapsulation and Fragmentation, Reassembly and fragmentation. Ip addressing, subnetting and supernetting.

Unit V: ROUTING TECHNIQUES 07

lecture hours

Routing: Link state routing, distant vector routing, hierarchical routing, multicast routing. Internet Routing Between Peers (BGP)-Routing Within An Autonomous System (RIP, OSPF). IPv4, IPv6: Frame formats-Comparison with IPv4. Introduction to ICMP, DHCP and NAT. Network Management: SNMP and RMON models

Unit VI: TRANSPORT LAYER AND APPLICATION LAYER 09 lecture

hours

Transport Layer Services, Relationship with Network Layer, Relationship with Application Layer, Multiplexing and De multiplexing, UDP, TCP: Header ,Segment Structure, Services, Connection establishment and termination, Flow control and window size advertising, TCP time out and re-transmission, Congestion Control, TCP Fairness, Delay Modeling. Application layer protocols:-WWW and HTTP, FTP, DNS, SMTP, SNMP, RPC, P2P File sharing, Domain Name system (DNS)

Text Books 3. Youlu Zheng and Shakil Akhtar, Networks for Computer Scientist and Engineers, Oxford 4. University Press,2006 5. Behrouz A. Fourouzan ,Data Communications and Networking, 2/e Tat McGrawhill,2000 6. James F. Kurose and Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking – A Top-Down Approach 7. Featuring the Internet,2/e Pearson Education ,2003

Reference Books 1. S. Keshav, An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking, Pearson education ,2002

2. F. Halsall, Data Communication, Computer Networks and Open Systems, Addison Wesley, 1996 3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks , 4/e, Pearson education, 2003 4. Leon-Garcia and I. Widjaja, Communication Networks, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000 5. Bertsekas and Gallagar , Data Networks, 2/e, PHI, 1992 6. Douglas E Comer ,Computer Networks and Internet’s, 2/e Pearson Education,2004 7. Gallo, Computer Communication and Networking Technologies, Thomson Learning


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 2 1

CO2 2 2

CO3 3

CO4 2

CO5 2


Course Objectives

The objectives of this course are to: 1. Create Java programs that leverage the object-oriented features. 2. Design & implement multithreading and data structure. 3. Learn the concepts of JDBC and Servlets.

Course Outcomes CO1: Resolve programming problems using Java Language. CO2: Analyze real world object-oriented concepts and develop the programs based on strings, exceptions, packages, interfaces. CO3: Implement and execute the programs of multithreading. CO4: Apply JAVA programming skills to develop the programs based on servlets and JDBC.

Catalog Description Java is a programming language and computing platform, first released by Sun Microsystems in 1995. There are lots of applications and websites that will not work unless you have Java installed, and more are created every day. Java is fast, secure, and reliable. From laptops to datacenters, game consoles to scientific supercomputers, cell phones to the Internet, Java is everywhere! Course Content Unit I: Introduction 6 lecture hours History and features of Java, Difference between C, C++ & JAVA. Java Environment. JDK, JVM, Byte code. Java Programming Basics: Structure of Java program, JAVA tokens and Statements, Constants & Variables, Data types, Operators, Command line arguments. Java Statements & Arrays: if and switch statement. While, do-while and for. Introduction to arrays, types of arrays, new operator, Strings. String class & its methods, Vectors. Classes & Objects: Specifying classes, Methods and fields, creating objects. Passing objects to methods, returning objects, static fields & methods. Constructors, Garbage collection, Overloading methods & constructors, this keyword.

Unit II: Inheritance, Packages & Interfaces and Multithreading 6 lecture

hours

CSEG 2010 ADVANCE PROGRAMMING USING JAVA L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Programming.

Basic Knowledge of Object Oriented Design

Co-requisites --

Inheritances: Specifying sub class, types of inheritance, visibility control: public, private, protected, package. Super keyword, Overriding methods, Dynamic method dispatch, Abstract methods and classes, final methods & classes. Packages & Interfaces: Introduction to packages, naming conventions, package statement, creating packages, import statement, accessing package, use of CLASSPATH, adding class to package, hiding classes. Interface, implementing interfaces, multiple interfaces. Multithreading: Creation threads, Extending Thread class, implements Runnable interface, stopping and blocking thread, Thread life cycle, thread priorities & Thread synchronization, using Thread methods.

Unit III: Java Exception handling, Inner Classes and Collections, Java I/O Operations

8 lecture hours

Exception Handling: Managing errors, types of errors, exceptions, syntax of exception handling code. try, catch, throw, throws and finally statements, multiple catch & nested try statements. Inner Classes and Collections, Java Input Output: Java I/O package, Byte/Character Stream, Buffered reader / writer, File reader / writer, File Sequential / Random, Reading numeric, character & strings data from keyboard.

Unit IV: Servlets and JDBC 8 lecture hours

Servlets: Introduction Servlet API Overview, Writing and running Simple Servlet, Servlet Life cycle, Generic Servlet, HTTP Servlet, Servlet Config, Servlet Contest, Writing Servlet to handle Get and Post methods. JDBC: Objects (Statement, Prepared Statement and Callable Statement), Types of result set Inserting and updating, records.

Text Books 1: The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition, Ken Arnold, James Gosling, Pearson. 2: Head First Servlets and JSP 2nd Edition. 3: The Complete Reference Java 7th Edition, Herbert-Schild, TMH. 4: Java SE7 Programmer I &II Study Guide, Kathy Sierra and Bert Bates, McGraw Hill.

Reference Books

1: A premier guide to SCJP 3rd Edition, Khalid Mughal, Pearson. 2: Thinking in Java, 3rd Edition, Bruce Ackel, Pearson.


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 2 2 2

CO2 2 2 2

CO3 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 2


Course Objectives:

1. To learn the fundamental principles underlying these special forms of contract.

2. To learn the limits of the freedom of the parties within the prescriptions of law in relation to the

special forms of contract and consequently better appreciate the impact on the classical theory of

freedom of contract.

3. To appreciate the relationship of general principles with the special contracts.

4. To develop skills of legal analysis and argument.

5. To understand how law allocates for the economic risks involved in commercial transactions.

6. To understand the growing importance of special contracts and to have a foundational

understanding of the new forms special contracts including technology transfer agreements, e-

contracts including software licensing agreements, infrastructure contracts, government

contracts, public private partnerships etc.

7. To emphasize on the drafting skills of the students.


CO1 Students will have strong conceptual knowledge of the specific kinds of contract.

CO2 Students will be able to explain the fundamentals and the essential elements specific kind

of Contracts.

CO3 Students will be able to integrate functional knowledge with specialized capabilities to

implement comprehensive solutions to Contractual legal problems.

CO4 Students will effectively apply their learnings to evaluate legal developments and evolve

alternative solutions to real world legal issues in the field of commercial law.

CO5 Students will demonstrate an ability to research and analyse problems critically using an

in depth understanding of socio-economic and techno-legal dynamics in contract law.

CLCC 1004 Law of Contract II L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure General understanding of Law, Legal Aptitude and reasoning Co-requisites Law of Contract I

Catalog Description

The primary goal of this course is to acquaint the students with the basics of Special Contracts and

enable them to grasp the nuances of the contractual transactions involving these forms of contracts.

At the conclusion of this course students will be able to analyze the implications of a contractual

arrangement falling under any of the discussed head of special contracts. They will be able to

determine the legality of the transactions and also the rights and duties of the parties thereto. They

will also be able to purposefully deal with the disputes arising out of such contractual

arrangements. In this background, keeping in mind the Indian Contact Law I and Specific Relief

Act 1963 lecture, reflection, discussion and presentation method would be used focusing on two

types of materials, i.e. bare acts and case-laws. Students will be encouraged to actively take part

in all group activities and will be encouraged to give oral presentations. Continuous assessment

would also be done aiming on clear understating of the legal provisions and their application

through case-laws. This subject is an integral part of the Program i.e. B.B.A. LL.B. (Corporate

Laws), as it acquaints the students with Contract law in India, while appraising them with

fundamental principles of contract law & special kind of contracts in India vis-a vis English law.

Especially for the students aiming at corporate sector, the knowledge of this law becomes

inevitable.

COURSE OUTLINE: the course has been divided into 5 modules which are as follows:

MODULE I: Contract of Indemnity and Guarantee: Indian Contract Act, 1872 (8 hours) 1.1. Definition of Indemnity 1.2. Rights of Indemnity holder and liability of the Indemnifier 1.3. Definition of Guarantee 1.4. Essential characteristics of contract of Guarantee 1.5. Distinction between contract of indemnity and contract of guarantee 1.6. Kinds of guarantee 1.7. Rights and liabilities of surety 1.8. Discharge of surety

MODULE II: Contract of Bailment and Pledge: Indian Contract Act, 1872 (4 hours)

2.1 Bailment –Definition

2.2 Essential requisites of Bailment 2.3 Kinds of Bailment 2.4 Rights and Duties of Bailor and Bailee 2.5 Termination of Bailment 2.6 Pledge- Definition 2.7 Rights and duties of Pawn or and Pawnee 2.8 Pledge by Non Owners.

MODULE III: Contract of Agency: Indian Contract Act, 1872 (5 hours) (6 hours)

3.1 Definition of Agent 3.2 Creation of Agency 3.3 Rights and duties of Agent 3.4 Delegation of authority 3.5 Personal liability of Agent 3.6 Relationship of Principal with Third parties 3.7 Termination of Agency.

MODULE IV: Contract of Partnership: (The Indian Partnership Act, 1932) (15 hours)

4.1 Definition and nature of Partnership 4.2 Formation of Partnership 4.3 Test of Partnership 4.4 Partnership and other associations 4.5 Registration of Firm 4.6 Effect of non registration 4.7 Relation of Partners 4.8 Rights and duties of Partners 4.9 Properties of the Firm 4.10 Relation of Partners to third parties 4.11 Implied authority of a partner 4.12 Kinds of partners 4.13 Minor as partner 4.14 Reconstitution of a firm 4.15 Dissolution of firm.

Module V: Sale of Goods Act, 1930 (15 hours)

5.1 Formation of Contract 5.2 Contract of Sale

5.3 Conditions and Warranties 5.4 Caveat Emptor 5.5 Passing of Property 5.6 Sale of Specific Goods and Unascertained Goods 5.7 Sale on Approval 5.8 Transfer of Title 5.9 Performance of Contract 5.10 Stoppage in Transit 5.11 Rights and duties of Seller and buyer before and after sale 5.12 Rights of unpaid seller.

TEXTBOOKS

1. P C Markanda, THE LAW OF CONTRACT, Vol. II, 1st ed. (Nagpur: Wadhwa and Company, 2006).

2. Anirudh Wadhwa (Ed.), MULLA THE INDIAN CONTRACT ACT BY SIR DINSHAH FARDUNJI MULLA, 13th ed. (Nagpur: LexisNexis Butterworths Wadhwa, 2011).

3. Avtar Singh, Law of Contract, Eastern, Lucknow, Eighth Edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. R G Padia (Ed.), POLLOCK AND MULLA INDIAN CONTRACT AND SPECIFIC RELIEF ACTS, Vol II, 13th ed. (NewDelhi: LexisNexis Buterworths, 2006).

2. J Beatson (Ed.), ANSON’S LAW OF CONTRACT, 28th ed. (New York: Oxford University Press, 2001).

3. K Sukumaran (Ed.), POLLOCK AND MULLA THE INDIAN PARTNERSHIP ACT, 6th ed. (New Delhi: LexisNexis Butterworths, 2002).

4. Avtar Singh, INTRODUCTION TO PARTNERSIP, 10th ed. (Lucknow: Eastern Book Company, 2011).

5. Avtar Singh, LAW OF PARTNERSHIP, 3rd ed. (Lucknow, Eastern Book Company, 2001). 6. G C Bharuka (Ed.), POLLOCK AND MULLA THE SALE OF GOODS ACT, 7th ed. (New

Delhi: LexisNexis Butterworths, 2007). 7. Avtar Singh, PRINCIPLES OF THE LAW OF SALE OF GOODS AND HIRE

PURCHASE, 6th ed. (Lucknow: Eastern Book Company, 2005) 8. Paul Dobson, SALE OF GOODS AND CONSUMER CREDIT, 5th ed. (Delhi: Universal

Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1996)

RESEARCH ARTICLES FOR REFERENCE

Gratuitous Bailment: Contract or Tort? Author(s): N. E. Palmer Source: The International and Comparative Law Quarterly, Vol. 24, No. 3 (Jul., 1975), pp. 565-572

The Doctrine of Nemo Dat Quod Non Habet and Its Exceptions Elham Balavar* Department of law, Rafsanjan Branch, Islamic Azad University, Rafsanjan, Iran J. Appl. Environ. Biol. Sci., 4(5)7-14, 2014

Helping Buyers Beware: The Need for Supervision of Big Retail; by RORY Van Loo

Buyers Beware: The Florida Supreme Courts’ abrogation of the Apparent Authority Doctrine leaves Plaintiffs Holding the tab for Tots of Franchisees Mobil Oil Corporation Vs. Bransford; by Brett A. Brosseit

Breach of Fiduciary Duty: On Justifiable Expectations of Loyalty and Their Consequences; by Debora A. Demott

Fiduciary Obligation in a Principal-Agent Relationship: A Critique Agency Models in Law and Economics; by Eric A. Posner Interpretation and Implied Terms in Contract Law; by George M. Cohen Agency Law and Contract Formation; by Eric Rasmusen Distinguishing Hire-Purchase Transactions from Other Commercial Transactions: The Ten

P’s Test; by Nat OFO Freedom of Contracts; by Hanoch Dagan & Michael Heller The Nature of Bailment and Liability of State for the Goods Seized by the Police from an

Accused: An Appraisal; by Amit Kumar Kashyap Bailment Ailment: An Analysis of the Legal Status of ordinary Demand Deposits in the

Shadow of the Financial Crisis of 2008; by Timothy C. Harker Recovery of Chattels in the Common Civil Law: Possession, Bailment and Spoliation

Suits; by Aitken Lee



Attendance

ESE

Weightage (%) 20 30 50 Internal Examination:

Components Quiz/Class Test/ Snap Test



Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


Report / Viva /PPT

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2

C102.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3

C102.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2

C102.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

C102.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3

C102.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2

C102.6 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2

C102.7 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2


Course Objectives

1. To equip the students with fundamental knowledge of Family Law. 2. To prepare the students with strong conceptual and comparative analytical skills. 3. To develop research, analysis, reasoning and presentation skills in students. 4. To enable the students to apply the knowledge in legal practice.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO201.1. Understand the fundamentals of law with commitment towards learning. CO201.2. Interpret the conceptual basis of legal principles with comparative analysis. CO201.3. Research, analyze, rationalize and present effectively. CO201.4. Apply the legal principles and procedures in practice.

Catalog Description

Family Law is the branch of law, which touches each individual of the society. It governs an integral part of the life of the individual. The fundamentals of Family Law i.e. basic understanding of the personal laws Hindus, Muslims, Christians, Parsis & Jews, the knowledge of law governing marriage, divorce, maintenance , adoption and guardianship.

Course Content

Unit I: 4 Lecture hours CONCEPT OF FAMILY AND DEVELOPMENT OF FAMILY SYSTEM Patriarchal Family, Matrilineal Family, Nuclear family, Joint family, Joint Hindu Family (Mitakshara and Dayabhaga), Sources of Hindu Law, Sources of Muslim Law, Schools of Law: Hindu Law, Muslim Law

CLCC 3002

Family Law-I L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Co-requisites --

Unit II: 4 Lecture hours INTRODUCTION TO MARRIAGE LAWS

Concept of Marriage, Nature of Marriage, Essential Conditions of Marriage, Registration of Marriage, Hindu Marriage Act,1955, Muslim Marriage, The Indian Christian Marriage Act, 1872, The Parsi Marriage and Divorce Act,1936, Special Marriage Act,1954, The Foreign Marriage Act,1969 Unit III: 4 Lecture hours MATRIMONIAL RELIEFS Substantive Reliefs: Annulment, Restitution of conjugal Rights, Judicial separation, Theories of Divorce, Conditions for grant of matrimonial remedies, Hindu Marriage Act,1955, Indian Divorce Act,1869, Parsi Marriage and Divorce Act,1936, Special Marriage Act,1954, The Foreign Marriage Act,1969, Matrimonial Remedies for Muslims (Talaq, Ila, Zihar, Tafwiz, khula, Mubara), Muslim wife’s grounds of divorce, Dissolution of Muslim Marriage Act, 1939, Bars to Matrimonial Relief. Unit IV: 4 Lecture hours MAINTENANCE Maintenance of divorced wives, neglected wives, minor children and parents, Hindu Marriage Act,1955, Hindu Adoptions and Maintenance Act;1956, Maintenance of Muslims wives during and after divorce; Muslim Women(Protection of Rights on Divorce) Act, 1986

Maintenance under Sec.125 of Cr. P.C. Maintenance of Parents and Senior Citizens Act,2007

Unit V: 4 Lecture hours CHILD AND THE FAMILY

Parentage and Legitimacy, Legal status of Child born of void and voidable Marriage under Hindu Law, Acknowledgement of Paternity, Legitimacy and Legitimation, Legitimacy under Sec.112,Indian evidence Act,1872, Adoption and Custody, Hindu Law (HMA,1956), Juvenile Justice Care and Protection Act, 2015, Inter-Country Adoption, Guardianship, Hindu Law, Muslim Law Unit VI: 4 Lecture hours CUSTOMARY PRACTICE AND THE LAW

Dower, Types of Dower, Nature of Dower, Muslim Women’s right on non-payment of Dower, Dower whether heritable or transferable, Offences against Marriage, Adultery, Bigamy, Same Sex Marriages, Demand of Dowry, Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961, Prohibition of Child Marriage Act, 2006, Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005, Unit VII: 4 Lecture hours

FAMILY COURT AND NEED FOR UCC

Composition, Power and functions of Family Courts (Family Courts Act 1984), Article 44 of the Indian Constitution Unit VIII: 4 Lecture hours RECENT TRENDS IN FAMILY LAW Live-in relationship, Concept of Palimony, Surrogacy Text Books

1. Aquil Ahmad, Mohamedan Law, Central Law Agency, 2006 2. Dr. Paras Diwan, Family Law, Allahabad Law Agency,2011 3. Kusum, Family law lectures- family Law-I, Lexis Nexis Butterworths,2008 4. Mamta Rao, Law relating to Women & Children, Eastern Book Co.,2008 5. Prof. G.C.V.Subba Rao’s, Family Law in India, S.Georgia & Company,2010

Reference Books

1. Asaf A.A. Fyzee, Outline of Mohammedan Law, Oxford University Press,2008 2. D.D Basu, Commentary on the Constitution of India, (Vol. 3), Lexis Nexis Butterworths

Wadhwa, Nagpur,2008 3. Dr Poonam Pradan Saxena, Family Law II lecturers, Lexis Nexis 4. Flavia Agnes, Marriage, Divorce, and Matrimonial Litigation, Oxford University

Press,2011 5. Flavia Agnes, Marriage, Family Laws and Constitutional Claims, Oxford University

Press,2011 6. Mayne’s, Hindu law & usages, Bharat Law House, 2008 7. Mulla, Hindu Law, Lexis Nexis Butterworths Wadwa, 2012 8. Mulla, Principles of Mahomedan Law, Lexis Nexis Butterworths Wadwa, 2012

9. R.V. Kelkar, Criminal Procedure, 5th Edn. 2008 10. S.A.Desai, Mulla, Hindu Law, Lexis Nexis Butterworths Wadwa, 2008 11. S.C.Tripathi and Vibha Arora, Law Relating to Women and Children, Central Law

Publications,2010 12. Syed Khalid Rashid’s , Muslim law, Eastern Book Company, 2008



Mid Semester

End Term Examinatio ESE

Weightage (%)

30% 20% 50% 100%


C202.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C202.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C202.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C202.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -


Course Objectives

1. To enable students in understanding the constitutional governance of the country.

2. To enable students in exploring the importance of the fundamental rights in real time in the administration of justice and governance of the country.

3. To compare the constitutional governance of the country in comparison with other common law countries.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C221.1: The students will be able to understand and appreciate the salient features of the Indian Constitution and fundamental concepts of Constitutional Law. C221.2: The students will be able to critically assess the role and importance of fundamental rights and Directive Principles of State Policy in the governance of the country. C221.3: The students will be able to critically analyze different forms of the fundamental rights in comparison with other similar legal systems of the world. C221.4: The students will be able to put in practice the acquired knowledge into their research on contemporary Constitutional Law issues.

Catalog Description Constitutional Law is the branch of law, which touches each and every individual of the society. It governs an integral part of the life of the individual. The fundamentals of Constitutional Law i.e. basic understanding of the Constitutional Law are: concept of the citizenship, formation of the states, basic understanding of the constitutional principles, and working of the fundamental rights and its relationship with directive principles of state policies.

Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a

CLCC 2001 Constitutional Law I L T P C

Version 1.0 4 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic understanding of Indian Polity Co-requisites --

fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Interactive approach is to be followed during the course of learning

Course Content

MODULE 1:

INTRODUCTION (4Lectures) Meaning and concept of Constitution, Constitutional Law, Constitutional Governance,

Constitutionalism, Preamble- Democratic State, Republic, Socialist State, Welfare State, Secular State, Responsible Government, Federalism.

Rule of Law- Droit Administratif in France, Separation of Power- India Vs USA Constitution of India –Salient Features, Is the Constitution of India Federal or Unitary? Salient features of American Constitution, British Parliament, Dominion Executive and

Parliament (Canada), Federation of Australia.

MODULE 2:

UNION OF INDIA, ITS TERRITORY & CITIZENSHIP (4 Lectures) Territory of India, Admission or establishment of New States, Cession of Territory to

Foreign Country Citizenship – Constitutional Provision, Citizenship of Corporations. The Citizenship

Act, 1955, Status of migrants from Pakistan, PIO, Overseas Citizen of India and Dual Citizenship, concept of citizenship in other countries.

MODULE 3:

FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS (5 Lectures) Fundamental Rights - Origin & Development, Fundamental Rights & Human Rights,

Fundamental Rights in India. State – Concept of State, its elements, origin, Theories of state, Definition under Article

12, Judicial Pronouncements on ‘Local Authorities’ and ‘Other Authorities’, Judiciary- A state?

Laws Inconsistent with Fundamental Rights, Doctrine of Eclipse, Doctrine of Severability, Doctrine of Waiver, Judicial Review, Role of Judiciary and Doctrine of State Action.

MODULE 4: (5 Lectures)

DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES and Fundamental Duties Directive Principles - Directions for Social Change Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles - inter-relationship

Constitutional amendments - to strengthen Directive Principles. Uniform Civil Code Fundamental Duties: Role and Importance


RIGHT TO EQUALITY Equality before the Law and Equal Protection of Laws, Doctrine of Classification &

New Doctrine of Equality, Equality and Constitutionality of Statutes, Legitimate Expectations.

Justice to Weaker Section of the Society & Gender Justice Equality of Opportunity in Public Employment & Reservation Constitutional validity of 93rd Constitutional Amendment, 2005 Abolition of Untouchability & Titles


RIGHT TO FREEDOMS Freedom of Speech and Expression, Freedom of the Press, Advertisement, Right to

Information and its Importance, Reasonable Restrictions. Freedom to Carryout Trade & Commerce, Trading in Liquor, Betting and Gambling,

Right of Street Hawkers - Extent and Scope and Restrictions. Freedom to Assemble, Freedom to From Association, Freedom of Movement & Right

to Property. MODULE 7: (7 Lectures)

RIGHT TO LIFE & PERSONAL LIBERTY Protection against Ex-post facto Law, Double jeopardy, Self-Incrimination Right to life and personal liberty, Due Process of Law and Procedure Established by

Law Inter-relationship between Article 14, 19 & 21- Mutually exclusive or inclusive,

Expansive interpretation of Article 21 - Prisoners & Detunes Rights, Right to privacy, Right to Health and Medical aid, Right to livelihood, Environmental Rights, Right of unborn child, Right to die.

Right to Education Protection against arrest and detention Right against Exploitation – Prevention of traffic in Human Being, Beggar, Forced

and Child Labour MODULE 8: (5 Lectures)

FREEDOM OF RELIGION & MINORITY RIGHTS Religion – Concept and Meaning, Religion and Secularism, Constitutional Provisions

and Conflict

Constitutional Safeguards to Minorities and their Right to Establish Educational Institutions


RIGHT TO CONSTITUTIONAL REMEDIES Enforcement of Fundamental Rights Relationship of Article 32 & 226. Writs, Public Interest Litigation& Locus Standi Emergency and Fundamental Rights

TEXTBOOKS:

1. V.N. Shukla’s Constitution of India, Eastern Book Company 2. Constitutional Law of India; by M.P. Jain, Wadhwa Publications

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. V.N. Shukla’s Constitution of India, Eastern Book Company 2. DurgaBasu, Comparative Constitutional Law, 3rdEdn, Lexis Nexis, 2014 3. Constitutional Law of India; by H.M. Seervai, Universal Publishers, 2008 4. Introduction to the -Constitution of India; by Durga das Basu, Lexis Nexis, 22ndEdn, 2014 5. World Constitutions, A Comparative Study by VishnooBhagwan and VidyaBhushan,

9thEdn, Sterling Publishers Private Limited, 2010 6. An Introduction to the Study of the Law of the Constitution, 10thEdn, A.V. Dicey,

Universal Law Publishing Co., 2008 7. Writs and Other Constitutional Remedies; by AsimPandey, Lexis Nexis, 2009 8. Working a Democratic Constitution: A History of Indian Experience; by G. Austin, Oxford

Univ Press, 2012 9. DD Basu’s, Human Rights and Constitutional Law, 3rdEdn, Lexis Nexis, 2008 10. MP Jain, Indian Constitutional Law, 7thEdn, Lexis Nexis, 2014 11. Commentary on Constitution of India, by ArvindDatar, Lexis Nexis, 2010 12. Constitution and Administrative Law; by Barmitt and Hilaii, London Taylor and Francis,

2011 13. Constitutional Law and History of Government of India, Universal Publishers, 2008 14. The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation; by G. Austin, Oxford Univ Press, 2008 15. Introduction to the Constitution of India; By D.D. Basu, Lexis Nexis, 2009 16. Making of India’ Constitution; by H.R. KhannaAlld. Eastern Books, 2005 17. Preamble: The Spirit and Backbone of the Constitution of India; by R.C. Lahoti, EBC,

2004 18. Select Constitutions of the World; by M.V.Pylee, 2ndEdn, 2007 19. Indian Legal and Constitutional History, by Paranjape, CLA, 2011 20. Constitutional Law of India; by J.N. Pandey, ALA, 2008 21. Constitutional Law; by MamtaRao. EBC, 2013

Modes of Evaluation:

Components Internal Examination Mid-term written Examination

End term written Exam

Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50%

Internal Examination




Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

Test I -10

Test II-10

Report / Viva /PPT


C221.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C221.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C221.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C221.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C222 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 -


Course Objectives

1. To communicate effectively & to develop spontaneity in Public Speaking & Oral Interaction.

2. To polish negotiating skills & to manage stress. 3. To ascertain time management skills. 4. To make the best use of the available resources while utilizing their convincing skills,

public interaction, and strategy development. Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to: C2105. 1. Identify their Key Skills as per Knowledge Skill and Attitude and utilize the acquired techniques in their day-to-day life & legal environment. C2105. 2. To enhance their creativity and communication skills with the help of role-plays they will be able to overcome public speaking freight and will be exposed to work in team and hone their negotiation skills. C2105. 3. Work on Professional relationships using networking skills and socialize at the same time, they learn to showcase their out of the box thinking ability. C2105. 4. Present oneself professionally while following the corporate/professional etiquette. C2105. 5. Define professional behaviour and suggest standards for appearance, actions & attitude in a professional environment. Catalog Description Advance Skillset Development Pro is a subject designed to bring out the inner strengths of future Lawyers while assisting them in the process of self-discovery and skill enhancement. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Students will be expected to interact with media resources, such as, web sites, videos, DVDs, etc.

CLPP 2105 Advance Skillset Development Pro L T P C Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Elementary Level English Proficiency Co-requisites Basic proficiency in Advance Skill set Development

Course Content Sr.No Topic

2 Lectures Module 1. Solicitor or Barrister? (SWOT Analysis-choosing a right Path for bright future), Winning Personality – Modus Operandi. (Fundamental elements to have edge over others.)

2 Lectures Module 2. The Justice Project. (Case Study) + Assessment 1 – Role-play + Report submission, Time Management - Time Robbers (principle culprits)

2 Lectures

Module 3. Pro Bono Publico - for the public good! (Video recorded on fieldwork) Assessment 2 – Evaluation based on Field Work done by the students.

3 Lectures

Module 4. Personality Mirroring – Physical Appearance/ Verbal-Non Verbal Communication. Effective policies for successful Client Counseling for emerging lawyers. Assessment 3 – Evaluation based on Mock Client Counseling.

3 Lectures Module 5. Corporate Expectations/Netiquette (Resume writing), Tuning with others – Team Building, The Verdict – Evaluation/Feedback Reference Books

Zero To One by Peter Thiel & Blake Masters Leaders eat last by Simon Sinek The Innovators :- how a group of Hackers, Geniuses, & Geek Created the Digital

Revolution How to speak money by John Lanchester

Modes of Evaluation: Assignment/ Presentation/Debate

Examination Scheme:

Components Project/Presentation/Assignment/ etc

MSE ESE


Program Outcome / Course Outcome Mapping

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

C2105. 1 2 2 3 3 3 3 3

C2105. 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

C2105.3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3

C2105.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 3

C2105.5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

COURSE PLAN

A. LEVEL OF KNOWLEDGE REQUIRED

Basic knowledge of English Language (grammer) is required.

B. Course Objectives

1. The prime objective of the course is to prepare the students for their role as lawyers,

lawmakers and legal advisors in the globalised world wherein; semantic barriers will be

required to be overcome so as to cater to the international clientele.

2 .The paper aims at making students understand the French language so as to easily

Understand the French legal system and the French terms generally used in law.

3. To help the second language learners develop the ability to understand spoken language.

4. To enable students communicate with clarity and precision at workplace.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO 204.1.Understand the fundamentals of French Language with commitment towards

learning.

CO 204.2. Interpret the basic terminology.

CO204.3. Understand the various French terms with special reference to Law.

CO204.4. To make sure the basic conversation skills in French language is achieved and

Communicate with proper pronunciation.

LLBG 204 French Language L T P C

Version 1.0 2 1 2 2 Pre-requisites/Exposure 12th level English Co-requisites -English Grammer

C. . CATALOGUE DISCRIPTION

Since the curriculum of the course requires usage of vocabulary and grammar regularly for which the students have to practice on a daily basis for pronunciations and revise regularly apart from reading and doing exercises. The course materials including text books, dictionaries, exercise books, reference books are available in the College of Legal Studies library. Some study material will also be made available by the faculty. It is must for the student to have at least one basic book of French which may be provided by the University to refer what has been taught in the class. The students need to spend time using internet to read relevant subject matter available at various web sites.

COURSE CONTENT

UNIT-1- Introduction to French Language 06 Lectures

• Introduction to the alphabets as used and pronounced in French. Certain Rules of pronunciation. Greetings and responses: In the classroom, in public places, at home. (Bonjour / Bonsoir. Salut, ça, va? Quoi de neuf? Très bien, merci. A vous aussi/A vous de même. Farewells: In the classroom, in the home, in the street, in social situations.(Au revoir, A bientôt/ à tout à l’heure / à plus tard, bonne nuit / Bon voyage,pas grand-chose).

UNIT-2- FRENCH INTRODUCTIONS 04 LECTURES

Introducing one’s name and others’ names. Conjugations etre,avoir,faire,aller and s’appeler.

UNIT-3- NUMBRES 04 LECTURES

Numbers (1-100). Introductions: Amongst peers, younger to older, female to male,

Addressing persons.weekdays.

UNIT-4 GETTING TO KNOW GRAMMER 04 LECTURES

Names of months,Time,Colors,Verbes in IR & RE. Indefinite and definite articles.

UNIT-5 LEGAL SYSTEM IN FRANCE 03 LECTURES

Use of legal terms through simple sentences: Example: court, tribunal court,

advocate, judge, crime etc.

UNIT-6 DIFFERENCE BETWEEN FRENCH & INDIAN

LEGAL SYSTEM 03 LECTURES

D. BASIC COURSE BOOK:

Cours de Langue et de Civilisation Francaises (supplied by the College) Collins Easy Learning Dictionary (supplied by the College)

E. SUGGESTED BOOKS/READINGS:

Alter Ego A1, Annie Berthet, etc, Hachette Publications Dondo, Modern French Course, Mathurin Dondo, Oxford University Press

Le Nouveau SansFrontieres 1 Exercise Book, CLE Publications.

H. Modes of Evaluation: Components Internal

Examination Mid-term written Examination


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% Internal Examination: Components Quiz/Class

Test/ Snap Test



Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


Report / Viva /PPT


C204.1 3 2 3 - 3 3 3 3 3

C204.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 -

C204.3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 1 3

C204.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 - 3 2

C204.5 3 1 1 2 3 2 3 2 2

C204.6 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3


PRACTICAL

CSEG 2109 DATA COMMUNICATION AND COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB L T P 0 0 2

1. Familiarization of Network devices

2. Familiarization of Network IP

3. Sub netting & super netting

4. Familiarization of Local area network

5. Familiarization of Basic network command and Network configuration commands

6. Set –up the network topology using two routers on Packet tracer

7. Set –up the network topology using more than two routers on Packet tracer

8. Distance Vector Routing protocol

9. Link State Vector Routing protocol

10. Border gateway protocol

CSEG 2110 ADVANCED PROGRAMMING USING JAVA LAB L T P

0 0 2

1. Introduction to Java Programming-Installation Process

2. Basic Java Programming

3. Inheritance

4. Interfaces and Abstract Class

5. Packages

6. Exceptions

7. String Handling and Wrapper Class

8. Threads and Collections

9. JDBC and Servlets

10. JSP


Course Objectives 1. The Course gives an overview on designing various UML diagrams. Upon the completion of

this course learners will be having detailed knowledge of the UML diagrams. 2. The course focuses on how to apply the UML to solve number of common modelling

problems. 3. It will be helpful in designing software projects in appropriate manner. 4. Course will help to learn how to apply object oriented concepts to all stages of the software

development. .

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Learn the importance of object oriented modeling with UML CO2. Understand the role of actors, classes and objects in a software design CO3. Design a model for activity relationship and interaction modeling CO4. Understand event, signals to design state diagram. CO5. Design Component and deployment diagrams

Catalog Description Large-scale software development has been defined as one of the most challenging task . This course examines the reasons for the inherent complexity of software development and presents structured methods and design models to deal effectively with it. The course will focus on the object-oriented approach for analysis and design where students will study Object-oriented modeling techniques supported by the Unified Modeling Language and apply it throughout the entire software development life cycle. Students will also gain an appreciation of the difference between writing programs and doing analysis and design .It will be helpful in designing software projects in appropriate manner .We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, online lectures, case studies, examples on UML tools. Course Content

Unit I: OOAD Basics 8 lecture hours Introduction –Overview of object oriented system development,Object basics –The unified process, Modelling concepts, Modeling as a design technique,Analysis and modelling,UML diagrams Use case,Class ,State ,Interaction ModellingIntroduction to UML Rational Unified Process(RUP) Unit II: Basic & Advanced Structural Modeling 13 lecture hours

CSEG 3002 Object Oriented Analysis & Design L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of object oriented language & software

development life cycle Co-requisites --

Requirement Modeling :Requirement Engineering,Requirement Modeling:Use Cases Diagrams, Basic structural Modeling: ClassesRelationships, Common Mechanisms,Diagrams,Interfaces, Types and Roles,Packages Class & object Diagrams :Terms ,concepts,Modeling techniques for class & object diagrams Identifying operations and Specifying operations using CRC card Unit III: Basic Behavioral Modeling 6 lecture hours Basic Behavioral Modeling-I- Activity Diagram ,Swim lanes Design Architecture Basic Behavioral Modeling-II- Interaction ,Interaction Diagrams Unit IV: Advanced Behavioral Modeling 6 lecture hours Advanced Behavioral Modeling:Events and Signals,State Machines,Processes and Threads Time and Space,State chart diagrams & Sequential Diagrams Unit V:Advanced Architectural Modeling 3 lecture hours Architectural Modeling : Component Diagrams,Deployement Diagrams Text Books . 1. Michael Blaha and James Rumbaugh, “Object-oriented modeling and design with UML”, Prentice-Hall of India, 2005.

2. Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson : The Unified Modeling Language User Guide, Pearson Education

Reference Books 1. Meilir Page-Jones: Fundamentals of Object Oriented Design in UML, Pearson Education.

2. Pascal Roques: Modeling Software Systems Using UML2, WILEY- Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd.

3. Atul Kahate: Object Oriented Analysis & Design, The McGraw-Hill Companies.

4. Object-Oriented Analysis and Design with the Unified Process By John W. Satzinger, Robert B Jackson and Stephen D Burd, Cengage Learning.

5. Hans-Erik Eriksson, Magnus Penker, Brian Lyons, David Fado: UML 2 Toolkit, WILEY-Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd.


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs), Program Outcomes (POs) and Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 2 3 2

CO2 2 3 2

CO3 3 2 2

CO4 2 2 2

CO5 2 2


Course Objectives

1. Students should be able to draw 2D and 3D objects. 2. Student should be able to apply various transformations on the 2D and 3D objects. 3. Students should be able to apply hidden surface removal techniques along with various

shading algorithms 4. Students should be able to create 3D graphics with realistic effects

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Classify and explore various graphics hardware and software devices. CO2. Apply Primitive operations to create 2D and 3D objects and perform various operations on it. CO3. Carry out complex 2D and 3D transformations on created objects and Create curves of 2nd and 3rd degree CO4. Explore and implement various hidden surface removal techniques. CO5. Apply shading and coloring techniques on created 2D and 3D objects and also create 3D realistic imagery using graphics API i.e. OpenGL Catalog Description Computer graphics are very important to movies, advertising, animation and game industry where visualization is very important. It is responsible for displaying art and image data effectively and meaningfully to the user. This courses enable students to create 2D and 3D designs, use animation techniques and study advances in the field. Course Content Unit I: 4 lecture hours Introduction to Computer Graphics and openGL:

CSEG 3003 Computer Graphics L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Mathematics like Matrix and

Geometry. Good knowledge of C/C++ for OpenGL tool

Co-requisites --

Overview of Computer Graphics, Computer Graphics Application and Software, Description of some graphics devices, Introduction to pixel. Why OpenGL, Features in OpenGL, OpenGL operations, Abstractions in OpenGL – GL, GLU & GLUT, 3D viewing pipeline, viewing matrix specifications, a few examples and demos of OpenGL programs. Unit II: 8 lecture hours Scan conversion – lines, circles and Ellipses; Filling polygons and clipping algorithms Scan Converting Lines, Mid-point criteria, Aliasing and Antialiasing ,Problems of Aliasing, end-point ordering and clipping lines, Scan Converting Circles, Scan Converting Ellipses, Filling Polygons Clipping Lines algorithms– Cyrus Beck, Cohen-Sutherland and Liang-Barsky, Clipping Polygons, problem with multiple components. Unit III: 6 lecture hours Two-Dimenional Transformations Transformations and Matrices, Transformation Conventions, 2D Transformations, Homogeneous Coordinates and Matrix Representation of 2D Transformations, Translations and Homogeneous Coordinates, Rotation, Reflection, Scaling, Combined Transformation, Transformation of Points, Transformation of The Unit Square, Rotation About an Arbitrary Point, Reflection through an Arbitrary Line, A Geometric Interpretation of Homogeneous Coordinates, The Window-to-Viewport Transformations. Unit IV: 4 lecture hours Three-Dimensional Transformations Introduction, Three-Dimensional Scaling, Three-Dimensional Shearing, Three-Dimensional Rotation, Three-Dimensional Reflection, Three-Dimensional Translation, Multiple Transformation, Rotation about an Arbitrary Axis in Space, Reflection through an Arbitrary Plane, Matrix Representation of 3D Transformations, Composition of 3D Transformations. Unit V: 6 lecture hours Visible-Surface Determination Techniques for efficient Visible-Surface Algorithms, Categories of algorithms, Back face removal, The z-Buffer Algorithm, Scan-line method, Painter’s algorithms (depth sorting), Area sub-division method, BSP trees, Visible-Surface Ray Tracing, comparison of the methods. Unit VI: 5 lecture hours Illumination and Shading Illumination and Shading Models for Polygons, Reflectance properties of surfaces, Ambient, Specular and Diffuse reflections, Phong’s model, Gouraud shading, some examples. Unit VII: 5 lecture hours Plane Curves and Surfaces Curve Representation, Nonparametric Curves, Cubic Splines, , Bezier Curves, Bspline Curves, B-spline Curve Fit, B-spline Curve Subdivision, Parametric Cubic Curves, Quadric Surfaces. Bezier Surfaces, Fractals. Text Books

Donald D. Hearn and M. Pauline Baker(2014), Computer Graphics, Pearson Education India, ISBN: 9788177587654.

Reference Books David F. Rogers and J. Alan Adams, Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics, McGraw- Hill, Inc


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 1 2 1

CO2 2 2

CO3 2

CO4 2 2

CO5 2 2


Course Objectives 1. Students should be able to design the finite Automata and pushdown automata. 2. Student should be able design the grammar for context free grammar 3. Student should be able to construct Turing Machine 4. Student should be able to Identify different formal language classes and their relationships


CO1. Construct Finite-State Machines, Deterministic Finite-State Automata. Nondeterministic Finite-State Automata for various simple languages.

CO2. Construct regular expressions for various set and discover the relationship between automata and regular set.

CO3. Construct Pushdown Automata to accept context free grammar. CO4. Construct Turing Machines for various functions.

Catalog Description Theory of computation is a part of theoretical Computer Science. Theory of computation is mainly concerned with the study of how problems can be solved using algorithms. Therefore, we can infer that it is very relevant to the study of logic and mainly logic within mathematics. These studies are used to understand the way an algorithm is meant to work, and to actually prove it works through analyzing problems that may arise with the technique used and finding solutions to these problems. Course Content

Unit I: 5 lecture hours Introduction to Defining Language, Kleene Closures, Formal language theory , Arithmetic Expressions, Defining Grammar, Chomsky Hierarchy, Transition Graph, Generalized Transition Graph. Unit II: 7 lecture hours Automata Theory, Nondeterministic Finite Automata (NFA), Deterministic Finite Automata (DFA), Construction of DFA from NFA and Optimization, FA with Output: Moore Machine, Mealy Machine and Equivalence, Applications and Limitation of FA. Arden Theorem, Pumping Lemma for regular expressions, Myhill-Nerode Theorem.

CSEG 3004 FORMAL LANGUAGES AND AUTOMATA THEORY

L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Mathematics I and Mathematics II Co-requisites --

Unit III: 8 lecture hours Context Free Grammar: Ambiguity, Simplification of CFGs, Normal Forms for CFGs, Pumping Lemma for CFLs, Decidability of CFGs, Ambiguous to Unambiguous CFG Unit IV: 4 lecture hours Push Down Automata (PDA), Description and Definition, Working of PDA, Acceptance of a String by PDA, PDA and CFG, Introduction to auxiliary PDA and Two stack PDA. Determinism and nondeterminism, pumping Lemma. Unit V: 5 lecture hours TM Basic Model, Definition and representation, Language Acceptance by TM, TM and type 0 grammar, Halting Problem of TM, Modifications in TM, Universal TM. Language accepted by a TM, Role of TM, Design of TM Unit VI: 5 lecture hours Properties of Recursive and Recursively Enumerable Languages, Unsolvable Decision Problem, Empty and non empty language, rice theorem, undecidability of Post Correspondence Problem, Church's Thesis, halting problem, Recursive Function Theory, Godel Numbering. Text Books

1. John E. Hopcroft, Jeffrey D.Ullman, Automata Theory, Languages, and Computation.

Reference Books

1. Peter Linz, An Introduction to Formal Languages and Automata, 4th edition.


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Title PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 3 2

CO2 2

CO3 2 1

CO4 2


Course Objectives

1. The course is designed to analyze the presence of different personal laws for different community.

2. A critical and comparative study of different Personal laws governing testamentary and intestate succession i.e. their diversities, similarities, affinities and paradoxes.

3. Covers all major aspects of the law of succession relating to Hindus, Muslims, Christians and Parsi.

4. Examines, in particular, fundamental concepts dealing with the joint family, coparcenary, partition, interstate succession as well as the law relating to gifts, wills, and inheritance.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO202.1: personal laws owe their diversity to their varied origin, distinct principles and the bulk

of substantive law itself.

CO202.2: personal laws play a vital role in governing the conflicting interest of the individuals.

CO202.3: personal law of a person is not determined by his domicile or his nationality but by his

membership of the community to which he belongs.

CO202.4: students become well versed with the intricacies and applicability of personal laws in handling the disputes

Catalog Description Family Law is the branch of law, which touches each individual of the society. It governs an integral part of the life of the individual. The fundamentals of Family Law i.e. basic understanding of the personal laws i.e., Hindus, Muslims, Christians, Parsis & Jews and the knowledge of law governing marriage, divorce, maintenance and guardianship which has been covered in the course of Family Law I. Family Law-II deals with laws relating to Hindu Joint family, devolution of

CLCC 3007 Family Law II L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Fundamentals of Inheritance and Succession in Hindu and

Muslim Law Co-requisites Will, Gift

ancestral or coparcenary property, succession to separate property of a Hindu and the Muslim law relating to gifts, wills and inheritance.

Classroom activities will be designed to encourage stud ents to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Interactive approach is to be followed during the course of learning

Course Content

MODULE 1:

INTRODUCTION Mitakshara Joint Family: Mitakshara coparcenaries formation and incidents

Property under Mitakshara Law: separate property and coparcenaries property

Dayabhaga coparcenaries: formation and incidents, Property under Dayabhaga Law

Karta of the Joint Family : who can be Karta, His /Her position, powers, privileges and obligation. Difference between Mitakshara and Dayabhaga Coparcenary

Alienation of property: Separate and coparcenary Debts: Doctrine of Pious Obligation and Antecedent debt Partition- Concept, subject matter, modes, how partition effected

MODULE 2:

INTERSTATE SUCCESSION

Devolution of interest in Mitakshara Coparcenary property under the HSA,1956

General Principle of Inheritance under Hindu Law Succession to property of Hindu male dying intestate under the Hindu Succession Act,

1956, The Repealing and Amending Act, 2015 Succession to property of Hindu female dying intestate under the Hindu Succession

Act, 1956 Disqualifications of heirs relating to succession

General rules of succession & exclusion from succession under Islamic law: Shia & Sunni

Classification of heirs under Hanafi and Ithna Asharia School; Their shares and distribution of property, Disqualified heirs

Succession under Indian Succession Act 1925- Rules in cases of intestate other than Parsi

MODULE 3:

TESTAMENTARY SUCCESSION Will under ISA,1925- Of will and Codicil Execution of unprivileged & privileged wills Attestation , revocation, alteration & revival of will Will under Hindu law- Sec 30, HSA 1956; Will under Islamic Law- Competence Of Testator , testamentary limitations

MODULE 4:

DISPOSITION INTERVIVOS

Gift under Hindu Law- Transfer of Property Act 1882 Hiba-meaning & characteristics, who can make and to whom Hiba,

classification of Hiba Hiba during Marz –ul- maut, revocation of Hiba, Musha, Distinction between

Hiba, Ariya, Sadaqa & Wakf, Hiba-ba- Shartul- iwaz, Hiba-bil-iwaz

MODULE 5:

PRE-EMPTION UNDER ISLAMIC LAW Pre-emption – Definition, Classification, Subject matter Formalities & legal effects, when right lost, Constitutional validity

MODULE 6:

HINDU RELIGIOUS EMDOWMENT Traditional Religious principles of creation, Administration & Offices Statutory methods of creation of trust, Powers & functions of Trustees

MODULE 7:

Muslim Law of Wakf Wakf- meaning, essentials & formalities for creation Powers of Mutawalli Muslim Religious institutions & Offices

Muslim Religious institutions & Offices MODULE 8:

FAMILY &ITS CHANGING PATTERNS Processes of social change in India Settlement of Spousal property.

TEXTBOOKS:

3. Dr Poonam Pradan Saxena, Family Law II lecturers, Lexis Nexis 4. Aquil Ahmad, Mohamedan Law, Central Law Agency, 2006 5. Dr. Paras Diwan, Family Law, Allahabad Law Agency,2011 6. Prof. G.C.V.Subba Rao’s, Family Law in India, S.Georgia & Company,2010

REFERENCE BOOKS:

22. Asaf A.A. Fyzee, Outline of Mohammedan Law, Oxford University Press,2008 23. Flavia Agnes, Marriage, Divorce, and Matrimonial Litigation, Oxford University

Press,2011 24. Mayne’s, Hindu law & usages, Bharat Law House, 2008 25. Mulla, Hindu Law, Lexis Nexis Butterworths Wadwa, 2012 26. Mulla, Principles of Mahomedan Law, Lexis Nexis Butterworths Wadwa, 2012 27. S.A.Desai, Mulla, Hindu Law, Lexis Nexis Butterworths Wadwa, 2008 28. Syed Khalid Rashid’s , Muslim law, Eastern Book Company, 2008


Components Internal Examination

Mid-term written Examination


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50%





Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

Test I -10

Test II-10

Report / Viva /PPT


C202.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C202.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C202.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C202.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -


Course Objectives

1. To enable students in understanding the constitutional governance of the country and working of the constitutional bodies.

2. To enable students in exploring the importance of the working of the constitutional institutions and their interface with each other.

3. To compare the constitutional governance and constitutional functionaries of the country in comparison with other common law countries.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO222.1: The students will be able to understand and appreciate the salient features of the Indian Constitution and fundamental concepts of Constitutional Law. CO222.2: The students will be able to critically assess the role and importance of constitutional bodies, functionaries and institutions. CO222.3: The students will be able to critically analyze working of the Judiciary, Executive and Legislative bodies, their working and comparison with other similar legal systems of the world. CO222.4: The students will be able to put in practice the acquired knowledge into their research on contemporary Constitutional Law issues.

Catalog Description Constitutional Law II is the branch of law, which touches each and every individual of the society. It governs an integral part of the life of the individual. The fundamentals of Constitutional Law i.e. basic understanding of the Constitutional Law are: concept of federalism, parliamentary form of government; constitution, powers functions of the judiciary, legislative and executive bodies; fiscal federalism; local self-governance etc. Besides the working of the different wings of the governments and their comparison with other common law countries are the paramount content matter of the Constitutional Law II.

CLCC 2005 Constitutional Law II L T P C

Version 1.0 4 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure A prior understanding of the basics of Constitutional law- Co-requisites --

Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Interactive approach is to be followed during the course of learning

Course Content

SESSIO

NS MODULES

01-02 [02hrs]

MODULE I INTRODUCTION

03-10 [08hrs]

MODULE II THE EXECUTIVE AND THE LEGISLATURE

(11-23) (13hrs)

MODULE III THE JUDICIARY, THE LOCAL SELF GOVERNMENT AND CONSTITUTIONAL FUNCTIONARIES AND BODIES

(24-44) (21hrs)

MODULE IV ANTI- FEDERAL FEATURES OF THE INDIAN CONSTITUTION

(45-48) [04hrs]

RESERVED DAYS FOR SNAP TESTS/VIVA

TEXTBOOKS:

7. V.N. Shukla’s Constitution of India, Eastern Book Company 8. Constitutional Law of India; by M.P. Jain, Wadhwa Publications

REFERENCE BOOKS:

29. V.N. Shukla’s Constitution of India, Eastern Book Company 30. DurgaBasu, Comparative Constitutional Law, 3rdEdn, Lexis Nexis, 2014 31. Constitutional Law of India; by H.M. Seervai, Universal Publishers, 2008 32. Introduction to the -Constitution of India; by Durga das Basu, Lexis Nexis, 22ndEdn, 2014 33. World Constitutions, A Comparative Study by VishnooBhagwan and VidyaBhushan,

9thEdn, Sterling Publishers Private Limited, 2010 34. An Introduction to the Study of the Law of the Constitution, 10thEdn, A.V. Dicey,

Universal Law Publishing Co., 2008 35. Writs and Other Constitutional Remedies; by AsimPandey, Lexis Nexis, 2009 36. Working a Democratic Constitution: A History of Indian Experience; by G. Austin, Oxford

Univ Press, 2012

37. DD Basu’s, Human Rights and Constitutional Law, 3rdEdn, Lexis Nexis, 2008 38. MP Jain, Indian Constitutional Law, 7thEdn, Lexis Nexis, 2014 39. Commentary on Constitution of India, by ArvindDatar, Lexis Nexis, 2010 40. Constitution and Administrative Law; by Barmitt and Hilaii, London Taylor and Francis,

2011 41. Constitutional Law and History of Government of India, Universal Publishers, 2008 42. The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation; by G. Austin, Oxford Univ Press, 2008 43. Introduction to the Constitution of India; By D.D. Basu, Lexis Nexis, 2009 44. Making of India’ Constitution; by H.R. KhannaAlld. Eastern Books, 2005 45. Preamble: The Spirit and Backbone of the Constitution of India; by R.C. Lahoti, EBC,

2004 46. Select Constitutions of the World; by M.V.Pylee, 2ndEdn, 2007 47. Indian Legal and Constitutional History, by Paranjape, CLA, 2011 48. Constitutional Law of India; by J.N. Pandey, ALA, 2008 49. Constitutional Law; by Mamta Rao. EBC, 2013


Components Internal Examination Mid-term written Examination


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50%





Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

Test I -10

Test II-10

Report / Viva /PPT


C222.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C222.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C222.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C222.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C222 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 -

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped

3=strongly mapped

Course Objectives The primary objective of criminal law is to maintain law and order in the society and to protect the life and liberty of people. It is for this reason that people place their ultimate reliance on this branch of law for protection against all injuries that human conduct can inflict on individuals and institutions. Due to these reasons, the penal law cannot afford to be weak, ambiguous or ineffective nor can it be harsh and arbitrary in its nature. The application of criminal law has to be uniform regardless of any discrimination on grounds of class, caste, religion, sex or creed etc. of either the criminal or the victim. This subject is designed with the following intended out comes.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course,

1. Students will be able to conceptually explain the fundamentals of criminal law and various offences described in Indian Penal Code.

2. Students will be able to assess the role and importance of criminal liability in various classes of offences critically.

3. Students will be able to critically analyze the various offences of Indian Penal Code in comparison with other similar legal systems of the world.

4. The students will be able to put in practices the acquired knowledge into their research on contemporary criminal law issues.

Catalog Description The aim of the course is to introduce students to the basic principles of Criminal Law. Crime is a phenomenon studied by several disciplines from several perspectives and methodologies. The lawyer must have an acquaintance with such knowledge in order to make criminal justice serve the goals of social defense. The theories of crime causation and of punishment is another segment of the course. Subsequently, a study of the basic concepts of Criminal Law is undertaken, followed by a study of specific offences under the Indian Penal Code.

CLCC 2002 Law of Crimes I

L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure General knowledge of Law Co-requisites --

Having completed a course on criminology, basic principles of Criminal Law and offences under the Indian Penal Code, the emphasis now shifts to the Defences available to a person under the Indian Penal Code, a study of the offences involving Strict Liability and Conduct Liability. Course Content

This subject has been divided into six modules, which are as follows

Module I : INTRODUCTION (6 Lectures)

Definition and meaning of Crime (Legal, Social, Economic, Political) Sources of Criminal Law Elements of Crime Stages of Crime (Intention, Preparation, Attempt and Result) Types of Punishment – Death, Social Relevance of Capital Punishment Important Terminology-Definition

Module II : CRIMINAL LIABILITY (6 Lectures)

General Principles of Criminal Liability, Mens rea and its importance Group Liability: Common Intention & Common Object Unlawful Assembly, Rioting and Affray Abetment Criminal Conspiracy, Sedition, Fabricating false evidence Public nuisance

Module III: GENERAL EXCEPTIONS (8 Lectures)

Excusable or Justifiable acts, Mistake of Law and Mistake of Fact Accident, Necessity Medical incapacity, Intoxication Private Defense – Justification, Kinds and Limits

Module IV: OFFENCES AGAINST HUMAN BODY (10 Lectures)

Causing death of human beings: o Culpable Homicide, Murder & their distinction o Rash & Negligent Act Causing Death o Dowry Death

Hurt –Simple and Grievous hurt Wrongful Restraint and Wrongful Confinement Kidnapping and Abduction

Module V: OFFENCES AGAINST AND RELATED TO WOMEN (8 Lectures)

Word, Gesture or Act intended to Insult the modesty of women Assault or Criminal Force with intent to outrage the modesty of women

o Sexual harassment o Assault or criminal force with intent to disrobe o Voyeurism o Stalking

Causing miscarriage without women’s consent, Rape, Unnatural offences, Bigamy, Adultery Cruelty by husband or his relatives

Module VI: OFFENCES AGAINST PROPERTY (8 Lectures)

Theft, Extortion Robbery and Dacoity Criminal misappropriation and Criminal Breach of Trust Cheating Forgery

Text Books

S.No. Title Author Publisher

1 Indian Penal Code (6th edition, 2016)

K.D. Gaur Universal Law Publications

2 The Indian Penal Code, 33rd ed., 2013

Ratanlal & Dhirajlal,

LexisNexis

3 Legal Language and Legal Writing

K.L.Bhatia LexisNexis

4 Legal Language, Legal Writing & General English

B.M. Gandhi Eastern Book Company

5 Learning the Law Glanville Williams

Universal Law Publishers.

6 Introduction to Law Atul Seetalwad Butterworths

7 Criminology and Penology (12th edition, 2006)

H Paranjape N.V. CLP

8 Indian Legal System Joseph Minattur Indian Law Institute

9 Indian Penal Code (14th edition, 2006)

Mishra S.N. CLB


Examination Scheme:


Mid Semester


Weightage (%)

30% 20% 50% 100%

Internal Assessment: Marks 30 (shall be done based on the following 5 components):


Test/ Snap Test



Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


Report / Viva /PPT


C422.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C422.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C422.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C422.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C422.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2 -

C422 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 -


PRACTICAL

CSEG 3103 COMPUTER GRAPHICS LAB L T P

0 0 2

1. Introduction to OpenGL

2. Drawing line using DDA, Bresenham’s algorithm

3. Drawing Circle and Ellipse using Mid-point algorithm

4. Filling the objects using flood fill, boundary fill and scan line fill algorithm.

5. Performing Clipping operation on line and polygon using Cohen Sutherland and Sutherland

Hodgeman algorithms respectively.

6. Performing 2D & 3D TRANSFORMATIONS on objects.

7. Drawing Bezier curves.

8. Animation & Event Handling using Mouse and Keyboard

9. Creating 3D Shapes like Cube, Sphere and others.

CSEG 3102 OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN LAB L T P

0 0 2

1. Overview OOAD and UML

2. Study of different tools of UML design(Star UML),Identification of entities

3. Study of Use Case Diagram

4. Study of Class Diagram and Object Diagram

5. Study of Activity Diagram

6. Study of Sequence diagram

7. Study of Collaboration diagram

8. Study of State chart diagram(simple ,nested)

9. Study of Component Diagram

10. Study of deployment Diagram.


Course Objectives 1. To provide understanding of concepts of Artificial Intelligence and intelligent agents. 2. To focus on problem solving methods to typical AI problems. 3. To understand the concept of ‘Knowledge’, its forms, its representation, its organization,

manipulation, and management. 4. To provide knowledge about various machine learning concepts. 5. Appreciate the common applications of AI, such as NLP, Expert Systems etc. Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand concepts of Artificial Intelligence and intelligent agents. CO2. Apply problem-solving methodologies to various AI based problems. CO3. Represent, organize and manipulate knowledge to Knowledge-based systems. CO4. Analyse machine-learning strategies and apply them to real time AI based applications.

Catalog Description Artificial Intelligence is an advanced field of Computer Science that tries to imitate human intelligence. This helps in solving various real time problems and helps in developing smart technologies. In this course, the focus will be on major concepts of Artificial Intelligence and its applications. Few advance concepts like machine learning, intelligent agents, Knowledge based system development etc. Students will learn how to represent knowledge in the system as well as its manipulation and organization. Various problem-solving techniques like searching in state space, reasoning, logic development etc. will also be the highlighted. Various class assignments and other activities will involve the case studies, group activities, cooperative group solving problems, with real life examples, so that students will be able to get the idea about the application areas of this field. Students will be encouraged to participate in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Course Content Unit I: 6 lecture hours Introduction – Definition - Future of Artificial Intelligence – Characteristics of Intelligent Agents – Typical Intelligent Agents – Problem Solving Approach to Typical AI problems Unit II: 7 lecture hours

CSEG-3005 Artificial Intelligence L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Computer programming, Mathematics Co-requisites Algorithms, Logic development and Reasoning

Problem solving Methods - Search Strategies- Uninformed - Informed - Heuristics - Local Search Algorithms and Optimization Problems - Searching with Partial Observations - Constraint Satisfaction Problems – Constraint Propagation - Backtracking Search - Game Playing -Optimal Decisions in Games -Alpha--Beta Pruning -Stochastic Games Unit III: 8 lecture hours First Order Predicate Logic – Prolog Programming - Unification -Forward Chaining -Backward Chaining - Resolution –Knowledge Representation - Ontological Engineering - Categories and Objects –Events - Mental Events and Mental Objects - Reasoning Systems for Categories - Reasoning with Default Information Unit IV: 8 lecture hours Probability basics - Bayes Rule and its Applications - Bayesian Networks – Exact and Approximate Inference in Bayesian Networks - Hidden Markov Models - Forms of Learning - Supervised Learning - Learning Decision Trees - Regression and Classification with Linear Models - Artificial Neural Networks - Nonparametric Models - Support Vector Machines - Statistical Learning - Learning with Complete Data - Learning with Hidden Variables- The EM Algorithm – Reinforcement Learning. Unit V: 7 lecture hours AI applications – Language Models - Information Retrieval - Information Extraction – Natural Language Processing - Machine Translation – Speech recognition – Robot – Hardware – Perception – Planning – Moving Text Books 1. Artificial Intelligence: A modern Approach-2nd Edition, Stuart Russel, Peter Norvig, Pearson

Education. 2. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence & Expert Systems – Dan W. Patterson, PHI 3. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence – Rajendra Akerkar, PHI

For more Reference:

1. The essence of Artificial Intelligence, Essence of Computing Series- Alison Cawsey, First Edition, Pearson Education. 2. Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems, Jacek M.Zurada, Jaico Publishing House.


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 1 2 1 2

CO2 2 1

CO3 2 2 1

CO4 2 1 2


Course Objectives 1. To understand the Microprocessor and Micro controller and how they are designed. 2. To learn about the embedded system concepts, and various operating system used in

embedded system 3. To enable student to learn about embedded coding and integration for peripherals 4. To enable student to understand the tool chain, cross compilers and linkers

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand the hardware, register and memory used in the embedded systems CO2. Communicate using peripheral with various protocols CO3. Writing embedded code for serial, clock and led and motors using Embedded C. CO4. Understanding the RTOS and the complete implementation using API.

Catalog Description A microprocessor is an electronic component that is used by a computer to do its work. It is a central processing unit on a single integrated circuit chip containing millions of very small components including transistors, resistors, and diodes that work together. Microprocessors help to do everything from writing to searching the Web. Everything a computer does is described by lots of precise instructions, and microprocessors carry out these instructions at incredible speed—many millions of times a second. An embedded system is a computer system with a dedicated function within a larger mechanical or electrical system, often with real-time computing constraints. It is embedded as part of a complete device often including hardware and mechanical parts. Embedded systems control many devices in common use today. Course Content

Unit I: NUMBER SYSTEM AND CODES 4 lecture hours Binary, Octal, and Hexadecimal number systems - Binary arithmetic, Binary coded Decimal, Excess - 3 code, Half adder, Full adder, Subtractor. Unit II: INTRODUCTION TO 8 BIT MICROPROCESSOR 4 lecture hours

Internal architecture of Intel 8085 microprocessor: Block diagram, Registers, Internal Bus Organization, Functional details of pins, Control signals, External Address / Data bus

CSEG3006 Micro Processor and Embedded Sytem L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Operating system and C language Co-requisites --

multiplexing, Demultiplexing, I/ O mapped I/ O, and memory mapped I/ O techniques. Interrupts, Serial communication and DMA features. Unit III: ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING: 8085 4 lecture hours Instruction set: Instructions, Classifications, Addressing modes, Stack and Subroutines, Delay routines, Counters etc. Programming examples. Instruction Timing and Interrupts: Timing Diagrams (of various instructions): T- state, Machine cycle (Opcode fetch, Read / Write, Interrupt Acknowledge, Bus Idle, etc), Interrupts: -types (h/ w and s/ w), Maskable / Non maskable, their organization. Unit IV: INTRODUCTION TO MICRO CONTROLLERS 4 lecture hours Comparison with microprocessors Study of micro controller (MCS 51family- 8051) - Architecture, instruction set, addressing modes and programming - Comparison of various families of 8bit micro controllers. Interfacing of ADC, sensors, keyboard and DAC using microcontrollers. Unit V: OVERVIEW OF EMBEDDED SYSTEM 6 lecture hours Embedded System, Categories of Embedded System, Requirements of Embedded Systems, Challenges and Issues in Embedded Software Development, Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics, Control System, Biomedical Systems, Handheld computers, Communication devices. Unit VI: INTRODUCTION TO REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEM 6 lecture hours Task and task states, task and data, semaphore and shared data, message queues, mail boxes, pipes, time functions, events, Memory management, interrupt routines in RTOS environment, Basic Design Using RTOS: Principle, encapsulating semaphores and queues, hard real-time scheduling consideration, saving memory space, saving power, Embedded software development tools: Host and Target machines, linker/ locator for embedded software, getting embedded software into a target system Text Books 1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming. Book by Ramesh Gaonkar 2. Microprocessors and interfacing, Book by Douglas Hall 3. Microprocessor 8085 And Its Interfacing Book by Sunil Mathur

Reference Books 1. The Intel Microprocessors – Architecture, Book by Barry B. Brey 2. Digital Logic and Microprocessor Design with VHDL


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course

Outcomes PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 2 2 1

CO2 1 2

CO3 1 2

CO4 2 2 1


Course Objectives

1. Able to understand the Complexity of Information Management. 2. Able to understand the fundamentals of Storage System Architecture. 3. Have introduction to Network Storage Solutions 4. Able to understand the Comparison between various Network Storage Architectures. 5. Able to conceptualize the effect of storage on Business Continuity, Management and

Infrastructure. .

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Complexity of Information Management & Importance of Information Availability. World Wide Information Growth & Key Issues & Solutions. CO2. Storage Environment & Understanding the Intricacies & Logical Components & File Systems & Volume Management CO3. Network Storages & Control Station CO4. Comparison of Architectures & Architecture Recommendations CO5. Business Continuity Management and infrastructure & Key Elements & Monitoring Processes.

Catalog Description Information storage is central pillar of Information Technology. Storage Technology Foundations (STF) is the course in the Storage Technologist Track EMCST) and is the only course of its kind to fill the knowledge gap in understanding varied components of modern storage infrastructure. This course provides a comprehensive introduction to storage technology which will enable you to make more informed decisions in an increasingly complex IT environment. You will learn about the latest storage architectures, such as Storage Subsystems, SAN, NAS, DAS, CAS, IP-SAN, and information security. This unique, open course focuses on concepts & principles of storage technology, rather than on specific products. Course Content

Unit I: Complexity of Information Management 8 lecture hours

CSEG 2012 Storage Technology Foundation L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of Computer System Architecture and

Infrastructure Landscape Overview.

Co-requisites --

Importance of Information Availability, Challenges of Information Management, Data Storage Need, Creation of Data, Value of Data to a Business: Information, Types of Data, Storing Data, World Wide Information Growth, Key Issues & Solutions. Unit II: Storage System Architecture 8 lecture hours Storage Environment, Understanding the Intricacies, Storage & the Media, Logical Components, File Systems, Volume Management, Host Bus Adapter (HBA), Improving Data Availability, Connectivity & Communication Protocols , RAID Arrays, Intelligent Storage & Data Flow Unit III: Network Storage – 1 8 lecture hours Storage Solutions, DAS, NAS, FC – SAN, IP – SAN, CAS , Control Station, Gateway. Unit IV: Network Storage – 2 8 lecture hours Comparison of Architectures & Recommendations, Evolution of FC-SAN, Benefits of SAN, Components of SAN, Connectivity Devices, FC-SAN, Connectivity, FC-Ports, FC- Topologies, Comparison FC-SW & FC-AL, FC Challenges, Switch Vs Directors, IP Storage approaches, IP Storage, Deployment Models, Benefits of IP SAN, IP SAN Protocols, FCIP,FCIP & iSCSI comparison, IP SAN, Applications Unit V: Business Continuity, Management and Infrastructure 8 lecture hours Architecture of Data Centre Infrastructure, Infrastructure Management, Key Elements & Monitoring Processes Text Books . 1. Information Storage & Management, Storing, managing and protecting digital information Edited by G. Somasundaram, Alok Shrivastava, EMC Education Services.

Reference Books 1. Storage Networks Explained, “ Basics and Applications of Fibre Channel SAN, NAS ,iSCSI and InfiniBand by Ulf Troppens, Rainer Erkens, Wolfgang Muller. Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components MSE Presentation/Assignment/ etc ESE Weightage (%) 20 30 50



Eng

inee

ring

Kno

wle

dge

Pro

blem

ana

lysi

s

Des

ign/

deve

lopm

ent o

f so

lutio

ns

Con

duct

inve

stig

atio

ns o

f co

mpl

ex

prob

lem

s

Mod

ern

tool

usa

ge

The

eng

inee

r an

d so

ciet

y

Env

iron

men

t and

sus

tain

abil

ity

Eth

ics

Indi

vidu

al o

r te

am w

ork

Com

mun

icat

ion

Pro

ject

man

agem

ent a

nd f

inan

ce

Lif

e-lo

ng L

earn

ing

Cou

rse

Cod

e

Cou

rse

Tit

le PO

1 PO2

PO3

PO 4

PO 5

PO6

PO 7

PO8

PO9

PO 10

PO 11

PO12

PSO13

PSO14

PSO15

CSEG-2012

Storage Technology Foundation

1 3 2

2



Programme Outcomes

CO1 Complexity of Information Management & Importance of Information Availability. World Wide Information Growth & Key Issues & Solutions.

PO6, PO7

CO2 Storage Environment & Understanding the Intricacies & Logical Components & File Systems & Volume Management

PO7, PO11

CO3 Network Storages & Control Station

PO7

CO4 Comparison of Architectures & Architecture Recommendations

PSO15

CO5 Business Continuity Management and infrastructure & Key Elements & Monitoring Processes.

PO11

Course Objectives

The objectives of this course are as under:

1. Using a mock case as a context, allow students to develop patterns of thought and hands-on ability in researching and drafting.

2. Allow students to learn drafting of memorial pertinent to criminal Court Problems. 3. To develop a professional approach towards dealing with the questions of law. 4. Allow students to learn the basics of court mannerisms and procedures. 5. Allow students to learn the professional role of the lawyer.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students should be able to: C312.1 -Participate in Moot Court Competitions with a higher degree a success. C312.2 Practice the dos and don’ts of argumentation and drafting. C312.3 Learn to identify legal issues and address them. C312.4 Behave and act professionally in a court room setting. C312.5 to acquire expert knowledge of drafting, pleadings and advocacy techniques. Catalog Description . By the art of legal drafting (also commonly called the legal composition) we mean the art of composing or writing all documents which are either expressly intended to be, or which frequently become the subject of legal interpretation. It is concerned chiefly therefore, although not exclusively, with the documents which declare or regulate rights. This at once distinguishes the art of legal composition from the art of ordinary composition or literature, which deals not with rights but with thoughts or facts. Of course the bases of literary composition and legal composition are all the same, grammar and logic. The latter, perhaps, more strictly than the former kind o composition is bound by the rules of the grammarian and logician but we do not intend, except incidentally, to touch on the rules of grammar or logic. It is composition as legal - as dealing with or affecting rights - which we have in view. This differs so much from literary composition that, though they have a common basis, same rules do not apply to both. The style of good legal composition (for it has a style of its own) is free from all colour, from all emotion, from all rhetoric. It is impersonal as if the voice, not of any man, but of the law, dealing with the necessary facts. It disdains emphasis and all other artifices. It uses no metaphor or figure of speeches. It is always consistent and never contradicts itself. It never hesitates or doubts. It says in the plainest language, with the simplest, fewest and fittest words, precisely what it means. These are qualities which might be used to advantage more frequently than is common in literature, and unfortunately they

LLBL 312 Drafting of Criminal instruments (Clinical-7)

L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Fundamentals of Pleading and Criminal drafts Co-requisites BCI Regulations

are not to be found in many legal compositions, but they are essential to good legal composition and not essential to literary composition. Pleadings are statement in writing drawn up and filed by each party to a case, stating that his contentions will be at the trial and giving all such details as his opponent needs to know in order to prepare his case in answer. The function of pleadings is not simply for the benefit of the parties, but also and perhaps primarily for the assistance of the court by defining with precision the area beyond which, without the leave of the court and consequential amendment of the pleadings, the conflict must not be allowed to extend. The purpose of rules regarding pleadings is to advance justice and to prevent multiplicity of proceedings. When students reach the legal practice course they should have developed a general critical approach to the new law and to problem solving. The object of this course is to present substantive law in the context of pleadings and conveyancing and to show how those transactions are influenced by the legal considerations. A well drafted document instantly attracts the attention of the court. Any failure however little, in bringing out the material issues would be fatal to the matter under consideration. Therefore, it is pertinent that one has an accurate understanding of the concerned issues, so that, relevant question are brought before the court for successful adjudication. Pleadings assists student’s in their endeavor to enter active practice. This course is created to help student’s understand the basics of pleadings The classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their knowledge and in the design of their learning strategies. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Thus, the traditional lectures will be combined with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems and debates. Interactive approach will be followed during the course of learning where students will be expected to come prepared for the topics for discussion in the class/ case studies/ presentations/ viva-voce, etc. The main tools of teaching may include Lectures (PPT’s) with Question and Answer Sessions, Case Law Analysis, Assignments Simulation Exercises, etc. Course Content

Unit I: 06 lecture hours 1. General Principles of Drafting and Relevant Substantive Rules –

i. Drafting: Concept, ii. General Principles and relevant substantive rules thereof iii. difference between criminal and criminal drafting and conveyance iv. Basic Components of complaints, Endorsements v. Aids to Clarity and Accuracy vi. Legal Requirements and Implications

Unit II: 08 lecture hours Pleadings – Pleadings in General; Object of Pleadings; Fundamental Rules of Pleadings – Criminal:

(i) Complaint under section 2(d) (ii) Application for Bail (Sec.436-437 of Cr PC) (iii) Anticipatory Bail under section438 of Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (iv) Application under section 125 of Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973

(v) F.I.R. under section 154 of Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (vi) Appeal and Revision under section 371, 435 of Code of Criminal Procedure,

1973 (vii) Petition under section 397/401 of Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (viii) Petition under section 482 of Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (ix) Complaint under section 500 IPC (x) Affidavit (xi) Execution Petition (xii) Memorandum of Appeal and Revision (xiii) Petition under Article 226 and 32 of the Constitution of India (xiv) Special Leave Petition (xv) Special leave petition under Article-136


i. Petition under the Protection o f Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005. ii. Petition under Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961 iii. Complaint under section 138 of Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 with notice

Unit IV: Practical Exercises 03 lecture hours

i. criminal Complaint (Private) Withdrawal Petition U/S 257 of Cr.P.C

ii. Criminal Complaint Withdrawal Petition U/S 321 of Cr.P.C

iii. Compromise Petition U/s.320 of Cr.P.C in Respect of Compoundable Offences

iv. Complaint against Cheque Dishonor

v. Petition for Return of Property Under Section 451 of Cr.P.C Surety Affidavit

vi. Warrant Recall Petition U/S 70(2) of Cr.P.C Reference Books Statutes 1. Criminal Procedure Code, 1972 2. Criminal Procedure Code, 1973 3. Indian Penal Code,1860 4. Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 5. The Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act,2005 6. The Dowry Prohibition Act,1961 Books for Reading:

. Murali Manohar, Conveyancing and Pleading, 2nd Edn -2004, EBC, Lucknow. [Part II Chapter’s 1-5] 3. KS Gopalakrishnans Pleadings and Practice, ALT Publications, Hyderabad, 2004. [Part I Chapter’s 1-3, 24] 4. MC Agarwal & KNC Pillai, Lectures on Criminal Procedure, 3rd Ed- 2004, Ashok Law House, Hyderabad. 2. Dr. Amit Sen, Legal Language, Legal Writing and Legal Drafting, 2nd Ed - 2006, Kamal Law House, Kolkata. [ Chapter’s 23,26,28] 3. KS Gopalakrishnans Pleadings and Practice, ALT Publications, Hyderabad, 2004. [Part II] [Part I Chapter’s 1-3, 24] 4. MC Agarwal & GC Mogha, Mogha’s Pleading, 17th Edn - 2006, EBC, Lucknow. [Part I Chapter’s 1-10] 6. GF Harwood, Odgers on Pleadings and Practice, 20th Edn- 1971, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt Ltd., Delhi. [ Chapter COURSE COMPLETION PLAN Sessions: 24 (lectures/practice exercise of 1 hour each) for a 2 credit course. Total hours per week: 2. Modes of Evaluation:


C312.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C312.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C312.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C312.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

Description Weight age Schedule

1-Drafting submission

30 submissions-

2- Subject Grand Viva

3- Attendance

75%

15%

10%

Academic calendar

C312.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2 -

C312 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 -


Course Objectives

1. The idea of this paper is primarily to impart skill based education in the field of law. It is a clinical paper which focusses on the court room exercise of various laws particularly the procedural laws.

2. While in a moot court the emphasis is more on a substantive law in trial advocacy the major thrust is on the procedural aspects. The procedural law supplements the substantive law by providing the scheme for the enforcement of substantive rights and the remedies available.

3. Our criminal justice system is based on the presumption of innocence. Not all people who are sent up for trial are guilty of the offences with which they are charged and thus the students ought to know how to defend ones client. Also they should know about the provisions for fair trial of the accused person.

4. Duty therefore has been cast upon the courts of deciding as to whether the person charged with an offence is actually guilty or not. The procedure which governs the court proceedings before it arrives at that conclusion has to be such as is fair, inspires confidence at the same time is not such as provides a wide escape route for the guilty. Thus the students ought to know about the court procedure, how to prosecute and defend. Also the students ought to know about the basic traits of civil practise.

5. The objective is thus to inculcate among the students the skills of trial advocacy.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C 1001.1 Students would be acquainted with the procedural aspects of the criminal and civil law and would prepare the students to take up and learn the nuances of trials.

C 1001.2 Students will understand the examination of witnesses. After the study of the subject, the students will become equipped to take on the challenges of litigation. C 1001.3 Students would be skilled enough to understand the traits of Civil as well as Criminal practice.

ENG 1001 Trial Advocacy L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 0 1 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic understanding of law and procedure Co-requisites --

C 1001.4 The students would be having the idea of the hierarchy and jurisdiction of the Criminal and civil courts in India.

Catalog Description Trial advocacy is a clinical paper to fill in the gaps in the learning process. Largely the law courses are theoretically delivered and are evaluated by written exam. Clinical courses aim at imparting learning by doing. In the moot exercises the evidence stage of trial is generally missed however, it’s a very important part of the trial. In the course initially the students are given some lectures on very practical and essential components of trial eg jurisdiction, evidence, examination etc. after this they are given a proposition of trial which is basically a case like moot court. After this the students submit their written memorials followed by oral presentations. In the presentation part students examine the witnesses and are evaluated on that basis. This course plays a very important role in the learning of lawyering skills. It adds to communication skills, brushes up the fundamentals of the relevant law and prepares them on the application part of the law. The course is given is 1st year which may make it slight difficult to deliver but once completed, it helps in developing an application oriented approach in the students for the courses taught after this. Course Content

Unit I: 2 lecture hours Introduction to Trial advocacy

Object Scope and purpose of Trial Advocacy Kinds of Trial Stages of Criminal Trial Stages of Civil Trial

Unit II: 2 lecture hours Understanding the Skills of Trial advocacy

Burden of Proof and Onus of Proof Witnesses Examination in chief, Cross Examination, reexamination Trial by Court of Session Trial by a magistrate


Court Room Practice Cinical Trials

Text Books It’s a purely clinical course; so no text book can be referred, several procedural law subjects and their reference material would be relevant and sufficient.

Reference Books 7.R.V. Kelkar,Criminal Procedure, 5th Edn. 2008, Eastern Book Co. Lucknow

8.Lectures on Criminal Procedure by K.NC Pillai, Eastern Book Co. Lucknow

9.Ratanlal and Dhirajlal: The Code of Criminal Procedure, 20th Edn. Reprint 2011. Wadhwa & Co.

10. Batuk Lal, Commentary on Code of Criminal Procedure, New Delhi 11. Prof. S.N. Mishra: The Code of Criminal Procedure, 18thEdn.2012, Central Law

Agency.

12. Shailedra Malik, The Code of Criminal Procedure Code, 18th edition, 2011, Allahabad

law 13. Batuk Lal, Indian evidence Act,

14. Justice Monir, Indian evidence Act 15. K D Gaur, Indian Penal Code

Modes of Evaluation: Written submission plus court room presentation Examination Scheme:

Components ESE Written submission Court room presentation Weightage (%) 100 40 60

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 PSO4 PSO5

C 1005.1

3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 -

C 1005.2

3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 3 3 -

C 1005.3

3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 -

C 1005.4

3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 -


Course Objectives

1. Understand the historical evolution of legal thought 2. Understand the various, often conflicting, schools of legal thought 3. Understand the theoretical configurations of law. 4. Study the many inter-and cross linkages law has with its frontier and other disciplines. 5. Understand the lives and work of influential legal scholars 6. Appreciate the diverse origins and various conceptualizations of law

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C203.1: Conceptually understand, appreciate and develop a jurisprudential understanding of the legal concepts. C203.2: Critically analyze various Legal Theory, and to identify how these relate to each other in the broader history of thought C203.3: Identify, explain, distinguish the diverse origins and various conceptualizations of law and develop a keen sense of objectivity while dealing with various laws and will be able to relate it with issues related to Cyber Laws C203.4: Put in practice the acquired knowledge, procedural and practical aspects of Cyber laws and will use logical, analytical and decision-making ability to deal with challenges of law and Cyber issues.

C203.5: Analyse the various legal Concepts like Rights, Liability Duty, Immunity, Power and Disability and draw a relationship between them.

Catalog Description The Latin equivalent of jurisprudence is jurisprudentia which means the knowledge in law or skills in Law. Jurisprudence can also be termed as knowledge of things Divine and Human, the Science of Just and Unjust. The study of Jurisprudence enables the students in conceptually understanding the nature of Law , actual rules of law . The students are able to assess and analyse the scientific development of Law. Jurisprudence supplies an epistemology of Law, a theory as to the possibility

CLCC 2004 Jurisprudence L T P C Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Fundamentals of Jurisprudence Co-requisites

of the genuine knowledge in the legal sphere. The students will be able to put in practice and exhibit effective corporate lawyering skills, employing legal research, analysis, rationalisation and critical-thinking ability An effort will be made to combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Course Content

Sessions: 4 (lectures of 1 hour each) for a 4 credit course.

Total hours per week: 4 hours per week.

Module 1: Meaning and importance of Jurisprudence, Schools of Jurisprudence, Theories of Law (7 lectures)

Nature and value of Jurisprudence

Importance of Jurisprudence

The purpose of legal theory

Schools of Jurisprudence and Theories of Law

Early Greek Legal theory and Natural Law – Law as dictate of reason

German Transcendental Idealism

Historical and Evolutionary Theories

Utilitarianism

Analytical positivism - Law as command of a sovereign, Pure Theory of Law and Law as a System of Rules

Sociological School and Realism – Law as practice of courts

Revival of Natural Law

Module 2: Nature and Sources of Law (7 lectures)

Authority of Law

Function and Purpose of Law

Law & Fact

Territorial Nature of law

International Law

Sources of Law

Module 3: Legal Rights (7 lectures)

Wrongs

Duties

Rights

The characteristic of a legal Right

Wider sense of legal rights

Kind of legal rights

Module 4: Persons (7 lectures)

Nature of personality

Legal status of various categories of beings

Double personality

Legal persons

Corporations

Module 5: Titles, Property, Possession and ownership (7 lectures)

Titles

Meaning of property

Movable and immovable property

Rights in re propria in immaterial things

Idea of ownership

Subject matter of ownership

Idea of Possession

Possession in fact and in law

Possession and Ownership

Module 6: Liability and Obligations (7 lectures)

The nature and kinds of liability

Theory of remedial liability

Theory of penal liability

Duty of care

Nature of obligations

Sources of obligations

Module 7: Administration of Justice(8 lectures)

Necessity of the Administration of Justice

Civil and criminal justice

The purpose of criminal justice

Civil justice

Secondary functions of Courts of Law

READINGS:

A. TEXTBOOKS:

“Jurisprudence”, Edgar Bodenheimer, Universal Law Publising Company, Revised Edition

“Salmond on Jurisprudence”, P J Fitzgerald, Universal Law Publishing Company, 12th Edition

B. REFERENCE BOOKS:

“A Textbook of Jurisprudence”, G.W. Paton, Oxford University Press, (1972)

C. SUGGESTED READINGS:

Benjamin N. Cardozo, (2006), The Nature of the Judicial Process. Nathan Isaacs, (1918), The Schools of Jurisprudence: Their Places in History and

their Present Alignment, Harvard Law Review, vol. 31, pp.373-411. H.L.A. Hart, (1994), The Concept of Law. Hans Kelsen, (2009), General Theory of Law and the State. Joseph Raz, (2009), The Authority of Law Essays on Law and Morality. Jeremy Bentham, (1876), An Introduction to the Principles of Morals and

Legislation.

H.L.A. Hart, (1982), Essays on Bentham: Studies in Jurisprudence and





Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% Internal Examination




Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

Test I -10

Test II-10

Report / Viva /PPT


C203.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C203.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C203.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C203.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C203.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2 -

C203 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 -


Course Objectives

1. To Understand a Business Organization.

2. To understand, appraise and interpret the business environment

3. To know and use various tools/techniques of management in an organization.

4. To develop Analytical & Decision making skills

5. To understand and implement the principles and practices of management in the business

organization.

Course Outcomes

CO1: Describe the major theories, concepts, and research findings in the field Principles and

Practice of Management.

CO2: Demonstrate effective application of PPM knowledge to diagnose and solve organizational

problems and develop optimal managerial decisions.

CO3: Analyze the application of various management practices and principles of business

organizations

Catalog Description

CLNL 1018 Principles and Practice of Management L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure 12th level with basic understanding of General Management

Co-requisites --

Principles and Practice of Management is one of the essential subject, which give students the

basic idea of Business and Management. Students from 12th Std. of any discipline are expected

with basic conceptual, managerial skills, reasoned thinking and decisive skills. Further, students

have to actively involve themselves in class presentations, case studies, other assignments, reading

management journals, solving quizzes and needless to mention classroom participation over and

above all these will add value to their overall evaluation.

Course Content

The syllabus of Business Organization is divided into parts because it is an interphase of both the Business Organization and management. The two parts are as follows:

PART – I

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION

(It is divided into 5 units consisting of 9 hours for 9 days)

PART – II

MANAGEMENT

(It is divided into 21 units’ consisting of 27 hours for 27 days)

INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT

Business Organization: Introduction to Forms of business organizations. (9 Hours)

Management: Concept, Management: Art and Science, Management as a Profession,

Management Vv. Administration, Management process, Managerial roles & skills, Levels

of management, Ethical and best practices in management. (5 Hours)

Evolution of Management: Taylor and Scientific Management, Fayol’s Administrative

Management, Bureaucracy, Hawthorne Experiments and Human Relations, Social System

Approach, Decision Theory Approach. (4 Hours)

Planning

Nature, Objectives, Types and Levels, Process of Planning, Planning Premises and

Forecasting, MBO, Decision Making. ( 4 Hours)

Organizing

Concept, Forms of Organizational Structure, Combining Jobs: Departmentalization, Span

of Control, Delegation of Authority, Authority & Responsibility. ( 4 Hours)

Staffing

Concept; Overview of - Manpower Planning, Job Design, Recruitment & Selection,

Training & Development, Performance Appraisal. ( 3 Hours)

Directing: Concept, Direction and Supervision. ( 3 Hour)

Controlling: Concept, Types of Control, Controlling Techniques. ( 4 Hours)

Text Book “Principles and Practice of Management” by LM Prasad, Sultan Chand & sons

Reference Books

1. Organization & Management by Gupta CB, Sultan Chand & Sons 2. Organization & Management by Agarwal RD, McGraw-Hill 3. Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Practices by Peter F. Drucker, Elsevier

Butterworth-heinemann 4. General and Industrial Management by Henri Fayol, Pitman & sons 5. The Philosophy of Management by Oliver H.Sheldon, Pitman Publishing Corporation 6. Organizational Behaviour by Stephen P. Robbins, PHI 7. Company Law by Singh Avtar, Eastern Book Company 8. Industrial & Business Management by Martand T Telsang, S Chand & Company 9. Legal Aspects of Business by R.S.Pillai & Bagavathi, S Chand & Company

Modes of Evaluation: Assignment/ project/ Written Examination/Class Participation/Viva Voce Examination Scheme:

Components MSE I MSE II Project/Assignment/ etc ESE

Weightage (%) 10 10 20 60

CO 1 C02 CO3

Discussion Assignment Presentation Quiz




1=weakly mapped

2= moderately mapped

3=strongly mapped



Programme Outcomes

CO1

Describe the major theories, concepts, and research

findings in the field Principles and Practice of Management PO 02

CO2 Demonstrate effective application of PPM knowledge to diagnose and solve organizational problems and develop optimal managerial decisions

PO 03

CO3

Analyze the application of various management practices

and principles of business organizations

PO 5 &8

Kno

wle

dge

of c

once

pts

of la

w w

ith

com

para

tive

und

erst

andi

ng o

f le

gal s

yste

ms

Inte

rdis

cipl

inar

y kn

owle

dge

of la

w a

nd r

elat

ed f

ield

s/do

mai

ns

App

lica

tion

of

law

to p

robl

em s

itua

tion

s em

ploy

ing

logi

cal,

anal

ytic

al a

nd d

ecis

ion

mak

ing

skil

ls

Eff

ecti

ve la

w p

rofe

ssio

nal s

kill

s pe

rtin

ent t

o la

w s

uch

as o

ral a

nd w

ritt

en

com

mun

icat

ion,

lega

l res

earc

h, r

atio

nali

zati

on, c

riti

cal-

thin

king

, pla

nnin

g an

d

Spe

cial

ist l

aw p

rofe

ssio

nal h

avin

g in

sigh

t of

prac

tice

s, is

sues

and

cha

llen

ges

Eth

ical

, mor

al a

nd s

ocia

l res

pons

ibil

ity

Infl

uenc

ing

skil

ls s

uch

as c

omm

itm

ent,

lead

ersh

ip, t

eam

bui

ldin

g an

d ne

twor

king

Lif

e-lo

ng L

earn

ing

skil

ls

Course Code

Course Title PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CLNL1018

Principles and Practice of Management

1 2 3 3 2 2

1

3


1. Provide an in-depth view of the process in financial management of the firm 2. Develop knowledge on the allocation, management and funding of financial resources. 3. Improving students’ understanding of the time value of money concept and the role of a

financial manager in the current competitive business scenario. 4. Enhancing student’s ability in dealing short-term dealing with day-to-day working capital

decision; and also longer-term dealing, which involves major capital investment decisions and raising long-term finance.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C655.9 Demonstrate an understanding of fundamental financial concepts, especially time value of

money. CO2. Evaluate capital budgeting projects using traditional methods. CO3. Describe the main ways of raising capital and their respective advantages and disadvantages in different circumstances

Catalog Description The main objective of Financial Management in International Business is to help students to acquire and develop skills to take rational decisions in the process of Financing mix and assessment of Price Earnings Ratio. Wealth maximizations have always been regarded as important in financial analysis in organizations. Leverage aspects are critical in each aspects of management and equally so for the effective management of Financial Resources. In view of Cost of Capital has assumed great importance. This course is designed primarily for students who are being exposed to capital structure , Cost of Capital, Working Capital for the first time. This course covers the explanations about the Financial Management concepts in the organizational context, it details the impact of Source of Funding, EBIT EPS, PAT on Financial Statement. The course also focuses on understanding of identification of Financing Cost and framing of strategies and scenarios required to select and develop product line. Classroom activities including lectures, discussions and case studies (topped up with role play) will be designed to encourage students to get involved, absorb and assimilate inputs. These activities will also be supplemented by group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, live projects, analysis of video cases and debates.

BBCF 132 Financial Management L T P C Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Co-requisites Knowledge of classification of data, data presentation

Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Students will be expected to interact with media resources, such as, web sites, videos, DVDs, and newspapers etc. Course Content UNIT 1: Introduction to Finance 7 Sessions

Introduction to three important decisions - investment decision, financing decision, dividend policy decision, scope and objectives of financial management, time-value of money, risk-return trade-off

UNIT 2: Financing Decision 7 Sessions

Financing Decision: Concept and types of cost of capital, cost of various sources of finance, weighted average cost of capital, study of operating, financial and combined leverage, EBIT-EPS Analysis, Sources of Finance, Indian Financial System – SEBI, Stock Markets, and other participants

UNIT 3: Long term investment Decision 8 Sessions

Investment Decision: Concept, nature of capital budgeting, determination of relevant cash flows, capital budgeting techniques & their limitations-Traditional vs. Discounted techniques

UNIT 4: Dividend Decision 7 Sessions

Dividend Policy Decision:- Theories of relevance and irrelevance of dividends, dividend-pay-out ratio, stability of dividends, legal, contractual and internal constraints and restrictions

UNIT 5: Working Capital Management 7 Sessions

Working Capital Management: Gross vs. net working capital, need, determinants of working capital, Management of Cash: Nature, Motives for holding cash, Determining Optimum Cash Balance, Cash Management Models, Receivables Management: Cost of maintaining Receivables. Factors Influencing Receivables. Meaning, Objects and Dimensions of Receivable Management, Inventory Management

TEXT BOOKS 1.Pandey , I.M,(2015), “Financial Management”, 11th Edition,Vikas Publication, New Delhi.

2.Sinha, Pradeep Kumar, (2009) ,”Financial Management”, 5th Edition, The World Press, Calcutta.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Chandra, Prasanna, (2011),”Financial Management Theory and Practice”, 8th Edition, TMH, New

Delhi.

2. Vanhorne, J, (2015),” Financial Management & Policy”, 13th Edition, Pearson Education, Delhi.

3. Brealey and Myers, (2017),” Principles of Corporate Finance”, 10th Edition , McGraw Hill, India.





Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50%


Test/ Snap Test



Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


Report / Viva /PPT

Program Outcomes:

PO 1 Students will demonstrate conceptual knowledge in core areas of law.

PO 2 Students will effectively apply their learnings to practical legal issues. PO 3 Students will be able to exhibit effective law professional skills, employing oral and

written communication, legal research, analysis, rationalisation and critical-thinking.

PO 4 Students will demonstrate ability to evolve alternative solutions from dynamic socio-economic and techno-legal perspectives.

PO 5 Students will demonstrate desirable qualities to be employable in the relevant market

PO 6 Students will show sensitivity towards ethical, moral and social issues arising in their professional career.

PO 7 Students will exhibit commitment, teambuilding, networking, leadership and lifelong learning skills to excel in legal world.

Programme Specific Outcomes (PSO) PSO 1 Students will be able to demonstrate conceptual knowledge in core areas of

business administration. PSO 2 Students will be able to demonstrate integrated knowledge of legal principles and

business administration.

PSO 3 Students will be able to exhibit skills in practices and procedures of Banking, Finance & Insurance.


CO1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3



PRACTICAL

CSEG 3106 MICRO PROCESSOR AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS LAB L T P

0 0 2

1. Familiarization of Architecture of 8085

2. Familiarization of Pin Configurations of 8085

3. Exchange of data between memory/ register block

4. Perform Arithmetic Operations on 8085

5. Perform Comparisons/arrangement on array of data on 8085

6. Complement of a number using 8085 instruction set

7. Shifting of bit on 8085

8. Masking of bits on 8085

9. Multibyte Arithmetic Operations on 8085

10. Conversion of a number using 8085 instruction set

11. Square /Square root of a number using look up table

12. Miscellaneous Problem on 8085


Course Objectives

1. To facilitate the students to acquire knowledge of various aspects of Company Law- economic, formation, incorporation and floatation of a company, followed by commencement, administration and conduct of business;

2. To appreciate the issues, challenges and regulation of companies with the development of students' skills in legal reasoning, analysis and presentation through thorough research and by relying on study of statutes, case law and regulatory practice relating to Company Law;

3. To prepare the students with strong conceptual and comparative analytical skills; 4. To enable the students to apply the knowledge in legal practice.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C421.1 Understand the evolution of Indian Company Law in comparison with English Company Law; C421.2 Appreciate company as a corporate entity in comparison with other forms of corporate and non-corporate entities; C421.3 Demonstrate insight of formation and incorporation of a company, including the foundational understanding of the general role of promoters; C421.4 Demonstrate functional knowledge of floatation of a company with the help of Prospectus; C421.5 Demonstrate foundational and functional understanding of shares and the incidental provisions related to it; C421.6 Demonstrate insights of the practices, issues and challenges in the administration of a company; C421.7 Research, analyse, rationalize and present effectively; C421.8 Apply the legal principles and procedures in practice. Catalog Description Amongst the various options available within the ambit of Indian law, the most preferred form of entity to execute any commercial thought is through a company. Consequentially, the study of Company Law assumes primary importance and is inevitable for any student of law, as it is one of the compulsory subjects stipulated for all law courses offered in India. Considering the vastness of the subject, Company Law has been divided into Company Law I and Company Law II. The

CLCC 3001 Company Law I L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Fundamentals of Law of Contract and Economics

Co-requisites --

present course, i.e., Company Law I is formulated to help the students map the evolution of company law in India up to the current legal framework, i.e., the Companies Act, 2013 and the allied rules and regulations, with the help of commentaries, case laws and articles. The study of Company Law I focuses on various kinds of companies that may be incorporated in India, the procedure of incorporation, prospectus, floatation, and once finally incorporated its administration by the Board of Directors and Meetings. The classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their knowledge and in the design of their learning strategies. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Thus, the traditional lectures will be combined with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems and debates. Interactive approach will be followed during the course of learning where students will be expected to come prepared for the topics for discussion in the class/ case studies/ presentations/ viva-voce, etc. The main tools of teaching may include Lectures (PPT’s) with Question and Answer Sessions, Case Law Analysis, Assignments Simulation Exercises, etc. Course Content

Unit I: Meaning of Corporation 06 lecture hours Theories of Corporate Personality; creation and Extinction of Corporations.

Unit II: Forms of Corporate and Non-corporate entities 08 lecture hours Corporations, Partnerships and other Associations of Persons, State Corporations, Government Companies, Small Scale, Co-operative, Corporate and Joint Sectors Unit III: Law Relating to Companies - Public and Private -Companies Act, 2013 07 lecture hours Need of Company for Development, Formation of a Company, Registration and Incorporation; Memorandum of Association - Various Clauses - Alteration therein -Doctrine of ultra vires, Articles of Association - Binding Force - Alteration - its relation with Memorandum of Association - Doctrine of Constructive Notice and Indoor Management - Exceptions. Unit IV: Prospectus 04 lecture hours Prospectus- Issue - Contents - Liability for Misstatements - Statement in Lieu of Prospectus, Promoters - Position - Duties and Liabilities Unit V: Shares 12 lecture hours Shares - General Principles of Allotment- Statutory Restrictions - Share Certificate its -Objects and Effects - Transfer of Shares - Restrictions on Transfer - Procedure for Transfer - Refusal of Transfer- Role of Public Finance Institutions - Relationship between Transferor and Transferee - Issue of Shares at Premium and Discount – Depository Receipts - Dematerialized Shares

(DEMAT); Shareholder - who can be and who cannot be a Shareholder - Modes of becoming a Shareholder - Calls on Shares - Forfeiture and Surrender of Shares - Lien on Shares; Share Capital - Kinds - Alteration and Reduction of Share Capital - Further Issue of Capital- Conversion of Loans and Debentures into Capital - Duties of Courts to protect the Interests of Creditors and Share Holders; Dividends-Payment - Capitalization - Profit Unit VI: Directors 07 lecture hours Directors - Position - Appointment - Qualifications - Vacation Office - Removal -Resignation –Powers and Duties of Directors - Meeting, Registers, Loans – Remuneration of Directors - Role of Nominee Directors - Compensation for Loss of Office – Managing Directors - Compensation for Loss of Office - Managing Directors and other Managerial Personnel Unit VII: Meetings 04 lecture hours Kinds - Procedure - Voting Text Books

1. G K KAPOOR & SANJAY DHAMIJA, COMPANY LAW AND PRACTICE (21st ed. Taxmann Publications (P.) Ltd. 2016).

2. AVTAR SINGH, COMPANY LAW (16th ed. Eastern Book Company 2015) (2016). 3. ICSI STUDY MATERIAL- Executive (2017).

Reference Books

1. A M CHAKRABORTI, COMPANY NOTICE MEETINGS AND RESOLUTIONS (5th ed. Taxmann Publications (P.) Ltd. 2009).

2. A RAMAIYA, GUIDE TO THE COMPANIES ACT (Arvind P Datar & S Balasubramanian eds., 18th ed. LexisNexis 2014).

3. C R DATTA, THE COMPANY LAW (7th ed. LexisNexis 2017). 4. GOWER & DAVIES, PRINCIPLES OF MODERN COMPANY LAW (Paul L Davies &

Sarah Worthington eds., 9th ed. Sweet & Maxwell 2012). 5. K R CHANDRATRE, COMPANY MEETINGS: LAW, PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE

(3rd ed. LexisNexis 2015). 6. K S ANANTHARAMAN, LECTURES ON COMPANY LAW AND COMPETITION ACT

(10th ed. LexisNexis 2010). 7. STEPHEN GIRVIN, SANDRA FRISBY AND ALASTAIR HUDSON (eds.),

CHARLESWORTH’S COMPANY LAW (18th ed. Sweet & Maxwell 2011).

Modes of Evaluation: Components Internal



Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50%


Test/ Snap Test



Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


Report / Viva /PPT


C421.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C421.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C421.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C421.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C421.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2 -

C421.6 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

C421.7 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 3 2

C421.8 3 3 3 - 3 1 3 3 3 2

1= weakly mapped


3=strongly mapped

Course Objectives To make the students understand

Nature and functions of the law of evidence Fundamental rules regarding evidence which help the judge in reaching its decision. The quantum quality and type of proof needed to prevail in litigation. Regarding different kinds of evidence Regarding the production and effect of evidence.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to demonstrate- C121.1: A coherent and fundamental knowledge of the rules of evidence, evidential concepts and principles. C121.2: Cognitive skills to exercise critical thinking, such as interpret, analyse, evaluate and synthesize knowledge of the rules of evidence to identify and provide solutions to complex problems with intellectual independence. C121.3: Communication skills to present a clear and coherent understanding of the rules of evidence to a legal audience. C121.4: The application of the rules of evidence and skills with responsibility and accountability for own learning and reflective practice and in collaboration with others. Catalog Description The course has been designed to provide the students with an overall understanding of the fundamentals of the law of evidence. The Students are require to read the suggested materials as provided under the relevant chapter, or as suggest by the teacher prior to such class. This is expected of the students to ensure an interactive class. Each student is as much a stakeholder and knowledge sharer as the teacher, and is encouraged to ask questions to clarify his/her doubts and also bring in additional input to the discussion. Each student will be evaluated based on his/her understanding of the fundamentals of the law of evidence and the applicable laws. This would be determined, amongst others; by observing, his/her class interaction and contribution to the subject. They may also be asked to explain concepts discussed in the modules, including by way of presentation, case study, group discussion and other methods. Course Content

CLCC 2008 LAW OF EVIDENCE L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of law Co-requisites --

Unit I: 11 lecture hours Definition and Relevancy of Facts Evidence, Document, Proved, Disproved, not proved., Relevant Fact and Fact in issue., May Presume, Shall Presume and Conclusive Proof, Kinds of Evidence, Relevancy and admissibility ,Res Gestae, Occasion, Cause, Effect, Motive Preparation, Conduct, Alibi etc. Unit II: 8 lecture hours Definition of Admission and Relevancy Who can make Admissions, Proof of Admissions, and Against the Persons making them and Admissions in civil cases. (Sections 17-23, 31) Unit III: 10 lecture hours Definition of Confession and Relevance of Confessions (sections 24-30), And Dying Declaration. Confession, Confession to police, Retracted Confession, Discovery Statement, Confession By Co accused, Dying Declaration Unit IV 8 lecture hours Of Documentary Evidence (Sections 61-73). Primary and Secondary Evidence, Proving and Genuineness of Documents, Exclusion of Oral by documentary evidence Unit V Production and Effect of Evidence. 7 lecture hours Burden of Proof (Sec. 101-114), Estoppels (Sec. 115), Competence of Witnesses (Sec. 118-120), Privileged Communications Unit VI 4 lecture hours Examination of Witnesses (Secs. 135 - 166) With Special Reference to The Following Types of Examinations, Leading Question, Hostile Witness, Refreshing Memory, Questions which can be asked during Different Type of Examinations. Text Books Background to the Evidence Act

James Fitzjames Stephen, The Indian Evidence Act (1 of 1872): with an introduction on the principles of judicial evidence (Calcutta: Thacker, Spink & Co., 1872)

James Fitzjames Stephen, A Digest of the Law of Evidence (London: William

Clowes and Sons,5th edn, 1886)

TEXTBOOKS: Law of Evidence, by Ratan Lal & Dheeraj Lal Law of Evidence, by Vepa P. Sarathi Law of Evidence, by Batuk Lal Law of Evidence, by Dr Avtar Singh

REFERENCE BOOKS a) Law of evidence S. Sarkar Eastern Book Depot b) Wigmore on evidence Henry & Wigmore Universal Law House e) Monir on Evidence Justice Monir Wadhwa Publishers f) Law of Evidence Ratanlal Dheerajlal Wadhwa Publishers g) Law of Evidence Dr. S. K. Kapoor Universal Law House English texts

I H Dennis, The Law of Evidence (Sweet and Maxwell, 5th ed, 2013) Colin Tapper, Cross & Tapper on Evidence (OUP, 12th ed, 2010). Adrian Keane & Paul McKeown, The Modern Law of Evidence (OUP, 10th ed, 2014). Peter Murphy & Richard Glover, Murphy on Evidence (OUP,13th ed,2013) Hodge M Malek, Phipson on Evidence (Sweet & Maxwell, 18th ed, 2013) (a

practitioner’s work) LAW COMMISSION REPORTS

1. Law Commission of India (Report No. 185), on review of Indian Evidence Act 1872, (2003)

2. Law Commission of India (Report No. 94), Evidence obtained illegally or improperly: Proposed Section 166A, Indian Evidence Act 1872.

3. Law Commission of India (Report No. 74), Proposal to amend the Indian Evidence Act to render admissible certain statements made by witness before commission of Inquiry and Other Statutory Authorities. (1978)

ARTICLES

An Economic Approach to the Law of Evidence; by Richard A. Posner

Digital Evidence and the new Criminal Procedure; by Orien S. Kerr The substance of False Confessions; by Brandon L. Garrett The Three Errors: Pathways to False Confessions and Wrongful

Convictions; by Richard A. Leo & Steven A. Drizin Deceptive Police Interrogation Practices: How far is too far?; by

Laurie Magid

Rethinking the Involuntary Confessions Rule: Toward a workable test for identifying compelled self-incrimination; by Mark A. Godsey

The Problem of False Confessions in the Post DNA world; by Steven A. Drizin & Richard A. Leo

The Effects of Miranda Vs. Arizona: Embedded in our National Culture?; by George C. Thomas III & Richard A. Leo

Dying Declarations in Pakistan and India: A Case Law Study of their Evidentiary Value; by Shahbaaz Ahmad Cheema & Samee Uzair Khan

Larry G. Evans , Article Eight of the Federal Rules of Evidence: The Hearsay Rule, available at http://scholar.valpo.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1731&context=vulr

Professor G. D. Nokes, Codification Of The Law Of Evidence In Common Law Jurisdictions, The International and Comparative Law Quarterly, Vol. 5, No. 3 (Jul., 1956), pp. 347-363, available at JSTOR

Arthur L. Goodhart , A Changing Approach to the Law of Evidence, available at JSTOR

Colin Tapper, The Law of Evidence and the Rule of Law, available at JSTOR

James B. Thayer, The Present and Future of the Law of Evidence, Harvard Law Review, Vol. 12, No. 2 (May 25, 1898), pp. 71-94, available at JSTOR

George F. James , The Contribution of Wigmore to the Law of Evidence, The University of Chicago Law Review, Vol. 8, No. 1 (Dec., 1940), pp. 78-87, available at JSTOR

E. W, Evidence: Competence of Witnesses. Admissibility of Evidence in Criminal Trials in Federal Courts, California Law Review, Vol. 22, No. 4 (May, 1934), pp. 448-450, available at JSTOR

G: 3 IMPORTANT CASES

S.No. Title Source Session No.

1. Ratten Vs. R (1971) 3 All ER 801 6 2. Queen Empress Vs. Abdullah (1885) 7 All.

385(F.B.) 6

3. Ramanathan Vs. State of Tamilnadu AIR 1978 SC 1201 11 4. Surendra Singh Rautela Vs. State of

Bihar AIR 2002 SC 260 14

5. State of Maharashtra Vs. Damu Gopinath Shinde

(2000) Cr LJ 2301 (SC)

17

6. P.N.Swamy Vs. Emperor AIR 1939 PC 47 18 7. Nishikant Jha Vs. State of Bihar 1959 SCR 1033 23 8 State of UP Vs. Deoman Upadhyay AIR 1960 SC 1125 24

9 Pulukuri Kotaiah Vs. Emperor AIR 1947 PC 67 25 10 Mohd. Inayatullah Vs. State of

Maharashtra AIR 1976 SC 483 28

11 Kashmira Singh Vs. State of Madhya Pradesh

AIR 1952 SC 159 29

12 Sharad Birdhichand Sharda Vs. State of Maharashtra

(1984) 4 SCC 116 31

13 Selvi v State of Karnataka 2010(7) SCC 263 34 14 State of Gujarat v. Jayrajbhai Punjabhai

Varu 2016 SC

36

15 State of Assam v. Ramen Dowarah 2016 SC

38

16 Nandlal Wasudeo Badwaik vs Lata Nandlal Badwaik & Anr

2014 SC 40

17 Dipanwita Roy vs Ronobroto Roy 2014 SC 43 18 State of Haryana V. Ram Mehar &

Others Etc. Etc CRIMINALAPPEAL NOS. 805-806 OF 2016

44

19 Ramesh And Others V. State Of Haryana

NOVEMBER 22, 2016 SC

45

20 Raj Kumar @ Raju V. State (Nct Of Delhi),

JANUARY 20, 2017 SC

46

21 Md. Sajjad @ Raju @ Salim v. State of West Bengal

January 6, 2017 SC 47

WEB SOURCES: http://mc.manuscriptcentral.com/dsj http://www.igi-global.com/journal/international-journal-operations-research-information/1141 www.elsevier.com www.informs.org www.ssrn.com www.scconline.com Database: westlaw SCC Online JSTOR Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme: Components Internal



Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50%

Internal Assessment: Marks 100 converted to 30 (shall be done based on the following 5 components): The continuous evaluation tools employed are:

1. Quiz/Class Test/ Snap Test (20% weightage) 2. Assignments/Court Room Exercise/

Research Paper/Case analysis (20% weightage) 3. Project Work Presentation (20% weightage) 4. Subject Grand Viva (20% weightage) 5. Attendance (20% weightage)


C121.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C121.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C121.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C121.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C121.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2 -

C121 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 -


Course Objectives

1. To make the students understand basic principles and concepts related to transfer of property.

2. To enable the students understand and analyse various modes of alienation under Transfer of Property act, 1882 and related legal requirements.

3. Be acquainted with the questions of law involved in the transfer of property. 4. Be acquainted with the concept, creation, scope and application of easement. 5. To enable the students apply the law of transfer of property towards problem solving

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to: C 402.1 Understand basic principles and concepts related to transfer of property. C 402.2 Understand and analyse various modes of alienation under Transfer of Property Act, 1882; and related legal requirements. C 402.3 Understand and answer the questions of law involved in the transfer of property. C 402.4 Understand and apply the concept, creation and scope of easement. C 402.5 Integrate the different laws with the law of transfer of property, and apply them towards problem solving

Catalog Description Before the advent of the Britishers, each community in India was governed by its respective customary law in matters relating to transfer of property. With the establishment of the formal litigative system and in absence of any legislation in this area, to begin with, the English judges applied the common law of England and the rules of equity, justice and good conscience with respect to disputes relating to transfer of property. The unsuitability of these provisions to the Indian conditions; the resulting conflict and the need for clarity of rules relating to this important branch of law necessitated the enactment of a legislation. Drafted in 1870, the Transfer of Property Act saw the light of the day in 1882 and provided the basic principles for transfer of both movable and immovable properties. Moreover, a separate enactment titled the ‘Sale of Goods Act, 1930’ was passed to deal with transfer of movable property by sale.

CLCC 3005

Transfer of Property and Easement Law

L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Contract law Co-requisites Jurisprudence, Law of equity-trust

The present course will cover a study of the general principles of transfer of property and detailed rules with respect to specific transfer of immovable property by sale, exchange, mortgage, lease and gift. This subject is one of the most important subjects in law as it makes the student to learn about the transfers inter vivos. This subject has so much of practicalities and just reading book will not help. Subject requires the studying of Easement act, as easement is part and parcel of transferring of any property. It therefore becomes necessary that the students should be given the knowledge of the subject through lecture method and other methods with illustration for better understanding and group discussion so that the student may also inculcate the analytical approach of understanding the subject matter and can practically apply in life. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, case law analysis and debates. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Students will be expected to read latest judgments newspapers etc.

Course Content

Unit I: 12 lecture hours JURISPRUDENTIAL CONTOURS OF PROPERTY

Concept and Meaning of Property – Kinds of Property, - Movable and Immovable Property, Tangible and Intangible Property, Transfer in favour of unborn child Kinds of Interest. Direction for accumulation of Income Transfer of Property by Act of Parties Sec 5-21.

Unit II: 15 lecture hours SALE OF IMMOVABLE PROPERTY

Doctrine of Election Sec. 35, Burden of obligation imposing restriction on use of land Transfer by Ostensible owner Prohibition of Benami Transactions Transfer by unauthorized person who subsequently acquires interest in the property

transferred. Doctrine of Lis pendens Fraudulent Transfer Sec. 53.

Part Performance Sale of Immovable Property Secs. 54-55. Sale, Contract of Sale; Rights and Liabilities of Buyer and Seller.

Unit III: 8 lecture hours SPECIFIC TRANSFERS

Kinds of Mortgage Rights and Liabilities of the Mortgagor and Mortgagee. Marshalling and Contribution Redemption Pledge & Hypothecation

Unit IV: 8 lecture hours

Lease & License Rights and liabilities of lessor & lessee Termination of leases Waiver of notice to quit Waiver of forfeiture Charges Gift Transfer how effected Conditional gift Revocation Onerous gift Universal donee Will Exchange

Unit V: 5 lecture hours

EASEMENTS Creation of Easements Nature and Characteristics of Easements. Kinds of Easement Acquisition of Easement Doctrine of prescription Extinction, Suspension and Revival of Easements, Riparian Rights

.

Text Books

1. Poonam Pradhan Saxena, Property Law, Lexis Nexis, Ed.2nd ,2012,Nagpur

2. Dr. R.K.Sinha, The Transfer of Property Act, CLA, Ed.17th ,2016, Allahabad

3. G.P.Tripathi, The Transfer of Property Act, CLA,Ed.18th ,2014, Allahabad

4. T.P Tripathi, The Transfer of Property Act,1882, ALA, 2nd Ed. 2011,Allahabad 5. Shukla, S N, Transfer of Property Act, Faridabad Allahabad law Agency, 2006

Reference Books 1. Bharuka G.C , Mulla’s Transfer of Property Act 1882 , Lexis Nexis Buttherworths,

Ed10th,2006,New Delhi.

2. Sarthi, Vepa. P., Transfer of Property , Eastern Book Publication,5th Ed, Lucknow , 2012

3. Subbarao ,Transfer of Property , Eastern Book Publication,2012 4. Gour, Hari Singh; Lakshmanan, A R,Commentary on Transfer of Property Act , Delhi

Law House ,Ed.12th , 2011, Delhi. 5. Mallick, M R ,Goyle's A Commentary on the Transfer of Property Act, Delhi Eastern Law

House Ed. 2nd , 2001,Delhi. 6. 157th Law Commission Report 7. 181 Law Commission Report 8. Transfer of Property Act,1882 9. Indian Easement Act,1882




Description Weightage

2. Continuous Assessment 30% Internal Examination: Components Quiz/Class

Test/ Snap Test



Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


Report / Viva /PPT


C402.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C402.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C402.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C402.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C402.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2 -


Course Objectives

The entire course structure is designed with these objectives in view:

i) To provide adequate knowledge about procedures/rules of litigation in the civil courts.

The students ought to be aware of the procedural aspects of the enforcement of civil

rights in the Indian courts.

ii) To give an overview of law of limitation for institution of suit, appeal, review,

reference etc because the Law assists the vigilant and not those who sleep over the

rights.

iii) To view some of the current problems arising out of the procedural technicalities like

delay in getting order, Judgment and decree in civil litigations. In some civil cases,

even generations pass but no final decision comes out from the court which is now a

point of discussion in the society. To apprise the students with latest amendments in

the Code of Civil Procedure is also one of the main objects.

iv) Finally to brief them about the nuances of the Civil Procedure and inculcate in them

the basic traits of civil practice.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of the subject the students would be able to understand:

I. The procedural aspects of the Civil laws in India

II. The different stages in a civil litigation so that they can be able to practice well in the

civil side.

III. It is important to understand how to apply the law and thus the emphasis would not

only be on apprising them with the theoretical concepts of the procedural law but also

make them skilled with the application of the same.

IV. The idea is to make them aware with the civil courts hierarchal setup in India along

with the different stages of a suit filing, drafting, hearing and execution proceedings.

CLCC 3004 Code of Civil Procedure – I L T P C Version 1.0 48 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Co-requisites --

V. Also the students would understand the importance of the law of limitation as the law

supports only vigilant and not the dormant, who sleeps over his rights.

Catalog Description Law has been broadly classified into two groups: (1) Substantive law and (2) Procedural law. The

substantive law determines the rights and liabilities of parties whereas procedural law prescribes

the practice, procedures and machinery for the enforcement of those rights and liabilities. The

Code of Civil Procedure is a procedural law which regulates the procedure followed in civil courts.

A student of law should know the procedural law for the enforcement of civil rights and liabilities

of the parties. An extensive and widely curriculum is offered to the student to know the same so

that they become well aware about the procedure followed in the civil courts. Apart from this they

should also know about the law of limitation as the law cannot wait for the enforcement of the

rights forever.

Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the

construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will

combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions,

cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a

fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group

activities and to give an oral group presentation. Interactive approach is to be followed during the

course of learning

Course Content

The course has been divided into the following 6 modules:

Module I: An Introduction to the Code of Civil Procedure: Key Concepts

Suit of a civil nature

Jurisdiction of Civil Courts and Kinds of jurisdictions

Subject matter jurisdiction

Pecuniary jurisdiction

Territorial jurisdiction

Res judicata S.11

Res subjudice S. 10

Foreign judgment S. 13, S. 14

Joinder of parties O I R 1

Joinder of cause of action O II R 2

Module II: Pleadings and Procedure thereafter: Plaint, Written Statement etc

Rules of pleading

o Signing of pleading

o Verification of pleading

Rules of writing plaint (O VI)

Rejection of plaint (O VII R11)

Return of plaint (O VII R10)

Amendment of pleading (O VI R17)

Interpleader suit (S.88 and O XXXV)

Representative suit (O I R8, S11 Explanation VI)

Appearance and Non-appearance of parties (O IX)

Examination of parties (OX)

Alternate Dispute Resolution

Settlement of issues (OXIV)

Written Statement (OVIII)

Set off

Counterclaim

Disposal of suit on the first hearing (O XV)

Withdrawal and Adjustment of suit (OXXIII)

Module III: Appeal, Reference, Review and Revision

Difference between decree, order and judgment

Appeal

Reference

Revision and Review

Module IV: Particular Suits and Miscellaneous

Suit by or against government O XXVI

Suit by or against Minors

Suit by an Indigent person

Interpleader Suit

Summary Suit (OXXXVII CPC)

Special Proceedings: Arbitration S. 89

Caveat (S.148A CPC)

Inherent powers of the court (S.151 to S.153 CPC)

Costs

Temporary Injunction O XXXIX

Abatement

Receiver O L

Module V: Execution Proceedings

Purpose of execution

Stay of execution

Restitution

Decree court and executing court

Questions determined by executing court

Garnishee

Rateable distribution

Resistance to execution

Arrest

Attachment

Sale

Module VI: Law of Limitation

Introduction

Difference between prescribed period and period of limitation (S.3 Limitation Act)

When court is closed on the last day (S.4 Limitation Act)

Condonation of delay (S.5 Limitation Act)

S.6, 8 and 9 Limitation Act

Jointly entitled to file suit (S.7 Limitation Act)

S.12 Limitation Act

Exclusion of time proceeding bona fide in court without jurisdiction (S.14 Limitation

Act)

S. 15, 16 and 17 Limitation Act

Apart from the above mentioned legal provisions, other aspects will be covered while

discussing Code of Civil Procedure itself due to the need of establishing a nexus between

these two connected areas of Law.

TEXTBOOKS

. Justice CK Thakkar: The Code of Civil Procedure

Dr. Avtar Singh: Code of Civil Procedure

Tandon: The Code of Civil Procedure

MP Jain: The Code of Civil Procedure

TP Tripathi: The Code of Civil Procedure

ARTICLES

Section 89 CPC: Need for an Urgent Relook: By Justice RV Ravenndran: (2007) 4

SCC(JOUR)

Brochure on Jurisdiction of Civil Court & ITS BAR, by: Justice S.U. Khan

Legal and Judicial Reform in India: A Call for Systemic and Empirical Approaches, Sudhir

Krishnaswamy,Sindhu K Sivakumar & Shishir Bail, (JOURNAL OF NATIONAL LAW

UNIVERSITY, DELHI, Vol.2, August 2014, Number 1

'Interpleader Suits' - Section 88 Read with Order XXXV of the Code of Civil Procedure,

1908: Analysis: By Shivam Goel (December 4, 2016).

REFERENCE BOOKS/STATUTES Mulla : The Code of Civil Procedure

UN Mitra - Law of Limitation

Prof. JD Jain- Law of Limitation

Keshari- Law of Limitation

STATUTES:

The Code of Civil Procedure 1908-Bare Act.

The Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act 1999(46 of 1999).

The Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act 2002(22 of 2002).

The Indian Limitation Act





Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50%





Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

Test I -10

Test II-10

Report / Viva /PPT


C422.1 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

C422.2 3 3 2 1 3 1 3 2 2

C422.3 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 3

C422.4 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 2 3

C422.5 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3

C422 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3



Course Objectives

To familiarize with the fundamental premises and design of the Administrative Law. To expose to the guiding principles and applicable doctrines of select subfields of

Administrative Law. To foster an informed perspective on the nature and limit of Judiciary in the

development of the Administrative Law. To cultivate ability to identify latent issues in Administrative Law. To equip with the intellectual tools necessary to properly conceptualize and analyse

issues in Administrative Law.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to C141.1 Understand and explain the principles of Administrative Law covered in the course.

C141.2 apply the critical thinking required to bring about solutions to complex Administrative Law

Problems/lacunae/uncertainties.

C141.3 Analyze and conduct legal research on executive decision making.

C141.4 Predict and construct how unresolved or ambiguous Administrative Law questions could be

resolved by the courts through an analysis of case law and the judicial method.

C141.5 Understand the new phenomenon of ‘tribalisation of justice’ and functioning of various tribunals.

Catalog Description

Interactive approach implanting discussion method during the study. (Students are supposed to come prepared for the topics for discussion in the class/ case studies/ Presentations/ Viva-voce). Work in small groups for Group Projects and personalized

LLBL 141 Administrative Law L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Constitution of India Co-requisites

teaching (Student counselling, mentoring and individual/group projects/ assignments, exercises using Solver and excel etc.)

Presentations (Assignment /Writing Research Article) Group Projects Chalk and talk Random Questioning Reflections Case Analysis

Course Content

Unit I: 2 lecture hours Introduction

A. Course Plan discussion in detail. B. What is Administrative Law?

Unit II: 5 lecture hours Nature, Scope and Development of Administrative law.

A. Definition of Administrative Law B. English Approach of Administrative Law C. Distinction between constitutional law and Administrative law D. Sources of Administrative law E. Extent of Administrative law F. Administrative law in India G. Rule of law and Administrative law H. Meaning of Rule of Law I. Dicey’s concept of Rule of Law J. Criticism of Dicey’s Concept K. Other views on Rule of Law L. Rule of Law in India

Unit III: 3 lecture hours Separation of Powers (Des Pouvoirs)

A. Origin and Meaning of the Doctrine of Separation of Powers B. Effect of the Doctrine of Separation of Powers C. Separation of powers in practice D. In England E. In USA F. In India G. Judicial Approach towards the doctrine of separation of powers.

Unit IV: 7 lecture hours Delegated Legislation

A. Meaning/Definition of Delegated Legislation. B. Some instances of Delegated Legislation C. Necessity of Delegated Legislation D. Reasons contributing to the growth of Delegated Legislation E. Classification or Forms of Delegated Legislation F. Concept of Sub Delegation (Delegates non potest Delegare) G. Instance of sub-delegation H. Conditional Legislation I. Distinction between Delegated legislation and Conditional legislation J. Constitutionality of Delegated Legislation K. Functions which cannot be Delegated (Impermissible Delegation) L. Skeleton Legislation: Power of supplying details M. Power of Inclusion and Exclusion

Unit V: 4 lecture hours Control of Delegated Legislation

A. Control Mechanism of Delegated Legislation B. Judicial Control C. Legislative Control- laying requirement D. Procedural Control- Pre and post publication, consultation of affected interest

Unit VI: 11 lecture hours Administrative Discretion

A. Meaning of discretion B. Judicial Review of conferment and exercise of discretionary power C. Abuse of discretionary power D. Nature and Scope of Judicial Review in Administrative Discretion E. Grounds of Judicial Review in Administrative Discretion: F. Abuse/Misuse of Discretion-mala fides/ill-will, motive, unreasonable/ Arbitrariness,

Improper purpose, ignoring relevant considerations, relying on irrelevant consideration.

G. Non application of mind-acting mechanically, acting under dictation, imposing fetters by self-imposed rules or policy decisions.

H. Violation of the Principles of Natural Justice

Unit VII: 6 lecture hours Principles of Natural Justice

A. Administrative and quasi-judicial functions. B. Meaning and need for Administrative Adjudication, lis inter partes, concept of fairness. C. Nemo judex in causa sua (rule against bias) D. Types of Bias- i. Pecuniary Bias ii. Personal Bias iii.. Exception against Bias E. Audi alteram partem (rule of fair hearing)- i. Notice, ii. Right to cross-examination, iii.

Right to legal representation. F. Reasoned Decision (Speaking Order). G. Effect of non-observation of the Principles of Natural Justice. H. Requirement of supplying Enquiry Report-Effect of non-supply of such report.

Unit VIII: 7 lecture hours Judicial Review

A. Meaning of Judicial Review B. Meaning of Review C. Meaning of Appeal D. Difference between Review and Appeal E. Judicial Writs F. -Writ of Certiorari

1. Certiorari distinguished from other writs 2. Grounds for the issue of certiorari to a judicial or quasi-judicial body 3. Limits of Certiorari

G. Writ of Prohibition

1. Limits of Prohibition

H. Writ of Mandamus

1. Conditions for the grant of Mandamus

G. Writ of Habeas Corpus

H. Writ of Quo Warranto

1. Conditions for the grant of Quo Warranto

I. Ouster Clauses (constitutional and statutory exclusion)

J. Curative Petition

Unit IX: 3 lecture hours Tribunals & Regulatory Bodies

A. Concept;

B. Justice by Tribunals-Advantages: Openness, Fairness, Impartiality, Absence of Technicalities of Evidence and Procedure, Cheapness;

C. Constitution of India, Art. 323 A & 323 B D. Overview of Tribunals in India with particular reference to Administrative Tribunals

established under the Administrative Tribunals Act, 1985 E. Need of Regulatory Bodies; Composition, Powers, functions and procedure

1. Text Books: I.P.Massey, Administrative Law, 8th Edition EBC M.P. Jain & S,N. Jain, Principles of Administrative Law, 7th Edition Lexis Nexis S.P. Sathe, Administrative Law, 7th Edition, Lexis Nexis- Butterworths T.K.Takwani, Lectures on Administrative Law, 4th Edition, EBC

2. Reference Books: H.W.R. Wade & C.F. Forsyth- Administrative Law, 10th Edition, Oxford University

Press M.P.Jain, Cases and Materials on Indian Administrative Law Vol. III, Wadhwa

3. Additional Readings H.W.R Wade and C.F. Forsyth, Administrative Law (8th ed., 2000) Bhagbati Prosad Banerjee and Bhasker Banerjee, Judicial Control of Administrative

Action (2001) H.M. Seervai, The Position of the Judiciary under the Constitution of India (1970)

4. Reporter: Supreme Court Cases All India Reporter All England Reporter

5. Journals Journal of Indian Law Institute (Open Access)

http://www.elearningilidelhi.org/ILIWEB/ILIBrowserVolume.aspx Indian Bar Review Journal of Constitutional Law & Parliamentary Affairs

6. Web Sources:

SCC Online Westlaw India Lexis Nexis Online



Examination Scheme:




Test/ Snap Test



Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

Test I -10

Test II-10

Report / Viva /PPT


C1001.1 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3

C1001.2 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 2 3

C1001.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3

C1001.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3


3=strongly mapped

Course Objectives

1. To facilitate the students to acquire knowledge of varied aspects of Company Law- raising capital through borrowing (including inter corporate loans and investment) and debentures, oppression and mismanagement, varied ways of foreign collaborations, corporate criminal liability and winding up of a company;

2. To appreciate the issues, challenges and regulation of companies with the development of students' skills in legal reasoning, analysis and presentation through thorough research and by relying on study of statutes, case law and regulatory practice relating to Company Law;

3. To prepare the students with strong conceptual and comparative analytical skills; 4. To enable the students to apply the knowledge in legal practice.


C422.1 Understand varied methods of raising capital, other than shares, like borrowing and debentures;

C422.2 Analyse the possible exploitation of members and eventual repercussion on a company, in meetings, through provisions governing oppression and mismanagement, apart from means of curbing the same;

C422.3 Appreciate the process of winding up of a company and its dissolution, bringing an end to the corporate personality of a company;

C422.4 Appreciate the various options of foreign collaboration and their execution within the ambit of corporate law realm;

C422.5 Analyse the grounds of fixing the corporate criminal liability on companies and body corporates by comparing the jurisprudence that has developed in India and other foreign countries;

C422.6 Research, analyse, rationalize and present effectively and apply the legal principles and procedures in practice.

Catalog Description In furtherance of the concepts and issues covered under Company Law I, Company Law II emphasizes on alternatives to raising of capital through shares, i.e., by borrowings and debentures as governed under the Companies Act, 2013. Further, the course highlights the nittty-gritty of the issues that may possibly be involved in the administration of a company in the form of oppression (involving shareholders) and mis-management (involving the directors and other officers of a company). The course is formulated to address such issues. Further, the course deals with various modes of foreign collaboration options available with a company within the ambit of FEMA. For any reason, if the company in its course of incorporation or conduct involves itself in any act or

CLCC 3006 Company Law II L T P C Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Fundamental of Company Law I, Fundamentals of Law of

Contract and Economics Co-requisites SEBI Regulations

omission result in crime, the course emphasizes on the evolution of the jurisprudence on corporate criminal liability with a comparison between India and select few foreign countries. The course concludes with detailed process of winding up of a company that brings an end to the corporate personality of a company, based on the Companies Act, 2013 and the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016. The classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their knowledge and in the design of their learning strategies. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Thus, the traditional lectures will be combined with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems and debates. Interactive approach will be followed during the course of learning where students will be expected to come prepared for the topics for discussion in the class/ case studies/ presentations/ viva-voce, etc. The main tools of teaching may include Lectures (PPT’s) with Question and Answer Sessions, Case Law Analysis, Assignments Simulation Exercises, etc. Course Content

Unit I: BORROWING POWERS 8 Lectures Hours

Borrowing Powers- powers- effect of unauthorized borrowing- charges and mortgages- loans to other companies- investments- contracts by companies

Unit II: DEBENTURES 8 Lectures Hours

Debentures- meaning- fixed and floating charge- kinds of debentures- shareholder and debenture holder- remedies of debenture holders

Unit III: WINDING UP 14 Lecture Hours

Types- by court- reasons- grounds- who can apply- procedure- powers of liquidator- powers of court- consequences of winding up order

Voluntary winding up by members and creditors- winding up subject to supervision of courts- liability of past members- payment of liabilities- preferential payment- unclaimed dividends- winding up of unregistered company

Unit IV: LAW AND MULTINATIONAL COMPANIES 4 Lecture Hours

International norms for control National Law- FEMA and FERA- controls- joint ventures- repatriation of project Collaboration agreements for technology transfer

Unit V: MINORITY RIGHTS AGAINST OPPRESION & MISMANGEMENT 09 Lecture Hours

Rules of Majority Personal Rights of the Members Representative and Derivative Action Exception to the Rules of Foss V Harbottle. Oppression Class Action

Unit VI: CORPORATE LIABILITY 05 Lecture Hours

Legal liability of companies- civil and criminal Remedies against them- civil, criminal and tortious- Specific Relief Act, writs, liability

under special statutes Text Books

4. AVTAR SINGH, COMPANY LAW (16th ed. Eastern Book Company 2015) (2016). 5. G K KAPOOR & SANJAY DHAMIJA, COMPANY LAW AND PRACTICE (21st ed.

Taxmann Publications (P.) Ltd. 2016). 6. ICSI STUDY MATERIAL- Executive (2017). 7. SETH DUA & ASSOCIATES, JOINT VENTURES AND MERGERS AND

ACQUISITIONS IN INDIA (1st ed. LexisNexis 2006). Reference Books

8. A M CHAKRABORTI, COMPANY NOTICE MEETINGS AND RESOLUTIONS (5th ed. Taxmann Publications (P.) Ltd. 2009).

9. A RAMAIYA, GUIDE TO THE COMPANIES ACT (Arvind P Datar & S Balasubramanian eds., 18th ed. LexisNexis 2014).

10. C R DATTA, THE COMPANY LAW (7th ed. LexisNexis 2017). 11. GOWER & DAVIES, PRINCIPLES OF MODERN COMPANY LAW (Paul L Davies &

Sarah Worthington eds., 9th ed. Sweet & Maxwell 2012). 12. K R CHANDRATRE, COMPANY MEETINGS: LAW, PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE

(3rd ed. LexisNexis 2015). 13. K S ANANTHARAMAN, LECTURES ON COMPANY LAW AND COMPETITION

ACT (10th ed. LexisNexis 2010). 14. STEPHEN GIRVIN, SANDRA FRISBY AND ALASTAIR HUDSON (eds.),

CHARLESWORTH’S COMPANY LAW (18th ed. Sweet & Maxwell 2011).





Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% Internal Examination:




Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

Test I -10

Test II-10

Report / Viva /PPT

B. TECH.(ET), LL.B. (Hons.) IPR 2014


C422.1 3 3 2 - 3 2 2 3 3 3

C422.2 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 2 2 -3

C422.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 -2

C422.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -3

C422.5 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 -3

C422.6 3 3 3 1 3 1 2 3 3 -3


A. Course Objectives:

To make the students understand:

1. The significance of statutory interpretation 2. The general principles and rules of interpretation of statutes. 3. The judicial developments in the field of interpretation of statutes.

B. Course’s Intended Student Learning Outcomes:

After the completion of this course, the students will be able to: CO1. Understand and elucidate the principles of statutory interpretation. CO2. Compare and apply the theoretical concepts underlying and impacting on approaches to statutory interpretation. CO3. Develop a professional approach towards dealing with the questions of law. CO4. Evaluate the facts and decisions of the cases in the light of changing judicial attitude.

Catalog Description

Interpretation of statutes is a subject with deals with the interface between the positivists and the realists. Interactive approach will be undertaken during the study. (Students are supposed to come prepared for the topics for discussion in the class/ case studies/ Presentations/ Viva-voce). Students are expected to imbibe reflective thinking and actively participate in classroom discourses. The concerned faculty will engage the classroom sessions with the aid of the following modes:

1. PPT 2. Chalk and talk 3. Presentations 4. Case Study 5. Random Questioning 6. Reflections 7. Case Analysis

Course Content

Unit 1:

LLBL 511 Interpretation of Statutes L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Law / Basic Understanding of legal concepts Co-requisites Understanding the basic concepts of statutes and precedents

The Significance of statutory Interpretation…………………………………………...1 Hour A. The Anomaly of Legal Language

Unit II: Introduction to the Basic principles…………………………………………………….4 Hours

Understanding of Construction and Interpretation Cardinal rules of construction Legislative Intent Limitations of the Court ( only to interpret and not to legislate)

Unit III: Rule of Interpretation/Construction……………………………………………………7 Hours

A. Literal Rule B. Golden Rule C. Beneficent Construction Rule D. Mischief Rule E. Purposive Construction F. Harmonious Construction

Unit IV: Aids to Interpretation and Use of Maxims……………………………………………3 Hours

A. Internal or Intrinsic Aid B. External or Extrinsic Aid

Unit V: Use of maxims in the interpretation…………………………………………………...5 Hours

A. A verbis Legis Non Est Recendum B. Absoluta Sententia Expositore Nen Indiget C. Noscitur I Sociis D. Ejusdem Generis E. Ut Res Magis Valeat Quam Pereat F. Expressio Unious Est Exclusio Alterius G. Generalia Specilibus Non Derogant

Unit VI: Interpretation of Constitution………………………………………………………..5 Hours

A. Principle of Plenary Powers B. Doctrine of Implied powers C. Doctrine of Territorial Nexus D. Doctrine of pith and substance E. Doctrine of colorable legislation F. Fundamental Rights

Unit VII: Interpretation of Specific statutes……………………………………………………..4 Hours

A. Fiscal statute/Taxing statutes B. Penal statutes C. Social welfare/ beneficial statutes D. Subordinate legislations

Unit VIII: Operation of statutes…………………………………………………………………..3 Hours

A. Commencement and retrospective operation B. Expiry and repeal of statute; C. Extent of value of repealed statute in the interpretation

Unit IX: Interpretation of International Treaties……………………………………………….6 Hours

A. Interpretation of Treaties (General) B. Vienna Convention on Law of Treaties (Article 31 to 36) C. Jus Cogens D. Pacta Sunt Servanda E. Ratification, Reservation and Accession of treaties F. Treaties Interpretation and the Constitution of India G. Interpretation of treaties by Supreme Court of India

Unit X: Tools and Legislative Guidance for Interpretation……………………………………6 Hours

A. General Clauses Act, 1897 B. Cases for Deliberations

Text Books:

A. Bindra, N.S. and Rao, C.K., 1970. The Interpretation of Statutes... Revised by C. Kameswara Rao. Law Book Company.

B. Singh, G.P., 1983. Principles of Statutory Interpretation. Bharat Law House. C. Sarathi, V.P., 1975. The interpretation of statutes. Eastern Book Co.. D. Avtar Singh & Harpreet Kaur, Introduction to the Interpretation of statutes, (Nagpur:

Lexis Nexix Butterworths Wadhwa, 2009) Reference Books:

A. Bennion, F.A.R., Goodall, K. and Morris, G., 2008. Bennion on Statutory Interpretation: A Code. Butterworths.

B. Bennion, F.A.R., 2001. Understanding Common Law Legislation: Drafting and Interpretation. OUP Oxford.

C. Eskridge, W.N., 1994. Dynamic statutory interpretation. Harvard University Press. D. Denning, A.T.D.B., 1979. The discipline of law. Butterworth-Heinemann. E. Jemielniak, J. and Miklaszewicz, P. eds., 2010. Interpretation of law in the global world:

from particularism to a universal approach. Springer.

F. Maxwell, P.B., 1896. On the Interpretation of Statutes. Sweet & Maxwell. G. Wagner, A., Werner, W. and Cao, D., 2007. Interpretation, Law and the Construction of

Meaning. Springer.

Research Articles: 1. An evaluation of the rules of statutory interpretation; by Quintin Johnstone, Yale Law

School LSR, 1954(1) 2. Statutory Interpretation: General Principles and Recent Trends; by Yule Kim; CRS

Reports, Congressional Research Service. 2008(Aug.) 3. Interpretation of Statutes; by C.A. Rajkumar S. Adukia; www.caa.in 4. Restatement of Statutory Interpretation; by Gary o’Connor; Restatestatement (1) 2003;

http://www.statconblog.blogspot.com. 5. Federal Rules of Statutory Interpretation; by Nicholas Quinn Rosencranz; Harvard Law

Review, Vol. no 115, no 8, 2002 6. Three Strategies of Interpretation; by Adrian Vermeule; The Law School University of

Chicago, working paper series; October, 2004 7. Law Versus Ideology: The Supreme Court and the use of Legislative History; by David S.

Law & David Zaring; William and Marry Law Review, vol 51, no 5, 2010 8. The Subjects of the Constitution; by Nicholas Quinn Rosencranz; Stanford Law Review,

vol 62, issue 5, p 1209 9. Statutory Interpretation, Comparative Law and Economic Theory: Discovering the Grund

of Income Taxation; by William B. Barker; San Diego Law Review, volume 40 no 3, 2003 10. The Divergence of Constitutional and Statutory Interpretation; by Kevin M. Stack; 75 colo

Law Review, (I) 2004 11. “Is that English you are speaking?” Some arguments for the primacy of intent in

interpretation; by Lary A. Alexander &Saikrishna B. Prakash; Public Law and Legal Theory Research Paper Series, No. 58, Fall 2003

12. A Critical Guide to Marbury V. Madison; by William Van Alstyne; Duke Law Journal, (1) 1969

13. When General and Specific Statutes Conflict; by Steve R. Johnson; 57 State Tax Notes 113 (2010)

14. Legislation as communication? Legal Communication and the study of linguistic interpretation; by Mark Greenberg; available at www.ssrn.com

15. The Language of Statutes: Laws and their Interpretation; by Lawrence M. Solan; University of Chicago Press (I) 2010

16. You can look it up: the Use of Dictionaries in Interpreting Statutes; by Kurt X. Metzmeir; Louisville Bar Briefs, University of Louisville Legal Studies Research Paper Series (25) 2008

17. The Role of Comparative law in Statutory and Constitutional Interpretation; by James C. Dammann; St. Thomas Law Review vol. 14, 2002

18. Legal Positivism, anti-realism & the Interpretation of Statutes; by Torban Spaak; Uppsala Philosophical Studies, (51) 2003

19. Structural Conflicts in the interpretation of Customary International Law; by Juliang G. Ku; Santa Clara Law Review, vol 45 (102) 2005

20. The Berne Convention as Canon of Construction: Moral Rights after DASTAR; by Graeme W. Austin; Annual Survey of American Law, vol 3 issue 1, (2013)

21. Dynamic Statutory Interpretation; by William N. Eskeridge Jr.; Faculty Scholarship Series, Yale Law School (1987)

22. Anthony D'Amato, “Can Legislatures Constrain Judicial Interpretation of Statutes? ”, Virginia Law Review , Vol. 75, No. 3 (Apr., 1989), pp. 561-603

23. Construction of a Statute Adopted from Another Jurisdiction, Harvard Law Review , Vol. 43, No. 4 (Feb., 1930), pp. 623-628

24. Interpretation of Statutes. Legislative Powers, Harvard Law Review , Vol. 10, No. 2 (May 25, 1896), pp. 124-125

25. Frederick J. de Sloovère, “Extrinsic Aids in the Interpretation of Statutes”, University of Pennsylvania Law Review and American Law Register , Vol. 88, No. 5 (Mar., 1940), pp. 527-555

26. Nicholas S. Zeppos, “Legislative History and the Interpretation of Statutes: Toward a Fact-Finding Model of Statutory Interpretation” , Virginia Law Review , Vol. 76, No. 7 (Oct., 1990), pp. 1295-1374

27. Frederick J. de Sloovère, “The Functions of Judge and Jury in the Interpretation of Statutes”, Harvard Law Review , Vol. 46, No. 7 (May, 1933), pp. 1086-1110

28. Horst Klaus Lücke, “Review: Statutory Interpretation: New Comparative Dimensions” , The International and Comparative Law Quarterly , Vol. 54, No. 4 (Oct., 2005),

29. pp. 1023-1032


Written Examination/Quiz/Presentation/ Assignment

Examination Scheme:

Components Continuous Assessment

Mid term Exam End term Exam


Internal Examination:




Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


Report / Viva /PPT

Energy Laws.


C422.1 3 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 2

C422.2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2

C422.3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2

C422.4 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2

C422.5 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2


Course Objective:

1. To provide adequate knowledge about procedures/rules of litigation in the civil courts. The

students ought to be aware of the procedural aspects of the enforcement of civil rights in

the Indian courts.

2. To give an overview of law of limitation for institution of suit, appeal, review, reference

etc because the Law assists the vigilant and not those who sleep over the rights.

3. To view some of the current problems arising out of the procedural technicalities like delay

in getting order, Judgment and decree in civil litigations. In some civil cases, even

generations pass but no final decision comes out from the court, which is now a point of

discussion in the society. To apprise the students with latest amendments in the Code of

Civil Procedure is also one of the main objects.

4. Finally to brief them about the nuances of the Civil Procedure and inculcate in them the

basic traits of civil practise.

Course Outcome:

After the completion of the subject, the students would be able to understand:

C131.1 The procedural aspects of the Civil laws in India.

C131.2 The different stages in a civil litigation so that they can be able to practice well in the civil

side.

C131.3 It is important to understand how to apply the law and thus the emphasis would not only

be on apprising them with the theoretical concepts of the procedural law but also make them skilled

with the application of the same.

C131.4 The idea is to make them aware with the civil courts hierarchal setup in India along with

the different stages of a suit filing, drafting, hearing and execution proceedings.

CLCC 3010 Civil Procedure Code II & Limitation Act

1963

L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3


Co-requisites Basic understanding of Law

C131.5 The students would understand the importance of the law of limitation as the law supports

only vigilant and not the dormant, who sleeps over his rights.

Course Description:

The course is designed to acquaint the students with the structure of the civil judiciary, its powers

and jurisdiction, and the significance of various procedural steps stipulated for trial of civil

litigation. The goal of "fair trial" and its structure in adversarial proceedings will be examined in

this course. The nature and significance of pleadings and practical aspects relating to it are studied.

Access to justice particularly for the poor is examined in detail.

This course will pursue civil litigation through appellate courts examining the corrective steps

available in civil proceedings. Appellate litigation strategies and choice of grounds for appellate /

revision petitions are studied in the context of provisions of the C.P.C. and rules of civil practice.

Drafting exercises will form a major part of the course. This course also deals with the law of

limitation as applicable to civil proceedings. Continuing the study of civil procedure, the course

also involves the study on execution of decrees and orders of court and the procedures laid down

for it.

Course Content

8 Lecture hours

UNIT I: An Introduction to the Code of Civil Procedure: Key Concepts

Suit of a civil nature

Jurisdiction of Civil Courts and Kinds of jurisdictions

Subject matter jurisdiction

Pecuniary jurisdiction

Territorial jurisdiction

Res judicata S.11

Res subjudice S. 10

Foreign judgment S. 13, S. 14

Joinder of parties O I R 1

Joinder of cause of action O II R 2

10 Lecture hours

UNIT II: Pleadings and Procedure thereafter: Plaint, Written Statement etc

Rules of pleading

o Signing of pleading

o Verification of pleading

Rules of writing plaint (O VI)

Rejection of plaint (O VII R11)

Return of plaint (O VII R10)

Amendment of pleading (O VI R17)

Interpleader suit (S.88 and O XXXV)

Representative suit (O I R8, S11 Explanation VI)

Appearance and Non-appearance of parties (O IX)

Examination of parties (OX)

Alternate Dispute Resolution

Settlement of issues (OXIV)

Written Statement (OVIII)

Set off

Counterclaim

Disposal of suit on the first hearing (O XV)

Withdrawal and Adjustment of suit (OXXIII)

6 Lecture hours

UNIT III: Appeal, Reference, Review and Revision

Difference between decree, order and judgment

Appeal

Reference

Revision and Review

8 Lecture hours

UNIT IV: Particular Suits and Miscellaneous

Suit by or against government O XXVI

Suit by or against Minors

Suit by an Indigent person

Interpleader Suit

Summary Suit (OXXXVII CPC)

Special Proceedings: Arbitration S. 89

Caveat (S.148A CPC)

Inherent powers of the court (S.151 to S.153 CPC)

Costs

Temporary Injunction O XXXIX

Abatement

Receiver O L

8 Lecture hours

UNIT V: Execution Proceedings

Purpose of execution

Stay of execution

Restitution

Decree court and executing court

Questions determined by executing court

Garnishee

Rateable distribution

Resistance to execution

Arrest

Attachment

Sale

8 Lecture hours

UNIT VI: Law of Limitation

Introduction

Difference between prescribed period and period of limitation (S.3 Limitation Act)

When court is closed on the last day (S.4 Limitation Act)

Condonation of delay (S.5 Limitation Act)

S.6, 8 and 9 Limitation Act

Jointly entitled to file suit (S.7 Limitation Act)

S.12 Limitation Act

Exclusion of time proceeding bona fide in court without jurisdiction (S.14 Limitation

Act)

S. 15, 16 and 17 Limitation Act

TEXTBOOKS:

The Code of Civil Procedure, Justice CK Thakkar, 2016, Esatern Book Company. 7th

Edition.

Code of Civil Procedure, Dr. Avtar Singh, 2015, 4th Edition, Central Law Publication

The Code of Civil Procedure, M.P. Jain, 2016, 4th Edition, Lexis Nexis.

The Code of Civil Procedure, TP Tripathi, 2006, Allahabad Law Agency.

Code of civil procedure, P.C. Sarkar, 2017, 12th Edition, Lexis Nexis

REFERENCE BOOKS/STATUTES

1. The Code of Civil Procedure, 1908

2. The Limitation Act, 1963

3. Mulla -The Code of Civil Procedure, B.M. Prasad, 2008, 17th Edition, Lexis Nexis

4. Code of Civil Procedure 1908, B.V. Viswanatha. Aiyer, , 2016, 8th Edition, Thomson Reuters

5. Law of limitation & prescription, UN Mitra, 2009, 12th Edition, Lexis Nexis


Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

Mid

Semester


Weightage

(%)

30% 20% 50% 100%


C131.1 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 3 2

C131.2 2 3 3 1 1 1 2 3 2 -

C131.3 3 2 1 3 2 3 2 3 2

C131.4 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 3 2

C131.5 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 2

1=weakly mapped


3=strongly mapped

Course Objectives

1. To acquaint the students with the Labour Jurisprudence in India with special focus on critical analysis of enactments and protective regulations relating to industrial relations.

2. To familiarize the students with the historical development, jurisprudential background, international standard, constitutional provisions and analysis of the enactments with supportive landmark judgments.

3. To acquaint the students with the concepts and connotations, like industry, workman, contract of service and contract for service among others.

4. To enable students to apply their understanding and reasoning in a given situation based on the legal provisions and case-laws.


C251.1 Understand the importance and relevance of Industrial Jurisprudence emphasizing on Social Justice. C251.2 Conceptualize and analyze the existing labour condition in India in reference to politico-legal and socio-economic scenario in our country and pertinent legislations. C251.3 Understand the evolution of labour legislation in India with specific reference to state. C251.4 Critically analyze the important labour and industrial legislations and their relevance in Indian context. C251.5 Familiarize with the latest development in the field of labour and industrial laws. C251.6 Read, comprehend and apply the law while deciding a given case/issue.

Catalog Description Labour Laws acquire a unique position and importance in the vast body of laws present today. The concerns of workers for their human right to dignified existence and entitlement as a worker have been of primary importance at international as well as national fora. 44 Central laws and more than 150 State laws are evidence to this. Now, with the advent of liberalization, privatization and globalization the focus of the Indian Legal System has tilted towards

LLBL251 Labour Law 1 L T P C

CLCC 3008 Labour Law I L T T P Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Understanding of Constitutional Law Co-requisites Legal Research Methods

employers’ concerns. Due to vastness of the subject, it has been divided into two parts; Labour Law I and Labour Law II. Contents of the Labour Law I focus on the evolution of Labour Jurisprudence in India as well as on industrial relations. Students would be taught Industrial Jurisprudence including social justice and labour welfare, collective bargaining and the enactments focusing on industrial relations, viz. Trade Union Act, Industrial Dispute Act and Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act. The Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in identifying present-day developments in the field of Labour Laws. Traditional lectures would be combined with other interactive teaching methodologies, such as discussions, random questioning, reflections, projects, case-law based studies and debates. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give presentations. Students will be expected to interact with resource material, mainly the bare Acts, case-laws, committee reports, regulatory guidelines, research papers and newspaper articles among others.

Course Content


Evolution and concept of Labour Jurisprudence

Industrial Jurisprudence

Labour Welfare

Contract ‘for’ and ‘of’ service - Laissez faire State v Welfare State

Freedom of Contract

The evolution of ILO and its mandates

International Labour Standards and application in India

Labour rights under the Indian Constitution


History of Trade Union Movement in India and need to form Trade Union

Workers Right to form Union vis-a-vis Indian Constitution; The Membership of Trade Union, Closed Shop and Union shop

Registration of Trade Union, Remedies in case of Non-Registration and Cancellation of Registration of Union

Privileges and Protection of Registered Trade Union from certain Acts and Omissions

Unfair Labour Practices and Victimization Unit III: 8 lecture hours

Concept and Importance of Collective Bargaining

Pre-Requisites for Collective Bargaining

Process of Administering Collective Agreement (Negotiation, Mediation, & Voluntary Arbitration & Compulsory Arbitration)

Duration and Enforcement of Bipartite Agreement (Secs. 18, 19, Industrial Disputes Act, 1947)

Pressurization: Strike, Go-Slow, Wok to Rule, Gherao and Lockout

Closu Unit IV: 12 lecture hours

Define the Concept of Industry, Industrial Dispute and Workman.

Power of Government to refer Industrial Disputes for Adjudication

The Adjudicatory Machinery

Award and its Binding Nature

Judicial Review of Awards

The Concept of Lay-Off, Retrenchment, Procedure and Compensation relating to Lay-Off and Retrenchment

Unit V: 4 lecture hours

Concept, Nature and Scope of Standing orders under Industrial Employment (Standing Order) Act, 1946

Formulation of Standing Orders and its Certification Process

Modification: Modification and Temporary Application of Model Standing Order

Interpretation and Legal status of Standing Orders Unit VI: 8 lecture hours

Doctrine of Hire and Fire in the Context of Social Welfare

Fairness in Disciplinary Process

Meaning of Misconduct

Right to know: The Charge Sheet

Right to Defend: Domestic Enquiry Notice, Evidence, Cross Examination, Unbiased Enquiry Officer and Reasoned Decision

Punishment of Misconduct

Prenatal (Permission) and Postnatal (Approach) Control during Pendency of Proceeding (Sec. 33 of Industrial Disputes Act)

Text Books 8. Taxmann’s (2017) Labour Laws, Taxmann Publication 9. Goswami, V.G. (2015) Labour and Industrial Laws, Central Law Agency

10. Pillai K. N. C. (2007) Labour Law and Labour Relations: Cases and Material, Indian Law Institute

11. Mishra. S.N. (2016) Labour & Industrial Laws, Central Law Publications.

Reference Books

1. Pai, G.B. (2001) Labour Law in India, Vol. I & II, Butterworths India. 2. Srivastava, K.D. (2002) Law Relating to Trade Unions and Unfair Labour Practices in

India, Eastern Book Company. 3. Rao, E. M. (2010) O. P. Malhotra’s The Law of Industrial Disputes, Vol. I & II, LexisNexis

Butterworths Wadhwa. 4. Sharath Babu, I. and Shetty, Rashmi (2007) Social Justice and Labour Jurisprudence:

Justice V. R. Krishna Iyer’s Contribution, Sage Publications

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Project/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components MSE Class Test/ Case-Law Presentation/ Project/ Viva-Voce/ Attendance

ESE



C251.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C251.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C251.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C251.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C251.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2 -

C251.6 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 -

1=weakly mapped

2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped


Course Objectives 1. To enable students to understand the concept of open source and open standards 2. Analyse various types of open source software’s. 3. Differentiate among the closed source software and open source software. 4. Understand the various open source communities.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the concepts related to open source and open

standards. CO2. Analyze the evolution of open source software by peeking into the history. CO3. Analyze the working of various open source communities and their development process. CO4. Gain the knowledge of accelerating drivers for adoption of open source. Catalog Description Open-source software (OSS) is computer software with its source code made available with a license in which the copyright holder provides the rights to study, change, and distribute the software to anyone and for any purpose. In this course, the focus will be on improving knowledge related to open source software’s. Students will learn how closed source software is different from open source software. Course Content Unit I: 6 lecture hours Introduction to Open Source Definition of open source, A brief history about open source development, Initiation of Open Source Project; Open Source Software Examples: The origins, The GNU project, Operating System GNU/Linux; The Graphical User Interface KDE/GNOME, Apache Web Server, Application Software; Strengths and advantages of open source software Drivers For Adoption of Open Source; Open Source Software Assessment; Examples of open source adoption in the world, Open Source Challenges. Unit II: 2 lecture hours History of Open Source Evolution and Benefits of Open Source, Evolution of Unix; Evolution of General Public License-Genesis of GNU Copyleft-All rights reserved.

CSOS 1001 Open Source & Open Standards L T P C

Version 1.0 2 0 0 2 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of software Co-requisites --

Unit III: 5 lecture hours Open Source Communities and Development Process Free Software foundation; Open Source Community; Apache Web Server; Open Source Initiative (OSI); Open Source definition; Apache Software Foundation (ASF); Open source development process – Call for Contributions, MythBuster, Brook’s law; How to contribute to Open source projects. Unit IV: 2 lecture hours Adoption of Open Source Introduction to adoption of open source, Drivers for open source adoption; Adoption Methods and Process, Examples of Open Standard Adoption in the World, Open Source Challenges Unit V: 7 lecture hours Case Studies on Open Standards Case Study 1: Mozilla; Case Study 2: Linux; The Operating System – an Overview, Linux Basics, Various Linux distributions available, Working with the System, Shells and Utilities; An Introduction to Linux, Booting – Building the Linux kernel image; Overview, booting BIOS POST, Bootsector and setup, Using LILO as a boot loader, High level initialization, SMP bootup on x86, freeing initialization data and code; Processing kernel command line, Run levels, Changing RUNLEVELS, Init scripts, Creating your own init scripts, Stopping the System- Shutdown(reboot, halt); Preparing for Installation – Installation Checklist, Hardware Requirements, Partitioning, Installation problems. Text Books

1. Introduction to open source Software and open standards (IBM ICE Publication)

Reference Books 1. Handbook of Research on Open Source Software: Technological, Economic, and

Social Perspectives by Kirk St. Amant and Brian Still - IGI Global © 2007. 2. Open Source: Technology and Policy by Fadi P. Deek and James A. M. McHugh - Cambridge

University Press © 2008. 3. Perspectives on Free and Open Source Software by Joseph Feller, Brian Fitzgerald, Scott A.

Hissam and Karim R. Lakhani (eds) The MIT Press © 2005


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%


Course Outcomes

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 1 2 2

CO2 2 2

CO3 1 2 1

CO4 2 2


Course Objectives

1. The objective of this course is to walk the undergraduate law student through the nuances

of business and economics of competition laws. The course is to enable the lay student to

grasp the law in order to make further readings meaningful in the context of regulations,

the laws, transactions and the business both national and in the global context

2. To make students conversant with Competition law / Antitrust problems from a practical

corporate day to day antitrust audit point of view.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

C502:1: Draw up a Competition Law audit program for a company;

C502:2: Competition Law and Anti trust being an international operation both in terms of

investment into India and out of it. The student will able to input corporations both MNC’s from

abroad as well as Indian on corporate behavior in terms of monopoly practices in

operational/practical terms; and

C502:3: Student will be able to understand the Competition Law scenario of select jurisdictions

(India, Europe and USA).

Catalog Description The key objectives of competition law are welfare, efficiency, and free and fair competition. There

are distributive dimensions in competition law that are related to different notions of welfare

(consumer surplus and producer surplus). The different types of efficiencies are subject to trade-

CLCC 5001 Competition Law L T P C Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic concepts of economics. Co-requisites SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers)

Regulations, 2011

offs – within a given time (allocative versus productive) and inter-temporally (static versus

dynamic). Theoretical, conceptual, and philosophical frameworks also influence competition law

objectives. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as

group discussions, cooperative group solving problems. Students would understand the concept of

anticompetitive agreements, abuse of dominant position and combinations. Further, they will be

able to understand the relationship between Competition Law and Intellectual Property Rights.

Students will also be able to analyze the impact of competition policy application on e-commerce

sector.

Course Content

Unit I: 3 lecture hours Introduction to Competition law: Introduction, Role of economics in competition law, History and Evolution of Competition Law, Scope of Competition Law, Objectives of Competition Law. Unit II: 8 lecture hours Key Competition Act Sections: Important Aspects of the Competition Act, 2002, Anti-Competitive Agreements, Abuse of Dominant Position, Prohibition of Abuse of Dominant Position, Combination, Regulation of Combinations

Unit III: 4 lecture hours Regulatory Framework: Establishment, composition, powers, duties and functions, Distribution of business amongst commission and benches, Jurisdiction of benches and procedure for adjudication, Penalties for offences under the Competition Act, 2002. Unit IV: 9 lecture hours Competition Law Audit: Various compliance, Issues in the corporate world, Horizontal/Vertical Monopoly.

Text Books:

12. Competition Law in India, 3rd Edition, T Ramappa, Oxford University Press;

13. Richard Whish, Competition Law, 7th

Edition, OUP, Oxford, 2012; and

14. Alison Jones & Brenda Sufrin, EU Competition Law, 4th

Edition, OUP, Oxford, 2011.

Reference Books:

16. Taxmann’s Competition Law and Practice by D.P. Mittal, 3rd Edition; 17. Taxmann’s Guide to Competition Laws manual.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ project/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Continuous Evaluation

MSE I ESE



Class Participation

Project Work

Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

10% weightage

20% weightage

30% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


C502.1 3 3 3 2 3 1 2 3 3 2

C502.2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 3 2

C502.3 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2


Course Objectives:

1. To acquaint students with the concept of Labour Jurisprudence in India with a special focus

on analysis of enactments and protective regulations relating to labour welfare and social security.

2. To explain students the important concepts and connotations, like wages, welfare, health and safety of workers, employer’s liability for compensation, protection of weaker sections of labour and recent developments in labour laws.

3. To enable students in identification of the liability of employer with respect to labour welfare and social security of the employees or workers.

4. To facilitate students in compliance of labour laws in the corporate environment. 5. To enable students to apply their understanding and reasoning in a given situation based

on legal provisions and case-laws.


C252.1 Understand the legal provisions pertaining to labour welfare and social security focusing on social justice.

C252.2 Analyse the labour laws with respect to labour welfare and social security.

C252.3 Familiarise with the latest development in the field of labour and industrial laws.

C252.4 Read, comprehend and apply the law while deciding a given case/issue.

Catalog Description: Labour Law is an integral part of the Indian Legal System which regularizes relationship between employer and employee. In India, it is compendium of 44 Central enactments and a few hundreds of state laws focusing on industrial relations, wages, health, safety, working conditions, social security and welfare of workers or employees. The subject is bifurcated in two parts; Labour Law I primarily dealt with industrial relation whereas laws regulating wages, health, safety, working

CLCC 4003 Labour Law II L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Labour Law I Co-requisites ILO Conventions, Constitution of India, 1950, National

Labour Commission Reports

conditions, social security and welfare of the employees would be the prime focus of Labour Law II. In the initial modules, the overarching concepts of labour welfare and social security would be studied. Further, the laws such as, Minimum Wages Act, Payment of Wages Act, Payment of Bonus Act, Factories Act, Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, Inter-State Migrant Workmen (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, Employee’s Compensation Act, Employees State Insurance Act, Employees’ Provident Fund Scheme, Maternity Benefit Act, Payment of Gratuity Act would form a part of the syllabus. Emphasis would also be laid on the labour reforms. For teaching the subject, the lecture, reflection, discussion and presentation method would be used focusing on two types of materials, i.e. bare acts and case-laws. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and will be encouraged to give oral presentations. Continuous assessment would also be done aiming on clear understating of the legal provisions and their application through case-laws. This subject is an integral part of the Programs i.e. B.A. LL.B. (Energy Laws), B.Com. LL.B. (Taxation Laws), B.B.A. LL.B. (Corporate Laws) and B.Tech. LL.B. (IPR Laws & Cyber Laws) as it acquaints the students with Labour Jurisprudence in India, while appraising them with protective regulations for the working class. Especially for the students aiming at corporate sector, the knowledge and compliance of these laws becomes inevitable. Course Content

Unit I: Labour Welfare and Social Security of Workmen 4 Lecture

Hours Concept of Labour Welfare, Classification and Importance of Labour Welfare, Labour Welfare Activities Concept and Scope of Social Security, Origin of Social Security in India Unit II: Remuneration for Labour 12 lecture hours Minimum Wages Act, 1948 - Objective, Scope and Application of the Act, Definitions and Concept of Employer, Employee, Wages, Concept and components of Minimum Wages, Concept of Wages (Minimum Wages, Living Wages, Fair Wages), Fixation of Minimum Rate of Wages Payment of Wages Act, 1936 - Objective, scope and Application of the Act, Liabilities to pay the Wages, Period for Payment of Wages, Protection of Wages, Non-Payment, Delayed Payment. Deductions from Wages: Authorized and Unauthorized Deduction, Remedial Measures for the Protection of Wages Payment of Bonus Act, 1965 - Objective, Scope and Application of the Act, Computation of Bonus, Recovery of Bonus, Reference of Dispute under the Act, Appointment of Inspectors, their Functions and their Power Unit III: Welfare, Health and Safety of Workers 12 lecture hours

The Factories Act, 1948 - Objective, Scope and Application, History of Factory Legislation and constitutionality, Concept of factory, worker, occupier and manufacturing process, Health, welfare and safety measures, Provisions relating to Hazardous Process, Working hours of Adults, Employment of Young Persons Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 - Objective, Scope and Application, Historical background and Constitutional validity, Salient features, Definition of Contract Labour and Contractor, Authorities under the Act, Penalties. Unit IV: Employer’s Liability for Compensation 4 lecture hours The Employees’ Compensation Act, 1923- Objective, Scope and Application, Concept and Scope of Compensation to Industrial Workers, Concept of Employer, Employee and Dependent Disablement, Employer's Liability to Pay Compensation, Amount of Compensation, Notice and Claim

Unit V: Protection of Weaker Section of Labour 8 lecture hours

Inter-state Migrant Workmen (Regulation of Employment and Condition of Service) Act, 1979 The Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948- Benefits, Claim and Adjudication of Disputes The Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 The Employees’ Provident Fund Scheme, 1952 The Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972

Unit VI: Recent Development in Labour Laws: Labour Code Bill, 2015 8 lecture hours The Draft Labour Code Bill - Code on Wages, Code on Industrial Relations, Code on Social Security & Welfare and Code on Safety &Working Conditions Text Books

15. Taxmann’s (2017) Labour Laws, Taxmann Publication 16. Goswami, V.G. (2015) Labour and Industrial Laws, Central Law Agency 17. Pillai K. N. C. (2007) Labour Law and Labour Relations: Cases and Material, Indian Law

Institute 18. Mishra. S.N. (2014) Labour & Industrial Laws, Central Law Publications.

Reference Books 5. Pai, G.B. (2001) Labour law in India, Vol. I & II, Butterworths India. 6. Srivastava, K.D. (2002) Law Relating to Trade Unions and Unfair Labour Practices in

India, Eastern Book Company.

7. Rao, E. M. (2010) O. P. Malhotra’s The Law of Industrial Disputes, Vol. I & II, LexisNexis Butterworths Wadhwa.

8. Sharath Babu, I. and Shetty, Rashmi (2007) Social Justice and Labour Jurisprudence: Justice V. R. Krishna Iyer’s Contribution, Sage Publications



Attendance

ESE



C252.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C252.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C252.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C252.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C252.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2 -

C252.6 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 -


Course Objectives

This course intends to:

1. Introduce the students to the concept of intellectual property rights and its multiple

dimensions.

2. Apprise the students of how IP is similar yet different from traditional property rights.

3. Enlighten students with the basics about application of IP rights, their characteristics and legal implications.

4. Analyze challenges of the current regime in IP world and suggest their suitable solution.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to: C401.1 Identify what type of IP protection is given to a particular subject matter.

C401.2 Conceptualize the need, importance and procedure of obtaining IP protection.

C401.3 Implement the rights to which the IP holder will be entitled with an ability to

apply the law to real and hypothetical situations.

C401.4 Incorporate functional knowledge of IP with specialized capabilities to comprehend solutions to traditional practices. Catalog Description Intellectual property, very broadly, means the legal rights which result from intellectual activity in the industrial, scientific, literary and artistic fields. Countries have laws to protect intellectual property for two main reasons. One is to give statutory expression to the moral and economic rights of creators in their creations and the rights of the public in access to those creations. The second is

LLBL 401 Intellectual Property Law (Hons-1) L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure

Higher Secondary

Co-requisites --

to promote, as a deliberate act of Government policy, creativity and the dissemination and application of its results and to encourage fair trading which would contribute to economic and social development. Generally speaking, intellectual property law aims at safeguarding creators and other producers of intellectual goods and services by granting them certain time-limited rights to control the use made of those productions. Groundbreaking research conducted by Brand Finance demonstrated that 62% of the world's business is now intangible. This represents $19.5 trillion of $31.6 trillion global market value. The course would be taught using a mix of pedagogical tools, including but not limited to lecture, case presentation by the student and use of visual and audio aids. Given the growing importance of Intellectual Property in political economy of the world and of India, and also of the legal practice in this area, an introductory course in this area takes the students on the right path of success for their law career.

Course Content

Unit I: 8 Lecture hours Introduction & Justification of International Regime of Intellectual Property

I. Introduction

II. Theories:

a. Lockean Justification: Labour Theory b. Hegelian Justification: Personality Theory c. Tragedy of commons by Garret Hardin

d. Utilitarian Theory

Unit II: 12 Lecture hours Law of Trade Mark

I. Introduction and Subject Matter

II. Spectrum of Distinctiveness

a. Concept of well-known trademarks, Collective trademarks, Certification trademark b. Trademark in Domain Names c. Non-Conventional trademarks

III. Principles of Registration of Trademark

a. Absolute grounds of refusal b. Relative grounds of refusal

IV. Registration: Procedure, Rights conferred by registration

V. Infringement / Passing off

VI. Exceptions / Defenses

VII. Remedies (civil and criminal) and Appeals

Unit III: 8 Lecture hours Law of Copyright

I. Fundamentals and Subject matter

II. Concepts of Idea Expression Dichotomy and Originality

III. Subsistence of Copyright: Work, Literary works; Artistic work; Dramatic works; Musical

works; Copyright in character; Work of architecture; cinematograph film; sound recording;

computer program; photograph; Performance

IV. Different type of rights: Foundation of Rights, Economic Rights, Moral Rights

V. Author of a work and Ownership in Digital Copyright

VI. Assignment and License of copyright

VII. Infringement

VIII. Exceptions / Fair use / Fair dealing IX. Remedies

Unit IV: 8 Lecture hours Law of Patents

I. Introduction and subject matter a. Patentable Inventions b. Non patentable inventions

II. Criteria of Protection: a. Novelty, b. Utility, c. Non obviousness III. Registration IV. Ownership, rights conferred on a patentee V. Revocation and surrender of patents VI. Infringement VII. Exceptions

VIII. Compulsory licensing IX. Remedies

Unit V: 6 Lecture hours Designs and Geographical Indications

I. Introduction and Subject Matter

II. Criteria of Protection and Registration

III. Copyright in registered design ( read along with Copyright Act)

IV. Piracy in Designs and Remedies

V. Overview of Geographical Indications

Unit VI: 6 Lecture hours IP Management and Exploitation

I. IP As an Asset

II. IP Management including Licensing

Text Books o ‘Intellectual Property’, David Bainbridge, 2012, Pearson, 9th edition. o ‘Law of Copyright Comparative Perspectives’, Alka Chawla, 2013, Lexis Nexis, 1st Edition. o ‘Law of Intellectual Property of Singapore’, Ng-Loy Wee Loon, 2009, Sweet & Maxwell,

Revised Edition. o ‘Law Relating To Intellectual Property Rights’, V.K. Ahuja, 2013, Lexis Nexis; 2nd Edition. o R.Radhakrishnan and S. Balasubramanian, Intellectual Property Rights: Texts and Cases,

Excel Books, New Delhi, 2008. o V.K. Ahuja, Law Relating to Intellectual Property Rights, LexisNexis, 2013, India. Reference Books

o Lionel Bently Brad Sherman, “ Intellectual Property Law” Oxford University Press; 4th Edition 2014

o Elizabeth Verkey, “ Law of Patents” Eastern Book Company, 2nd Edition, (2012) o W.Cornish, D.Llewelyn and T.Aplin, “Intellectual property: Patents, Copyright, Trdae marks

and Allied Rights.” Sweet & Maxwell; 8th edition (2013) o “Law of Copyright and Neighbouring Rights: National and International Perspectives”

Lexis Nexis Butterworths, New Delhi India, 2007

o N.S. Gopalakrishnan & T.G. Agitha, “Principles of Intellectual Property” “Eastern Book Company. (1st Ed, 2009)



Mid Semester


Weightage (%)

30% 20% 50% 100%


Name

Quiz/Class Test/ Snap

Test

Research Article

Research Project

Project Presentation

Attendance Total 100

Marks

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


C401.1 3 1 1 - - - - 2 1 -

C401.2 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 -

C401.3 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 -

C401.4 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 2 2 -

C401 2 2 2 1 1 - 1 2 1 - 1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

Course Objectives

1. To equip the students with the basics about the theoretical aspects of Information Technology Law.

2. To impart an understanding of the regulatory framework and legislative policy relating to the Information Technology law.

3. To prepare the students with strong conceptual and comparative analytical skills in identifying the emerging trends in Cyber Law like e-Commerce, e-Governance, e-Contract and e-Signature etc.

4. To analyze challenges of Cybercrimes to Indian jurisprudence and to create awareness about the newly emerging kinds of cybercrimes with their solution.

5. To enable the students to apply the knowledge in legal practice and critically examine the response of Judiciary towards Cybercrimes.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C667.1 Understand the fundamentals of Information Technology law with commitment

towards learning. C667.2 Interpret the conceptual basis of cyber law principles with emerging technological

aspects. C667.3 Ability to analyze contemporary problems critically using an in depth

understanding of socio-economic and techno-legal dynamics. C667.4 Integrate functional knowledge of cyber law with specialized capabilities to

implement comprehensive solutions to legal problems. C667.5 Research, analyze, rationalize and apply the legal principles and procedures in

practice.

Catalog Description

CLIP 5001 Information Technology Law (Hons-1)

L T P C


Information and Communication Technology is a novice branch of law which is fast, schematic, futuristic and that has touched all walks of human life. The virtual world of computers and Internet is dynamic, invigorating and expands into new paradigms; that is popular with the name of Cyberspace. Information Technology Law provides a systematic legal framework for collecting, storing, disseminating, and regulating electronic information in the cyberspace. The subject of Information Technology Law provides the knowledge of techno-legal aspects of a dispute. A Techno-legal lawyer is more effective at explaining technical concepts to a judge or jury, and he or she will likely have contacts within the industry that make finding consultants and expert witnesses less difficult. Course Content

Unit I: 8 lecture hours REGULATORY FRAMEWORK- I

1. The Conceptual Framework of Cyberspace o Concept of Information and Communication Technology o Concept of Cyberspace o Need for regulation of Cyberspace o Jurisdiction in the Borderless Cyberspace

2. Evolution of Cyber Law o Historical Background o UNCITRAL Model Law on Electronic Commerce, 1996 o India’s First Cyber Law: The Information Technology Act, 2000

3. Regulatory Provisions of Cyber Law in India o Objectives of the Information Technology Act, 2000 o Salient Features of the Information Technology Act, 2000 o Relevant Definitions under Section 2 of the Information Technology Act, 2000

Unit II: 8 lecture hours REGULATORY FRAMEWORK- II

1. Need for Authentication of Electronic Records o Digital and Electronic Signature o Asymmetric Crypto System and Encryption o Key pair: Private Key, Public Key o Electronic Signature Certificate

2. Electronic Governance

3. Attribution, Acknowledgement and Dispatch of electronic records 4. Secure Electronic Records and Secure Electronic Signatures 5. Regulation of Certifying Authorities 6. Duties of Subscribers

Unit III: 6 lecture hours AUTHORITIES UNDER THE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ACT, 2000

1. Controller: Appointment, Functions and Powers of Controller 2. Certifying Authorities and Electronic Signature Certificates 3. Recognition of Foreign Certifying Authorities 4. Cyber Appellate Tribunal 5. Examiner of Electronic Evidence 6. Cyber Regulations Advisory Committee 7. Liability of Intermediaries 8. Liability of Internet Service Provider

Unit IV: 8 lecture hours OFFENCES AND CIVIL WRONG IN CYBER LAW

1. Concept of Crime and Fundamental principles of Crime on Internet o Actus Reus o Mens Rea

2. Cyber Crimes: o Definition of Cyber Law o Nature of Cyber Law o Characteristics of Cyber Law o Classification of Cyber Law on Different Basis

3. Types of Cyber Crimes: o Hacking o Viruses o Worms o Spamming o Phishing o Pharming o Logic Bombs o Trojan Horse o Cyber Pornography o Cyber Terrorism o Cyber Money Laundering o Cyber Defamation o Free Speech and Internet o Privacy Threats in Cyber Law

4. Offences under the Information Technology Act, 2000 Unit IV: 6 lecture hours INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRONIC COMMERCE

1. Electronic Commerce o Meaning, Nature, Emergence and Scope of Electronic Commerce o Need of Electronic Commerce in Information and Communication

Technology o Models of Electronic Commerce o Laws on E-Commerce

o UNCITRAL Model Law on E-Commerce, 1996 o The Information Technology Law, 2000

2. Electronic Contracts: o Fundamental Requirements of Offline and Online Contract o Formation of Offline Contract vs. Online Contract o Requirements of Writing in E-Contracts o Types of e-Contracts o Recognition of e-Contracts o Online Contract and the Information Technology Act, 2000

Text Books

o Amita Verma, Cyber Crimes in India, Central Law Publications, Allahabad, 2012.

o Anirudh Rastogi, Cyber law: Law of Information Technology and Internet, LexisNexis,

India, 2014.

o Farooq Ahmad, Cyber Law in India: Law of Internet, New Era Law Publications, Delhi,

2008.

o Karnika Seth, Computers, Internet and New Technology Laws, LexisNexis, India,

2013.

o Nandan Kamath, (editor), Law Relating to Computers, Internet and E-Commerce: A

Guide to Cyber Laws and the Information Technology Act, 2000 with Rules,

Regulations and Notifications, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

o Pavan Duggal, Supreme Court on Indian Cyber Law, Saakshar Law Publications, 2015.

o R.Radhakrishnan and S. Balasubramanian, Intellectual Property Rights: Texts and

Cases, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2008.

o Susan W. Brenner, Cyber Crime: Criminal Threats from Cyberspace, Pentagon Press,

New Delhi, 2012.

o Talat Fatima, Cyber Crimes, Eastern Book Company, Lucknow, 2011.

o V.K. Ahuja, Law Relating to Intellectual Property Rights, LexisNexis, 2013, India.

o Yatindra Singh, Cyber Laws, Universal Law Publishing Co., New Delhi, 2014.

Reference Books

o Abdulhadi M. Alghamdi, The Law of E-Commerce: E-Contracts, E-Business, Author

House, Bloomington, 2011.

o Adv. Prashan Mali, Cyber Law & Cyber Crimes, Snow White Publications, 2013.

o Alwyn Didar Singh, E-Commerce In India: Assessments And Strategies For The

Developing World, LexisNexis, India, 2008.

o Andrew Murray, Information Technology Law: Law & Society, Oxford University

Press, 2010.

o Bill Nelson, Amelia Phillips, Frank Enfinger, and Christopher Steuart, Guide to

Computer Forensics and Investigation, 2nd Edition (Thomson Course Technology)

o Brian Carrier, File System Forensics Analysis (Addison Wesley Professional, 2005),

o Chris Reed, Internet Law: Text and Materials, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,

Delhi, 2004.

o D. Amor, The E-Business (R) Evolution: Living and Working in an Interconnected

World, Prentice Hall PTR, London, 2000.

o Donald Altschiller (edited), The Information Revolution, Wilson, New York, 1995.

o P.M. Bakshi, Cyber and E-Commerce Laws: Incorporating Issues of Data Protection,

IT Copyrights, Electronic Evidence, Digital Signature, Individual Rights, Cyber Crime,

Computer Hacking Remedies and E-Commerce Laws, Bharat Publishing House, New

Delhi, 2002.

o Parag Diwan and Shammi Kapoor (edited), Cyber and E-Commerce Laws:

Incorporating Issues of Data Protection, IT Copyrights, Individual Rights, Computer

Hacking remedies and E-Commerce Law, Bharat Publishing House, New Delhi, 2000.

o Rodney. D. Ryder, Introduction to Internet Law & Policy (Information Technology Act,

2000, E-Commerce, Data Protection & the Internet), Wadhwa and Company, Agra, 2007.

o Yogesh Barua and Denzyl P. Dayal, Cyber Crimes: Notorious Aspects of the Humans and

the Net (Criminal Activities in Cyber World), Dominant Publishers and Distributors, New

Delhi, 2001.



Mid Semester


Weightage (%)

30% 20% 50% 100%





Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


Report / Viva /PPT


C667.1 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 2

C667.2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 2 2 3

C667.3 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2

C667.4 3 2 1 2 3 2 3 3 3 3

C667.5 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 1


3=strongly mapped

Course Objectives

a. To develop the understanding of Conceptual aspects and requirements for Copyright Protection.

b. Understand the basic requirements for protection and apply those standards to determine what kind of intellectual creations qualify for protection.

c. To also develop the understanding about copyright infringement and the fair use defense.


C463.1 Understand to identify what is a Protectable Subject matter under Copyright Laws and what is the manner of obtaining Copyright protection.

C463.2 Gain expert knowledge in application of various provisions of Copyright law to determine the rights to which the IP holder will be entitled.

C463.3 Analyze various judicial precedents before appropriate authorities, Infringement actions determining the enforcement mechanism and various remedies available to the aggrieved.

C463.4 Effectively evaluate and appraise the Copyright Protection mechanism at International Level.

Catalog Description Investments in innovations in science and technology have dramatically improved the quality of life. Different sectors in Industry at different levels have invested millions of dollars in research to make astonishing new products and discoveries. Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) is now viewed as an integral part of innovation – driven socio economic development across the globe. Driven by rapid advances in science and technology, as well as network in the society, IPR has become a much richer field to endeavor. More specifically Copyright Law has a significance role to play in the modern world full of technological innovations. It has occupied the central stage in 21st century. This subject is important for law students as it involves individual authors, publishing houses, film industry, multinational software companies, and other copyright industries in many ways. This subject covers Indian Copyright Law as well As international Treaties and Conventions on

CLIR 5002 Law of Copyrights Specification and Claims (Hons-2)

L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure

Basic Knowledge about Intellectual Property Rights

Co-requisites

copyright irrespective of India being non signatory to the treaty or convention and also in detail discusses large number of judgements delivered by Indian Courts as well as Foreign Courts.

The classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their knowledge and in the design of their learning strategies. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Thus, the traditional lectures will be combined with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems and debates. Interactive approach will be followed during the course of learning where students will be expected to come prepared for the topics for discussion in the class/ case studies/ presentations/ viva-voce, etc. The main tools of teaching may include Lectures (PPT’s) with Question and Answer Sessions, Case Law Analysis, Assignments etc. Course Content

Module I: Introduction 4 Lectures Understanding of Intellectual Property (IP) and Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs), Introduction of IPR, An Overview of the IPR Regime, History of Intellectual Property Rights, Philosophical Justification: Lockean Justification: Labour Theory, Hegelian Justification: Personality Theory, Utilitarian Theory

Module II: Subject Matter of Copyright: 8 Lectures Literary works, Artistic works, Dramatic Works, Musical works, Derivative Works, Computer Software/ Programs;

Criteria of Protection: Idea Expression Dichotomy, Functionality, Doctrine of Merger, Originality, Fixation

Module III: Author and Ownership of Copyright: 3 Lectures Author and Joint Author, Presumption of Authorship Owner of different categories of Copyright Ownership in Government Work Module IV: Right of Copyright Owner 6 Lectures Economic Rights

Right of Reproduction, Right of Derivative Works, Right of Distribution of Works, Right of Importation of Works, Right of Public Display of Works, Right of Performance, Right of Broadcasting, Right of Communication of Works to the Public,

Moral Rights Right of Paternity, Right to Integrity of the Work, Right to Publish, Right to Create a Work, Right to Withdraw

Module V: Copyright Transition 3 Lectures

Assignment of Copyright, Licensing of Copyright, Difference between Assignment

and Licensing

Module VI: Related Rights/ Neighbouring Rights 4 Lectures Origin and Development on Neighboring Rights, Nature of Neighboring Rights and Justifications for Protection, Scope of Application of the Proclamation on Neighboring Rights, Owners and Scope of Neighboring Rights, Rights of Producers, Reproduction, Rental or Lending Rights, Distribution Right, Importation Right, Right of Making Available Rights of Broadcasting Organizations Limitations on Neighboring Right.

Module VII: Infringement of Copyright and Permitted Use of Copyright 3 Lectures

Meaning of Infringement, Direct Infringement, Indirect (Contributory) Infringement Reasons for Taking Actions against Infringement, Fair use doctrine

Module VIII: Remedies 2 Lectures Civil Remedies: Provisional Measures, Injunctive Relief, Damages, Destruction of

Illegal Copies, Criminal Remedies and Administrative Remedies Module IX: International Regime of Copyright 3 Lectures

Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works, 1886 Rome Convention for the Protection of Performers, Producers of Phonograms and Broadcasting Organisations (1961) Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) 1994 WIPO Copyright Treaty (WCT) WIPO Performances and Phonograms Treaty (WPPT) Beijing Treaty on Audiovisual Performances 2012 Marrakesh Treaty to Facilitate Access to Published Works for Persons Who Are Blind, Visually Impaired, or Otherwise Print Disabled, 2013

Text Books 1. B. L. Wadehra, Law Relating to Patents, Trade Marks, Copyright, Design and Geographical

Indications, Universal Law Publishing Company, Limited, New Delhi

2. N.S. Gopalakrishnan & T.G. Agitha, “Principles of Intellectual Property”, (2nd Edition, 2014).

3. Rama Sharma, “ Commentary on Intellectual Property Laws” Lexis Nexis Butterworths, 9th

Edition, 2009

4. P Narayana, Copyright and Industrial Designs, Third Edition, Eastern Law House, Private

Limited, Kolkata

5. T. Vidya Kumari, Copyright Protection, Current Indian and International Perspectives (Asia

Law House, Hyderabad).

6. V. K. Ahuja, “Law Relating to Intellectual Property” (3rd Edition 2017).

7. Akhil Prasad & Aditi Agarwala, “Copyright law Desk Book” (Universal Law Publishing Co.,

Delhi)

Reference Books

1. David Bainbridge, Intellectual Property, Pearson Education, Singapore Private Limited

2. David Jennifer, , International Property Law, Third Edition, Oxford University Press, New

York

3. Garnett, K. M., Davies, G., Harbottle, G., & Copinger, W. A. (2005). Copinger and Skone

James on copyright. London, Sweet and Maxwell

4. Kevin and Others, Copinger and Skone James on Copyright, Sweet & Maxwell,(1st South Asian Edition 2008)

5. Lionel Bently Brad Sherman, “Intellectual Property Oxford University Press (4th Edition,

2014)

6. Rodney D. Ryder, Intellectual Property Law: Concept to Commercialization, Macmillan India

Limited, (1st Edition, 2005)

7. Stephan Stemart, International Copyright, Second Edition, Butterworths, London

8. W.R Cornish, Cases and Materials on Intellectual Property, Sweet and Maxwell, London.

9. W.R Cornish, Intellectual Property, Patents, Copyright, Trade Marks and Allied Rights, Sweet

and Maxwell, London.


Components MSE Internal ESE



Components Quiz/Class Test/

Snap Test

Assignment/ Case

Comment

Project Work Court Room

Exercise

Subject Grand Viva


Marks

Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

Test I -10

Test II-10

Report / Viva /PPT


C463.1 3 3 3 2 3 1 2 3 3 3

C463.2 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 2

3

C463.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

3

C463.4 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

3


3=strongly mapped

Course Objectives

The course intends to:

1. Introduce students to why trademarks are required and what role do trademarks play in the bigger picture of human community’s progress

2. Explain what is the subject matter of legal protection under the common law regime (passing off) and statutory regime (The Trade Mark Act)

3. Explain the various requirements and constraints of legal protection

4. Explain the procedural aspects of protection

5. Complete the overview of course with miscellaneous issues pertaining to trademark protection.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C465.1 Demonstrate knowledge of the fundamentals of Trademark protection

C465.2 Conceptualize the understanding of conventional as well as non-conventional subject matter of trademark and India’s approach to evolving forms of marks.

C465.3 Integrate the existing jurisprudence on subsistence of trademark, nature of rights, infringement and fair use.

C465.4 Apply the principles arising from each area to novel factual scenarios

Catalog Description Trademarks are the Jugular Vein of commerce and business. The biggest brand in the world, Apple, has a valuation of its Trademark logo of over 175000 Million Dollars. Groundbreaking research conducted by Brand Finance demonstrated that 62% of the world's business is now intangible. This represents $19.5 trillion of $31.6 trillion global market value. A substantial amount out of this is claimed by Trademarks. Thus the study of trademarks has assumed an important role. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a fundamental aspect

CLIR 5003 Law of Trademarks & Drafting L T P C


of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Students will be expected to interact with media resources, such as, web sites, videos, DVDs, and newspapers etc. Course Content

Unit I: 3 lecture hours Why have trademarks?, Importance of trademarks –brand value of marks, Functions of trademarks, Co-existence of Common Law Rights and Statutory Rights (Section 27(2)) Unit II: 3 lecture hours Passing Off, Introduction, Goodwill, Misrepresentation, Damage Unit III: 5 lecture hours Trade Mark Act and Registration Criteria, Historical Background of Trademark Law in India, Requirement of being a Mark, Requirement of being capable of being represented graphically, Color marks, Visually non-perceptible marks, Shape Marks, Moving images, holograms and gestures, Absolute Grounds for refusal of registration, Distinctiveness, Inherent distinctiveness and acquired distinctiveness, Capability to distinguish, Deceive the public or cause confusion, Matter likely to hurt the religious susceptibilities of any class or section of citizens of India, Scandalous or obscene matter, Shape of goods, Relative Grounds of Refusal, Anti-dilution provisions Unit IV: 4 lecture hours Procedure for Registration and term of a Trademark, Statutory Authorities, Controller of Patent, Trademark and Design, Registrar, Intellectual Property Appellate Board, Acquisition by prior use, Honest Concurrent Use Unit V: 3 lecture hours Ownership, Rights conferred by registration of trade mark Unit VI: 3 lecture hours Licensing& Assignment in Trade Mark Unit VII: 3 lecture hours Enforcement of Trademark, Infringement of Trade Marks : Trademark Dilution and Trademark Tarnishment, Passing Off, Comparative Advertising Unit VIII: 3 lecture hours Exceptions to Infringement or Defenses to Infringement, Non use, Malafide Registered Trademark, Grounds of cancellation of registration Unit IX: 3 lecture hours Remedies, Civil Remedies, Injunction, Damages, Accounts of Profit, Criminal Remedies Unit X: 3 lecture hours

International Convention Unit XI: 3 lecture hours Ambush Marketing – ICC Development International Ltd v Arvee Enterprises (2003) 26 PTC 245 (Del), Parallel Imports, Domain Name Disputes Text Books

1. ‘Law Relating To Intellectual Property Rights’, V.K. Ahuja, 2013, Lexis Nexis; 2nd Edition

Reference Books 1. ‘Intellectual Property’, David Bainbridge, 2012, Pearson, 9th edition 2. Mark A. Lemley, Peter S. Menell, and Robert P. Merges, “Intellectual Property in the New

Technological Age: 2016” (Clause 8 Publishing)

Modes of Evaluation: Class Test/Reflection Paper/ Project/ Viva/ Attendance Examination Scheme:



Test/ Snap Test



Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


Report / Viva /PPT


C465.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C465.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C465.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C465.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C465 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 - 1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped

3=strongly mapped

Course Objectives

1. Integrate the existing jurisprudence on subsistence of copyright, nature of rights under copyright, infringement and fair use with the evolving digital copyright jurisprudence.

2. Hypothesize about the solutions to the tricky issues posed by digitization of protected works.

3. Analyze the vacuum areas of Internet and copyright law. 4. Schematize the equilibrium between copyright and dangers posed by the Internet. 5. Speculate the direction of growth of digital copyright law in India.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to: C563.1 Understand the fundamentals of Digital Copyright Law with a commitment towards

learning. C563.2 Interpret the conceptual basis of Copyright principles and their application in cyberspace

with emerging technological aspects. C563.3 Ability to analyze contemporary problems critically using an in-depth understanding of

techno-legal dynamics in digital copyright. C563.4 Integrate functional knowledge of cyber law with specialized capabilities to implement

comprehensive solutions to copyright violations. C563.5 Rationalize, Research, Analyze, and apply the legal principles and procedures in practice.

Catalog Description Copyright is one of the most important pieces of the intellectual property right. This law gives authors, artists, creators and those taking ownership of them to control the copying and others form of exploitation of their ‘creations’ or ‘works’. Digital copyright law is built upon analogue copyright law by focusing on the digital aspects of copyrighted works. Digitalization of literary

CLCB 5002

Digital Copyright Law and Data Protection Law (Hons-2)

L T P C


work has posed enormous challenges to the existing copyright law. Gaps in the existing copyright rules are being plugged in a piecemeal fashion to deal with digitization. Course Content

Unit I: 8 Lecture hours Philosophy of Copyright Law and Internet

I. Jurisprudential theories of Copyright Law II. International Dimensions:

Paris Convention 1883, Berne Convention 1886, Universal Copyright Convention 1952 (The Geneva Act, 1952)

Origin of WIPO Digital Copyright Treaty 1996

Objectives of WIPO Digital Copyright Treaty 1996 and its Impact on India III. National Dimension:

Objectives of the Copyright Act, 1957

Features of the Copyright Act, 1957

Unit II: 8 Lecture hours Digital Copyright: Authorship, Ownership and Rights

III. Fundamentals and Subject matter IV. Concepts of Idea Expression Dichotomy and Originality V. Subsistence of Copyright: Work, Literary works; Artistic work; Dramatic works; Musical

works; Copyright in character; Work of architecture; cinematograph film; sound recording; computer program; photograph; Performance

VI. Different type of rights: Foundation of Rights, Economic Rights, Moral Rights

VII. Author of a work and Ownership in Digital Copyright

Unit III: 6 Lecture hours Infringement and Fair Use of Copyright in Digital World

I. Infringement of Digital Copyright

II. Fair Use/ Exceptions/ Defences to Digital Copyright Infringement

III. Remedies for Copyright Infringement


Copyright Protection for Computer Program & Databases I. Copyright Protection For Websites

II. Copyright Protection For Computer Programs

III. Copyright Liability of Intermediaries and Search Engines

IV. Digital Copyright Protection for Databases

Unit V: 6 Lecture hours Data Protection Laws: The Information Technology Act, 2000 and proposed Bill on Data Protection

I. Data Privacy and Right to Privacy: Constitutional Perspective

II. Relevant provision under the IT Act, 2000 (2008) and Proposed Bill

III. Information Technology (Reasonable Security Practices And Procedures And Sensitive Personal Data Or Information) Rules, 2011

Text Books o ‘Intellectual Property’, David Bainbridge, 2012, Pearson, 9th edition. o ‘Law of Copyright Comparative Perspectives’, Alka Chawla, 2013, Lexis Nexis, 1st

Edition. o ‘Law of Intellectual Property of Singapore’, Ng-Loy Wee Loon, 2009, Sweet &

Maxwell, Revised Edition. o ‘Law Relating To Intellectual Property Rights’, V.K. Ahuja, 2013, Lexis Nexis; 2nd

Edition.

o Karnika Seth, Computers, Internet and New Technology Laws, LexisNexis, India, 2013.

o Nandan Kamath, (editor), Law Relating to Computers, Internet and E-Commerce: A Guide to Cyber Laws and the Information Technology Act, 2000 with Rules, Regulations and Notifications, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

o R.Radhakrishnan and S. Balasubramanian, Intellectual Property Rights: Texts and Cases, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2008.



Reference Books

o Roberto Caso & Fedrica Glovanella (Edited), Copyright Law in the Digital Age: Comparative Perspective, Springer.

o Manoj Kumar Sinha and Vandana Mahalwar, Copyright Law in the Digital World: Challenges and Opportunities, Springer, 2017

o Bethany Kein, Giles Moss & Lee Edwards, Understanding Copyright: Intellectual Property in the Digital Age

o Ian Long, Data Protection: The New Rules, Jordan Publications.

o Peter Carey, Data Protection, Oxford Publications, 2016.

o Paul Voigt, The EU General Data Protection Regulations: A Practical Guide, Springer.

o Paul Todd, e-Commerce Law, Routledge-Cavendish, 2016.

o Dr. Charles Wild, Electronic and Mobile Commerce: AN Analysis of Trade, Finance, Media & Cybercrime in the Digital Age, University of Hertfordshire.


o P.M. Bakshi, Cyber and E-Commerce Laws: Incorporating Issues of Data Protection, IT Copyrights, Electronic Evidence, Digital Signature, Individual Rights, Cyber Crime, Computer Hacking Remedies and E-Commerce Laws, Bharat Publishing House, New Delhi, 2002.

o Parag Diwan and Shammi Kapoor (edited), Cyber and E-Commerce Laws: Incorporating Issues of Data Protection, IT Copyrights, Individual Rights, Computer Hacking remedies and E-Commerce Law, Bharat Publishing House, New Delhi, 2000.

o Rodney. D. Ryder, Introduction to Internet Law & Policy (Information Technology Act, 2000, E-Commerce, Data Protection & the Internet), Wadhwa and Company, Agra, 2007.



Mid Semester


Weightage (%)

30% 20% 50% 100%


Test/ Snap Test



Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


Report / Viva /PPT


C 563.1 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2

C563.2 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2

C563.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3

C563.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3

C563.5 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2


Course Objectives

6. Enlighten students with the basics about application of the Information technology and Cyberspace.

7. Give an understanding of the regulatory framework and role of legislative policy and regulation in the e-Commerce and M-Commerce law.

8. Identify the emerging trends in Cyber Law like e-Commerce, e-Governance, e-Contract and e-Banking etc.

9. Analyze challenges of Cyber law to Indian jurisprudence and to create awareness about the newly emerging kinds of cybercrimes in E-Commerce and M-Commerce with their solution.

10. Understand the emerging trends in e-Commerce and response of Judiciary towards Cybercrimes with the analysis of case laws.


C464.1 Understand the framework of cyberspace and regulation in the e-Commerce and M-Commerce law.

C464.2 Perceive the emerging trends as well as challenges in Cyber Law like e-Commerce, e-Governance, E-Contract and e-Banking.

C464.3 Analyze existing threats of Cyber law to Indian jurisprudence and able to create awareness about the newly emerging kinds of cybercrimes in E-Commerce and M-Commerce with their solution.

C464.4 Incorporate functional knowledge of M-Commerce with specialized capabilities to

implement comprehensive solutions to traditional trade.

CLCB 5003 E-Commerce and M-Commerce Law L T P C


C464.5 Rationalize, Research, and apply the cyber law legal principles and procedures in e-Commerce and M- Commerce.

Catalog Description In the last years of the 20th century a phenomenon has been witnessed which has changed the shape of human civilization. This is the explosion which has taken place in electronics and as a result of which there has been infinite expansion of knowledge that is commonly described as information explosion. Information and Communication Technology is fast, schematic, futuristic and it explores itself into all walks of human life. The most outstanding development in this area has been the geometric expansion of trade and commerce through the Internet or the web known as e-Commerce. e-Commerce has revolutionized business activities globally through the use of information and digital technology. When dispute arises in the sphere of e-Commerce, it can be resolved only in physical court system but with the application of technicalities of Cyber law. Only a lawyer specializing in the cases of Cyber Law can prove their points with powerful arguments. Information Technology Law firms tend to hire lawyers with practical experience working in the industry prior to their appointment in the legal profession. With such a background, a lawyer is more effective at explaining technical concepts to a judge or jury, and he or she will likely have contacts within the industry that make finding consultants and expert witnesses less difficult. In the subject of e-Commerce and M-Commerce law the connection between e- Commerce Law and Information Technology is studied in with different perspectives. Course Content

Unit I: 8 Lecture hours INTRODUCTION TO E-COMMERCE AND ITS DIMENSIONS

3. Electronic Commerce o Definitions of e-Commerce o History of e-Commerce o Need of Electronic Commerce in Information and Communication

Technology 4. Nature and Scope of e-Commerce: An Overview of New Online Market Space 5. Advantages of Electronic Commerce 6. Limitations of Electronic Commerce 7. Types of e-Commerce

o Business to Business (B2B) o Business to Consumer (B2C) o Consumer to Business (C2B)

o Consumer to Consumer (C 2 C) or e-Bay o Business-to-Administration (B2A) o Consumer-to-Administration (C2A)

Unit II: 8 Lecture hours BASICS OF M-COMMERCE AND M-MARKETING

1. Meaning, Nature and Scope of M-Commerce and M-Marketing: An Overview 2. Attributes of Mobile Services and Applications 3. Limitations of Mobile Commerce 4. Advantages of M-Commerce Services and Mobile Applications

o Benefit towards Organizations o Benefits to Consumers o Benefits to Society o Benefits to Social Media Marketing

Unit III: 8 Lecture hours ELECTRONIC CONTRACTS

1. Formation of Contract in Physical World or Offline Contracts

o Offer

o Acceptance

o Lawful Consideration

o Intention to create legal relations

o Capacity of Parties

o Meeting of the minds of Parties: Consensus-ad-idem

2. Formation of Contracts in Cyberspace or Online Contracts

o e-Contracting through e-Mail

o e-Contracts formed through World Wide Web (WWW)

o e-Contracting through e-Mail

o e-Contract by Shrink Wrap Agreements

3. Legal Validity of Online Contracts in India:

o Simple Communication between two Computers

o Communication through Common Server or Servers

o Communication through Multiple Servers

o Invitation to Offer in e-Contracts

o Consideration in e-Contracts

o Capacity of Parties in e-Contract

o Flaw in Consent of Parties in e-Contract

Unit IV: 6 Lecture hours e-BANKING IN e- COMMERCE AND M-COMMERCE

1. Need of e-Banking in e-Commerce

2. Payment Mechanism in e-Commerce:

o Credit Cards

o Debit Cards

o Smart Cards/ VISA Cards

o Automated Teller Machine (ATM) Cards and recent technology

3. e-Money: e-Cash, e-Wallet or Digital Wallet, Pay Pal (Person to Person) Payment

4. Mobile Banking (M-Banking) and recently developed Applications

5. Frauds in Online Payment Mechanism of e-Commerce: Hacking, Viruses, Worms,

Phishing, Pharming, Cyber Money-Laundering and emerging financial crimes

Unit V: 6 Lecture hours LAW ON E-COMMERCE AND M-COMMERCE

4. Need for regulation of e-Commerce and M-Commerce Market

5. Jurisdiction Issues in the Borderless Cyberspace

6. Theories of Jurisdiction

7. Evolution of Cyber Law: Historical Background

o UNCITRAL Model Law on Electronic Commerce, 1996

o India’s First Cyber Law: The Information Technology Act, 2000

o Objectives of the Information Technology Act, 2000

Text Books

o Amita Verma, Cyber Crimes in India, Central Law Publications, Allahabad, 2012.

o Anirudh Rastogi, Cyber law: Law of Information Technology and Internet, LexisNexis,

India, 2014.

o Farooq Ahmad, Cyber Law in India: Law of Internet, New Era Law Publications, Delhi,

2008.

o Karnika Seth, Computers, Internet and New Technology Laws, LexisNexis, India,

2013.

o Nandan Kamath, (editor), Law Relating to Computers, Internet and E-Commerce: A

Guide to Cyber Laws and the Information Technology Act, 2000 with Rules,

Regulations and Notifications, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

o Pavan Duggal, Supreme Court on Indian Cyber Law, Saakshar Law Publications, 2015.

o R.Radhakrishnan and S. Balasubramanian, Intellectual Property Rights: Texts and

Cases, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2008.

o Susan W. Brenner, Cyber Crime: Criminal Threats from Cyberspace, Pentagon Press,

New Delhi, 2012.

o Talat Fatima, Cyber Crimes, Eastern Book Company, Lucknow, 2011.



Reference Books

o Abdulhadi M. Alghamdi, The Law of E-Commerce: E-Contracts, E-Business, Author

House, Bloomington, 2011.

o Adv. Prashan Mali, Cyber Law & Cyber Crimes, Snow White Publications, 2013.

o Alwyn Didar Singh, E-Commerce In India: Assessments And Strategies For The

Developing World, LexisNexis, India, 2008.

o Andrew Murray, Information Technology Law: Law & Society, Oxford University

Press, 2010.

o Bill Nelson, Amelia Phillips, Frank Enfinger, and Christopher Steuart, Guide to

Computer Forensics and Investigation, 2nd Edition (Thomson Course Technology)

o Brian Carrier, File System Forensics Analysis (Addison Wesley Professional, 2005),

o Chris Reed, Internet Law: Text and Materials, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,

Delhi, 2004.

o D. Amor, The E-Business (R) Evolution: Living and Working in an Interconnected

World, Prentice Hall PTR, London, 2000.


o P.M. Bakshi, Cyber and E-Commerce Laws: Incorporating Issues of Data Protection,

IT Copyrights, Electronic Evidence, Digital Signature, Individual Rights, Cyber Crime,

Computer Hacking Remedies and E-Commerce Laws, Bharat Publishing House, New

Delhi, 2002.

o Parag Diwan and Shammi Kapoor (edited), Cyber and E-Commerce Laws:

Incorporating Issues of Data Protection, IT Copyrights, Individual Rights, Computer

Hacking remedies and E-Commerce Law, Bharat Publishing House, New Delhi, 2000.

o Rodney. D. Ryder, Introduction to Internet Law & Policy (Information Technology

Act, 2000, E-Commerce, Data Protection & the Internet), Wadhwa and Company,

Agra, 2007.

o Yogesh Barua and Denzyl P. Dayal, Cyber Crimes: Notorious Aspects of the Humans

and the Net (Criminal Activities in Cyber World), Dominant Publishers and

Distributors, New Delhi, 2001.



Mid Semester


Weightage (%)

30% 20% 50% 100%



Test/ Snap Test



Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


Report / Viva /PPT


C464.1 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2

C464.2 2 2 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 3

C464.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2

C464.4 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3

C464.5 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 1


Course Objectives

1. To understand the reasons for conflicts and examine the methods of conflict resolution.

2. To understand the limitations of litigation and to appreciate the advantages of Alternative methods of dispute resolution.

3. To understand the clients’ problem and help the clients to make decisions.

4. To learn the strategic use of ADR methods.

Course Outcomes

CLCC 5004 Arbitration & Conciliation and ADR Mechanisms

L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Law of Contracts, Civil Procedure, Criminal Law,

Principles of Commercial Laws Co-requisites Basic understanding of Law

On completion of this course, the students will be able to C461.1 Understand various kinds of ADR Mechanisms.

C461.2 Understand and apply Arbitration and Conciliation, including international commercial and investment arbitration.

C461.3 Apply the alternative dispute resolution methods to avoid traditional litigation.

C461.4 Understand that ADR is recognized as well as appreciated by the policy makers and efforts are being made to use ADR methods wherever possible instead of litigation.

C461.5 Learn the strategic use of ADR methods.

Catalog Description In this course, the focus will be on making the students appreciate the importance of alternative dispute resolution mechanism as mode of dispute resolution, specially arbitration both domestic and international. The course will focus on law of arbitration in India along with the law on international commercial arbitration and international investment arbitration. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to understand the nuances of arbitration in the present legal scenario. Students will be expected to go through current trends in dispute settlement, case laws, ongoing arbitrations, research papers, government policy papers etc. Course Content Unit I: 8 lecture hours INTRODUCTION TO ADR Relevance of ADR Various kinds of ADR ADR vis-à-vis Traditional Dispute Resolution Supreme Court on ADRs – Salem Bar to Afcons Infrastructure Unit II: 4 lecture hours ARBITRATION Introduction Arbitration vis-à-vis Traditional Litigation Advantages and Disadvantages of Arbitration Unit III: 20 lecture hours ARBITRATION AND CONCILIATION ACT 1996

246th Law Commission Report on Amendments to A&C Act 1996 Definitions Arbitration Agreement Judicial Intervention in Arbitration Appointment and Challenge of Arbitrators Arbitral Procedure Jurisdiction of the Arbitral Tribunal Awards Challenge of Arbitral Awards Unit IV: 10 lecture hours INTERNATIONAL ARBITRATION International Commercial Arbitration International Investment Arbitration Unit V: 6 lecture hours CONCILIATION AND LOK ADALATS Text Books

1. Avtar Singh, “Law of Arbitration and Conciliation” 8th Edition 2007, EBC Publication.

2. Dr S.C. Tripathi, “Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 with Alternative means of settlement of Disputes” Central Law Publication.

Reference Books

1. Law relating to Arbitration and Conciliation by PC Markanda Wadhwa and Co., 2001

2. The Law and Practice of Arbitration and Conciliation, by OP Malhotra and Indu Malhotra,

Thomson Reuters, 3rd Edition.

3. Redfern and Hunter on International Arbitration, by Alan Redfern, Constantine Partasides,

Martin Hunter, and Nigel Blackaby, Oxford University Press.

4. International Commercial Arbitration, by Gary B. Born, Wolters Kluwer’s, 2nd Edition.


Components Projects/Viva/Presentation/Attendance

MSE ESE



C461.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C461.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C461.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C461.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C461.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2 -

C461 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 - 1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped


Course Objectives 5. Students should be able to identify data security threats. 6. Student should have understanding about various data security threat techniques. 7. Students should be able identify the counter measure required for various data security

threats.


CO1. Describe the background of data security CO2. Compare and classify various data security threats CO3. Categorize and analyze various threat techniques and countermeasures. CO4. Employ and use emerging technologies and tools to aid IT data Security

. Catalog Description IT data security currently plays pivotal role in today’s IT scenario. Huge amount of data is generated and transmitted every second. Business effectiveness and achievements are very much dependent on the various IT data that is horded or flows outside. Knowledge of securing IT data is need of hour and there is high demand of technically sound people. This course will expose students to the domain of IT data security and equip students with the latest approaches to secure data. The case studies that will be discussed during course execution will enlighten students about the real time scenarios. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Course Content

Unit I: 6 lecture hours Data Security Threats Introduction, Data breach, Identity Theft, Bank fraud. Unit II: 7 lecture hours

CSSF2002 IT Data Security L T P C

Version 1.0 2 0 0 2 Pre-requisites/Exposure Knowledge of Computer Science Co-requisites Fundamentals of Cyber Security

Data Security Threat Techniques Physical or Digital theft ( Stolen laptops, removable media, impersonation), Malware, SQL Injection, Dumpster diving, Phishing and Pre-Phishing, Denial of Service attack, Social Engineering. Unit III: 7 lecture hours Counter Measures Introduction, Disk Encryption, Hardware based mechanisms for protecting data, Backups, Data masking, Data Erasure Unit IV: 4 lecture hours Database Activity Monitoring Tool Introduction, Database Activity Monitoring using IBM Infosphere Guardium Text Books 19. IBM Manual for IT Data Security.

Reference Books

1. Data-Driven Security: Analysis, Visualization and Dashboards by Jay Jacobs, WILEY Publications

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:



1=weakly mapped, 2= moderately mapped, 3=strongly mapped

PO/CO PO 1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO 9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

CO1 1 1 1 3 3 3 CO2 1 2 2 3 CO3 1 1 3 CO4 1 2 3 3

Course Objectives

(a) To develop the understanding of the Tax Structure in India. (b) To understand the application of various provisions of the Income Tax Act 1961, GST,

Rules made thereunder, Customs Act, 1962, Customs Tariff Act, 1975 etc. (c) To introduce the students to recent tax reforms in India in form of GST and its application

outside India. (d) To expose the students to the principles governing direct as well as indirect taxation giving

them an overall understanding of tax laws and the course does not focus much on the computations.

(e) The course is based on the law applicable to the current financial year i.e. 2017-18.


C443.1: Students will be able to interpret cases pertaining to direct as well as indirect taxes.

C443.2: Students will know the tax structure in India, different authorities under Income Tax Act,

1961, GST, Customs Act, etc.

C443.3: Students will be able to compute liability of taxes on different categories of assesses under

Income Tax Act, 1961.

C443.4: Students will be able to work out on methods of tax planning and tax management.

C443.5: Students will be able to determine the impact of recent major tax reform in form of GST.

LLBL 443 Taxation Law L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Preliminary knowledge of Income Tax Act, 1961, Customs

Act, 1962, CGST Act, 2017. Co-requisites Law of Contract, General Understanding of Corporate

Laws, Merge

C443.6: Students will be able to analyze the effect of demonetization on taxation scheme in India.

Catalog Description Tax laws both reflect and perpetuate certain social values. Governments must choose how much

revenue they wish to raise through taxation as well as what social policy objectives they feel a tax

system can achieve. In order to accomplish these objectives, governments enact a variety of

different taxes that are generally based on either an income or a consumption base, or some hybrid

combination of both bases. In addition, governments choose an appropriate tax rate to apply to the

chosen tax base: progressive taxation tends to enable wealth redistribution from relatively

wealthier taxpayers to those who possess less wealth. All of these choices involve normative

implications concerning what is a just society. We will combine traditional lectures with other

active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems.

Students will learn basic aspects of taxation law and will be able to understand the different kinds

of tax practices. They will be able to acquire working knowledge of taxation law after completion

of the course.

Course Content

Unit I: 5 lecture hours Introduction to Taxation in India: Constitution Provisions relating to Taxes, Role of the Central and State Government, Types of Taxes: Direct and Indirect Taxes, Revenue Authorities: CBDT & CBIC, Interpretation of Taxing Statutes, Structure of Tax Administration in India, Tax Administration Reform Commission, Interpretation and Construction of Taxing Statute. Unit II: 20 lecture hours Overview of Income Tax Act, 1961: Basic Concepts, Definitions, Basis of Income Tax- Accrual, Arise, Residential Status, Agricultural Income, Income under the head Salary, PGBP, House Property, Capital Gains, Income from Other Sources.


Overview of GST: Concept of “supply” of goods or services, Taxes levied under GST, Distribution of power between Centre and State, Centre and State taxes subsumed under GST, GST Council, Concept of Composition levy for small taxpayers, Use of Input Tax Credit. Unit IV: 10 lecture hours Overview of Customs: Introduction, Definitions, Terms relating to Customs, Valuation under Customs, Import and Export Procedures under Customs. Unit V: 4 lecture hours Tax Management; Tax Planning, Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion: Tax Planning Vs. Tax Management, Tax Avoidance Vs. Tax Evasion.

Text Books:

20. Dr. Gurish Ahuja , Systematic Approach to Income Tax Bharat Law House Pvt. Limited, Delhi;

21. Dr. Vinod K. Singhania, Direct Taxes Law & Practice, Taxman Allied Service Pvt. Limited;

22. V.S. Datey, Universal Law Publishers, Law and Practice, Taxman Publications; 23. A P Dattar, Lexis Nexis, Kanga and Palkivala’s : The Law and Practice of Income Tax.

Reference Books:

2. Kailash Rai, Taxation Laws, Allahabad Law Agency. Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ project/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Continuous Evaluation

MSE I ESE



Class Participation

Project Work

Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

10% weightage

20% weightage

30% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


C443.1 3 3 3 2 3 1 2 2 2 2

C443.2 3 3 3 1 2 1 1 3 2 3

C443.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

C443.4 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 3

C443.5 3 3 0 1 3 2 3 3 2 3

C443.6 3 3 0 1 3 2 3 3 3 2


Course Objectives

6. To equip students with in depth knowledge of patent law 7. To create specific technical, legal and management skills related to protection,

infringement and commercialization of patent rights.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C601.1 Comprehend the basics of Patent Law and Procedure C601.2 Apply the concepts of Patent to problems of the real world C601.3 Use the provisions of the Patent Act to analyze factual problems C601.4 Relate Patent law with trade-marks, copyright and Technology

Catalog Description The Globalization and the rapid proliferation of technology, coupled with the intangible nature of patent create challenges for those businesses wishing to protect their inventions and technological breakthroughs and business methods in domestic and foreign markets. With this spurt in the R&D activity, the number of patents being filed internationally and in India has also gone up. As one author writes, “Creation and discovery are mysterious processes. But whatever else is required, economists are reasonably certain that incentives matter.” This course is the study of the patent system, an area of law founded on the Constitution to create incentives integrated into a powerful system of rights for the protection of ideas. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Students will be expected to interact with media resources, such as, web sites, videos, DVDs, and newspapers etc. Course Content

Unit I: 4 lecture hours Introduction, History, Alternative Theories of Patent Right

CLIR 5004 Law of Patents L T P C


Unit II: 6 lecture hours Patentable Subject Matter and Exclusion Clauses Unit III: 4 lecture hours Procedure to Obtain Patent Unit IV: 2 lecture hours Pre-& Post Grant Opposition Unit V: 5 lecture hours Novelty, Anticipation Standard, Patents and Printed Publications, Prior Public Knowledge or Use, The On-Sale Bar and Experimental Use, Competing Inventors Unit VI: 5 lecture hours Obviousness Unit VII: 2 lecture hours Utility & Enablement Unit VIII: 5 lecture hours Disclosure Requirements Unit IX: 5 lecture hours Infringement & Doctrine of Equivalence, Doctrine of Pith & Marrow & Inequitable conduct Unit X: 5 lecture hours Defenses Unit XI: 5 lecture hours Remedies Text Books

24. Merges & Duffy, Patent Law & Policy: Cases and Materials (4th Ed. 2007) & (5th ed. 2010). 25. Kankanala et al, Indian Patent Law & Practice, 1st Ed. 2010 Oxford. 26. Feroz Ali Khader, The Law of Patents, 1st Ed. 2009. Lexis Nexis. 27. Narayanan: Patent Law, 4th Ed. 2006 with Supplement 2007, Reprint 2010,

Reference Books 3. Justin Hughes, "The Philosophy of Intellectual Property," 77 Georgetown L.J. 287, Part II (1988) 4. William Fisher, "Theories of Intellectual Property" in Stephen Munzer, ed., New Essays in the

Legal and Political Theory of Property (Cambridge University Press, 2001), Section III.A. Modes of Evaluation: Class Test/Reflection Paper/ Project/ Viva/ Attendance Examination Scheme:



Name


Test

Research Article

Research Project



Marks

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


C601.1 3 2 1 1 1 - - - 1 3

C601.2 1 3 2 1 2 - - - 1 3

C601.3 1 3 2 1 2 - - - 1 3

C601.4 2 1 1 1 - - - - 1 2

C601 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 1 3


Course Objectives

1. To introduce the students to fundamentals of economic growth and the role of technology

in such growth.

2. To introduce the students to meaning of technology transfer

3. To ensure that students appreciate the importance of technology transfer for a developing

country such as India

4. To enable the students to understand the various aspects of negotiating a technology transfer deal and actually negotiate a simulated one.

5. To enable the students to understand the nuances of the Trade Secret Law and its effect on the business world.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C652.1 Describe the foundational principles of economics, growth, GDP and the role of technology in economic growth and technology transfer. C652.2 Define trade secrets and their salient features. C652.3 Examine the role of laws, especially IPR and Competition Laws in technology transfer. C652.4 Appraise the contribution of Universities in Technology Transfer. C652.5 Prepare a Technology Transfer draft agreement C652.6 Negotiate, in a simulated setting, the actual deal of technology transfer Catalog Description Trade Secrets are an important limb of modern intellectual property and are frequently used by the industry. Technology Transfer is important for economic development, higher GDP and better productivity. Both of these can only be enabled in the right legal environment, with contractual as well as intellectual property support. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies,

CLIR 5006 Law of Trade Secret and Technology Transfer

L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Law of Contracts, Intellectual Property Law Co-requisites --

such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Students will be expected to interact with media resources, such as, web sites, videos, DVDs, and newspapers etc. Course Content

Unit I: 8 lecture hours The basic principles of economics

Economic growth and GDP

Contribution of technology and technology transfer to GDP

Unit II: 8 lecture hours Definitions of technology transfer

Definitions of Trade secret

Requirements of trade secret protection

Unit III: 8 lecture hours Basics of Contract law

Basics of IPR law

Basics of Competition Law

Other Government and RBI regulations

Unit IV: 8 lecture hours The prior preparation

Drafting

Valuation

Negotiations

Unit V: 4 lecture hours University participation in Technology creation and transfer

Text Books

1. Understanding technology transfer, Apax Partners, WIPO 2. Successful Technology Licensing, WIPO 3. Trade Secrets: Law and Practice Paperback, by David W. Qui

Reference Books

3. Technology transfer: Making the most of your intellectual property, Neil F. Sullivan, Cambridge University Press

4. Essentials of Licensing Intellectual Property, Alexander I. Poltorak, Paul J. Lerner, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

5. Competition Law, Technology Transfer and the TRIPS Agreement: Implications for Developing Countries, Tu Thanh Nguyen, Edward Elgar

Modes of Evaluation: Class Test/Term Sheet / Project/ Viva/ Attendance Examination Scheme:



Name


Test

Research Article

Research Project



Marks

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


C662.1 1 - - 2 1 1 - - - -

C662.2 2 - 1 1 1 - - - - -

C662.3 2 1 2 2 1 - - - - -

C662.4 - 1 - - - 1 - - - -

C662.5 2 3 3 3 3 1 3 - 1 -

C662.6 2 3 3 3 3 1 3 - 1 -

C662 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 - - -


3=strongly mapped

Course Objectives

The course intends to:

8. This course focuses on the drafting of patent claims and specification writing

9. The course introduces the fundamentals of practice before the Controller General of Patents, Designs and Trademark offices (Patent Office) or other foreign patents. Students will become familiar with the statutes, decisional laws, Patent office regulations customs and practice governing the drafting of allowable patent claims.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C524.1 Draft Patent Specification and Claims for Indian Patents

C524.2 Draft Patent Application under Patent Cooperation Treaty

Catalog Description The course has been designed taking into account international applications under the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) system under the aegis of WIPO for submitting patent applications in any part of the world. In this regard to give effect of patenting across borders and as an enablement the USPTO being the largest lode stone among international patenting inventions many of the equivalent United States sections both in law and Manual of Patent Office examination (MPEP) has been included to facilitate students in both national and International filing. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Students will be expected to interact with media resources, such as, web sites, videos, DVDs, and newspapers etc. Course Content


CLIR 5007 Patent Drafting & Specification Writing L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Patent Law Co-requisites -

Introduction to Patent Filing Unit II: 3 lecture hours Interpretations Unit III: 5 lecture hours Claim Language Unit IV: 4 lecture hours Specification drafting Unit V: 3 lecture hours Restrictions and amendments Unit VI: 3 lecture hours Prior Art rejections Unit VII: 3 lecture hours Double patenting rejections Unit VIII: 3 lecture hours PCT application system Textbooks / Statutes:

2. Patent Act 1970 as amended up to 2005 3. Patent Rules 2003 as amended till date

Reference Books 6. ‘Intellectual Property’, David Bainbridge, 2012, Pearson, 9th edition 7. Mark A. Lemley, Peter S. Menell, and Robert P. Merges, “Intellectual Property in the New

Technological Age: 2016” (Clause 8 Publishing)

Modes of Evaluation: Class Test/Reflection Paper/ Project/ Viva/ Attendance Examination Scheme:

Components MSE Internal Examination ESE Weightage (%) 20% 30% 50%


Name


Test

Assignment Project Work/Case

Analysis/Court Room Exercise

Subject Grand Viva


Marks

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


C524.1 2 3 2 - 3 - - 1 1 3

C524.2 2 3 2 - 3 - - 1 1 3

C524 2 3 2 - 3 - - 1 1 3 1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped

3=strongly mapped

Course Objectives

1. Impart the understanding of how the traditional legal concepts of crime get transposed to the digital environment

2. Impart the understanding of various types and taxonomies of digital crimes 3. Impart the understanding of various civil wrongs associated with criminal offences and

their remedies in the digital and cyber world 4. Enable the students to appreciate the mechanism and challenges of law enforcement in the

areas of digital offences and wrongs

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Explain the various digital crimes and comprehend the basic features of these crimes. CO2. Explain the various civil wrongs and remedies pertaining to digital and cyber environment. CO3. Analyze how laws are enforced in the digital and cyber environment and the challenges that are forced in their enforcement. CO4. Apply learned legal aspects to real and hypothetical factual scenarios.

Catalog Description Digitalization is schematic, futuristic and it explores itself into all walks of human life. The possibility of increased digital crimes has been subject to fierce debate around the world and therefore the need to study digital laws has emerged urgently. The study of digital crimes and the law dealing with computer and its related laws is essential for the students because of the specialization and also owing to the importance of the subject itself. Course Content

Unit I: 8 Lecture hours DIGITAL CRIMES – I From Mainframes to Metaverse: The Origins and Evolution of Cybercrime, Three Categories of Cybercrime, Target Cybercrimes: Hacking, Malware, and Distributed Denial of Service Attacks, Tool Cybercrimes: Fraud, Harassment . . .Murder?, Cyber-CSI: Computer Crime Scene Unit II: 8 Lecture hours DIGITAL CRIMES – II

CLCB 5004

Digital Law and Cyber Crimes L T P C


Beyond War Games: Who Are the Cybercriminals?, Cyber-Law and Order: Investigating and Prosecuting Cybercrime, Indian Law Enforcement: Agencies and Challenges, Global Law Enforcement: Few Agencies, Even More Challenges, Privacy versus Security: Which Trumps?, New Ways to Fight Cybercrime Unit III: 8 Lecture hours CYBER THREATS: THE EMERGING FAULT LINES OF THE NATION STATE Order & Disorder: Crime, War, and Terrorism, Cyber threats: New Issues, New Challenges, Attribution: Attacks, Attribution: Attackers, Response: Where We Are, How Did We Get Here?, Where Do We Go From Here? Unit IV: 8 Lecture hours CYBER CRIMES: INDIAN ASPECT IT Act and other relevant legal provisions, Enforcement Text Books

1. Susan W. Brenner, Cyberthreats: The Emerging Fault Lines of the Nation State, Oxford University Press

2. Talat Fatima, Cybercrims, Eastern Book Company 3. Susan W. Brenner, Cybercrime Criminal Threats from Cyberspace, Praegar Publications

Reference Books

1. Adv. Prashan Mali, Cyber Law & Cyber Crimes, Snow White Publications, 2013. 2. Andrew Murray, Information Technology Law: Law & Society, Oxford University

Press, 2010. 3. Brian Carrier, File System Forensics Analysis (Addison Wesley Professional, 2005), 4. Chris Reed, Internet Law: Text and Materials, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,

Delhi, 2004. 5. D. Amor, The E-Business (R) Evolution: Living and Working in an Interconnected

World, Prentice Hall PTR, London, 2000. 6. Donald Altschiller (edited), The Information Revolution, Wilson, New York, 1995.



Mid Semester


Weightage (%)

30% 20% 50% 100%


Description Weight age Schedule 1. Continuous Assessment 30% Detailed Below Continuous Assessment: (Marks 100 - converted to 30- ) shall be done based on the following 5 components: a. Two class tests/snap-test/quiz 20 Marks [02 X10 Marks] b. Assignment-1 20 Marks c. Project work 20 Marks (Abstract, Synopsis, final draft and presentation)


C422.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3

C422.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2

C422.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

C422.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3

C422.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2

C422 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped

3=strongly mapped

OBJECTIVES:

The course objectives are:

To introduce the students to fundamentals of telecommunication sector and its role the

overall development of the Country.

To introduce the students to telecommunication convergence.

To ensure that students understand the regulatory framework governing the

telecommunication sector.

To enable the students to understand the various aspects licences and authorization

involved in the operation of telecommunication.

LEARNING OUTCOMES:

By the end of this course, the students shall be able to:

1. Describe the foundational principles of the regulatory framework of the telecommunication

sector and its role in the economic growth.

2. Define Convergence in the telecommunication sector.

3. Examine the interrelation of various laws regulating the telecommunication sector such as

Competition law, Consumer Protection law, and Information Technology Law.

4. Appraise the contribution of the telecommunication sector in the growth of Indian

economy.

5. Prepare a telecom licensing agreement

Catalog Description

CLCB 5005 Law of Telecommunication L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Information Technology Law. Co-requisites Competition law, Consumer Protection law

This subject introduces the students to fundamentals of telecommunication sector and its role in the overall development of the Country. It also deals with law relating to telecommunication convergence in order to ensure that the students understand the regulatory framework governing the telecommunication sector. It enables the students to understand the various aspects licenses and authorization involved in the operation of telecommunication. Simultaneously, while studying this subject the students will also have the opportunity to understand the international aspect of telecommunication, i.e. International Regulations in relation to Telecommunications with emphasis on laws in Malaysia, USA and Australia, WTO, ITU reforms, Self-Governance of the Internet ICANN.

COURSE OUTLINE:

The course plan has been divided into 4 modules

MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION TO TELECOMMUNICATION LAWS AND CONCEPT OF TELECOMMUNICATION

CONVERGENCE

Concept of Telecommunication

General overview of history of Telecommunication in India

Introduction to the concept of Convergence in the telecommunication industry.

MODULE 2: TELECOMMUNICATION LEGAL AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORK IN INDIA

The Indian Telegraph Act 1885

The Indian Wireless Telegraphy Act,1933

The Telecom Regulatory Authority Act; 1997, TDSAT, TRAI

The Cable Television Networks (Regulation) Act 1995.

Information Technology Act 2000

Department of Telecommunications

Convergence Bill 2001

Telecom Services/Licenses and Infrastructure in India

MODULE 3: INTERNATIONAL RELEVANCE

International Regulations in relation to Telecommunications with emphasis on laws in Malaysia, USA and Australia

WTO

ITU reforms

Self-Governance of the Internet ICANN

MODULE 4: ISSUES AND CHALLENGES IN THE TELECOMMUNICATION INDUSTRY, STEP TOWARDS

CONSUMER PROTECTION

EVALUATION & GRADING

Description Weightage Schedule

1. Continuous Assessment 30% Detailed Below

2. Mid - term Exam 20% Academic Calendar

3. End term Exam 50% Academic Calendar


Description Weightage Schedule:- 1. Continuous Assessment 30% Detailed Below Continuous Assessment: (Marks 100 - converted to 30) shall be done based on the following 5 components: a. Two class tests/snap-test/quiz 20 Marks [10 X2 Marks] b. Assignment-1 20 Marks c. Project work 20 Marks (Abstract, Synopsis, final draft and presentation)

d. Subject grand viva 20 Marks e. Attendance 20 Marks

SUGGESTED READINGS:

S. No.

Title Author

Publisher

1. Communications Law in India: Legal Aspects of Telecom, Broadcasting, and Cable Services

Vikram Raghavan Lexis Nexis

1. EU Electronic Communication Law :Competition and Regulation in the European Telecommunications

Paul L. Nihoul ,Peter Rodford

Market 2 Rev ed Edition Oxford University Press

2. Law Relating to Telecommunication and Broadcasting

R.N.Choudhary

S.P.Singh

Orient Publishing Company

3. Universal’s Legal Manual –Press, Media and Telecommunication Laws

Universal Publications

Universal Publications

4. Telecommunication Law and Regulations

Ian Waden Oxford University Press

WEB SOURCES:

Manupatra Sccoline Jastor Westlaw A.I.R

Database:

Ebsco Economic outlook








Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


Report / Viva /PPT


C422.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C422.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C422.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C422.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C422.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2 -

C422 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 -


Course Objectives

1. To provide an overview of legal perspective on admissibility of ‘electronic record’ and ‘digital evidence’ before Courts of law using the relevant provisions under Indian Evidence Act,1872 and Information Technology Act, 2000.

2. To make the students understand and analyse the relationship between computer forensics and electronic evidence.

3. To provide technical overview of methods of digital evidence investigation process comprising of extraction , collection ,preservation and storage of digital Evidence using computer forensic tools , techniques & associated challenges

4. To introduce regulatory provisions, technical requirements and policies pertaining to the manner, process, procedure and techniques in which ‘electronic’ and ‘digital’ evidences can be produced before Courts of law in a litigation pertaining to cyberspace

5. To provide an overview of range of digital evidences , their admissibility under various legal provision with the help of various case laws relating to appreciation of electronic / digital evidence.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand the basics of Cyber Forensics and will also be able to illustrate and identify the different types of Cyber Forensics. CO2. Develop an understanding of the Conceptual Legal Framework for Electronic/ Digital Evidence in India. CO3. Carry out Digital Evidence Investigation Process using Computer Forensics Techniques for hypothetical cases and situations. CO4. Apply the principles and techniques of Digital Evidence and Computer Forensics to the factual and real life situations. CO5. Analyse the Appreciation and Admissibility Challenges in India using Case Laws.

Catalog Description Digital evidences originates from a number of resources such as seized computer hard disk and backup media, real time E-mail messages, chat room logs, ISP records, web pages, digital network traffic, local and virtual databases, digital directories, wireless devices, memory cards, digital

CLCB 5006

Electronic Evidence L T P C


cameras etc. Accordingly along with Computer Forensic, Intrusion Forensic, Network Forensic and Mobile Forensic are also highly significant. The field of Computer Forensics has given a new dimension to criminal laws, evidence law etc. and is no more confined to the investigation regime only but is expanding to other segments of justice administration system as well. Course Content

Unit I: 6 Lecture hours Introduction to Cyber Forensics

Meaning and types of Cyber Forensics, Historical Background of Cyber Forensics, Need for Computer/Cyber Forensics, Components of Cyber Forensics: Network Forensics, Computer Forensics, Mobile Forensics Unit II: 6 Lecture hours Conceptual Legal Framework for Electronic/ Digital Evidence

Digital Evidence & Information Technology Act, 2000 , Digital Evidence & Indian Evidence Act, 1872, Legal recognition of ‘Electronic Record’, Conceptual framework and principles of Evidence vis-à-vis Electronic Evidence: relevancy, admissibility, production and proof of Kinds of Evidence, Documentary Evidence, Hearsay Evidence, Secondary evidence, Electronic & digital evidence, Relevancy & Admissibility of electronic & digital evidence: law & practice, Digital Evidence & Bankers’ Books Evidence Act, 1891 Applicability of rules of Evidence Unit III: 6 Lecture hours Hand Held Devices and Digital Forensics

Mobile Phone Forensics, Scanner Forensics, Printer Forensics, Smartphone Forensics, iPhone Forensics, Computer Forensics and Steganography, Challenges in Forensics of the Digital Images and Still Camera, Forensics of iPods and Digital Music Devices, The New avatar of Digital Music Hand-Held Devices, iPod features and iPod Forensics Technique, iPod Forensics: Evidence Handling and crime scene considerations

Unit IV: 6 Lecture hours Digital Evidence Investigation Process using Computer Forensics Techniques:

Computer Resources: RAM,ROM, Hard Disk, Optical Disks, File System & Hard disk Forensic: FAT, NTFS,ex-FAT, File systems for other OS, Bit stream image , Mirror Image and integrity testing using Hash Tools, Network: Network structure, Routers, Switches, Server, Proxy server, Mail server, Server Logs, Cache Memory, Cookies, Temporary memory, Websites, Browsing History, Social Networking Sites, VoIP based services Email Header analysis, Mobile : Apps, data usage and caching, IP address, cookies, Call details, Backup storage, SMS, MMS, Chat application such as whatsapp, Extracting Digital Evidence using: IP address, MAC address, Computer Logs, Server Logs, Browser history, chat-room history, Registry records, emails, social

networking websites (Twitter, Face book etc.), e-messages ( WhatsApp), SMS, MMS, Digital Signatures, etc., Digital Evidence Investigation Process: Preparation, Identification, Collection, search, seizure ,Acquisition, Examination, Analysis, Report Generation, Chain of Custody for digital evidence.


Computer Forensic Tools & Techniques

Computer Forensics Tools, MD5 Hash Tools for integrity , Windows forensic Tools, Network

Forensics Tools, Data Recovery Tools, Data Encryption Tools, Password Recovery Tools.

Unit VI: 6 Lecture hours

Digital Evidence Appreciation and Admissibility Challenges in India: Techno- judicial

perspective using Case Laws

Digital Evidence Appreciation and Admissibility Challenges : Digital Evidence Report Generation

Procedure, Procedure of Presenting Digital Evidence in the Court of Law, Digital Evidence

Appreciation Issues, Digital Evidence Admissibility Issues, Technical Certificate requirement as

per Section 65B of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872, Format & specification of the certificate for

different types of digital evidence, Judicial process & procedure in relation to relevancy &

admissibility of digital evidence, Judicial perspective of ‘computer forensic’ & ‘digital evidence’,

Opinions of Experts : Relevancy & Evidentiary value of Expert’s opinion as per Section 45 of

Indian Evidence Act, Expert’s opinion in varied Cybercrimes: Law & Practice, Opinion as to

Digital Signature, Role of Certifying Authorities, Digital Evidence Modification Challenges

Text Books

4. Susan W. Brenner, Cyberthreats: The Emerging Fault Lines of the Nation State, Oxford University Press

5. Talat Fatima, Cybercrims, Eastern Book Company 6. Susan W. Brenner, Cybercrime Criminal Threats from Cyberspace, Praegar Publications

7. Amita Verma, Cyber Crimes in India, Central Law Publications, Allahabad, 2012.

8. Kevin Mandia, ChrisProsise, “Incident Response and computer Forensics, Tata McgrawHill, 2006.

9. Karnika Seth, Computers, Internet and New Technology Laws, LexisNexis, India, 2013.

10. Pavan Duggal, Supreme Court on Indian Cyber Law, Saakshar Law Publications, 2015.

Reference Books




World, Prentice Hall PTR, London, 2000. 12. Donald Altschiller (edited), The Information Revolution, Wilson, New York, 1995.



Mid Semester


Weightage (%)

30% 20% 50% 100%




C422.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3

C422.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2

C422.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

C422.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3

C422.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2

C422 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

Course Objectives

1. Enlighten students with the basics about advent and growing pace of internet and its impact on law or its legal implications.

2. Give an understanding of the regulatory framework and role of legislative policy in regulation of the Internet.

3. Identify the prevalent and emerging theories for deciding jurisdiction on Internet.

4. Analyse challenges in applying traditional notions of Jurisdiction to the Cyberspace.

5. To prepare the students with strong conceptual and comparative analytical skills. 6. To develop research, analysis, reasoning and presentation skills in students. 7. To enable the students to apply the knowledge in legal practice.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand the Implications and impact of Internet on Law and specially Cyberspace. CO2. Comprehend the basic Cyber Jurisprudence and its role in making laws for regulating the internet. CO3. Use the different theories and tests to determine jurisdiction in cyberspace in real life and hypothetical problems. CO4. Formulate a model law/policy for the regulation of internet and determining the jurisdiction.

Catalog Description The Internet is a fast, schematic, futuristic and it explores itself into all walks of human life. The possibility of regulations designed to mandate the neutrality of the Internet has been subject to fierce debate around the world. Another major problem is the establishment of jurisdiction in cyberspace. . In the context of internet or cyber transactions, jurisdictions pose a major challenge in interpretation. Course Content

Unit I: 7 Lecture hours

CLCB 5007

Internet Regulation and Jurisdiction L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Information Technology Law Co-requisites --

FUNDAMENTALS OF CYBER LAW- INTERNET REGULATION

Advent and Evolution of Internet, Legal implications of Internet, No Geographical Divide, Apply existing laws or make new laws?, Interface of IT Act,2000 with other existing Laws, Impact on jurisdictional regime

Unit II: 7 Lecture hours REGULATING THE INTERNET

Need to Regulate the internet- Internet and Related Issues, Can we regulate the internet? Or is cyberspace a freespace? , Self-regulation v/s Government Intervention, Role of International Organisations, Absence of homogeneous laws in cyberspace, Indian perspective

Unit III: 7 Lecture hours THE CONCEPT OF JURISDICTION

Traditional Notion Of Jurisdiction, Indian Context of Jurisdiction , Kinds of Jurisdiction, Jurisdiction under CPC, Jurisdiction under Crpc, Jurisdiction under IT Act, Cyber Space and Jurisdiction in traditional sense, Problem in applying Traditional Context of Jurisdiction To cyberspace, Role of judiciary in formulating principles of jurisdiction in cyberspace

Unit IV: 8 Lecture hours JURISDICTION IN BORDERLESS CYBERSPACE

Three Pre-Requisites of Jurisdiction, Jurisdiction To Prescribe, Jurisdiction To Adjudicate, Jurisdiction To Enforce, Jurisdictional theories in Jurisdiction To Prescribe, Theories vis-à-vis conflict of Law, Tests to determine Internet Jurisdiction, Minimum Contacts Test, Zippo Sliding Scale Approach, Long Arm Statute, General and specific Personal Jurisdiction, The effects Test, Specific Jurisdiction in Cyberspace, Accessibility of a Website from Forum State And Issue Of jurisdiction


DETERMINING PERSONAL JURISDICTION

Brussels Regulation, 2002, B2B Contracts and Rome Convention On Choice Of Laws, The Hague Convention On Private International Law, The Hague Choice of Court Convention

Text Books

1. Karnika Seth, Computers, Internet and New Technology Laws, LexisNexis, India, 2013. 2. Nandan Kamath, (editor), Law Relating to Computers, Internet and E-Commerce: A Guide

to Cyber Laws and the Information Technology Act, 2000 with Rules, Regulations and Notifications, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

3. Justice Yatindra Singh, Cyber Laws, Universal Law Publishing Co., New Delhi, 2014.

Reference Books




World, Prentice Hall PTR, London, 2000. 18. Donald Altschiller (edited), The Information Revolution, Wilson, New York, 1995. 19. Rodney. D. Ryder, Introduction to Internet Law & Policy (Information Technology

Act, 2000, E-Commerce, Data Protection & the Internet), Wadhwa and Company, Agra, 2007.

20. Yogesh Barua and Denzyl P. Dayal, Cyber Crimes: Notorious Aspects of the Humans and the Net (Criminal Activities in Cyber World), Dominant Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 2001.



Mid Semester


Weightage (%)

30% 20% 50% 100%


Description Weight age Schedule

1. Continuous Assessment 30% Detailed Below Continuous Assessment: (Marks 100 - converted to 30- ) shall be done based on the following 5 components: a. Two class tests/snap-test/quiz 20 Marks [02 X10 Marks] b. Assignment-1 20 Marks c. Project work 20 Marks (Abstract, Synopsis, final draft and presentation)


C422.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3

C422.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2

C422.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

C422.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3

C422.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2


CSSF 2102 IT DATA SECURITY LAB L T P

0 0 2


Course Objectives

1. To appreciate the importance of Digital Forensics. 2. To use and apply various forensics tools and techniques. 3. To understand Forensics Investigation approach and Evidence Presentation.


CO1. Describe and explain Computer and network Forensics, Data Encryption & Compression techniques.

CO2. Perform installation and use various Live Network forensics tools. CO3. Describe and explain Internet Forensics, Email, and Messenger & Web Browser

Forensics. CO4. Practice forensics Investigation & Evidence preservation techniques. CO5. Reference about the legal aspects of digital forensics.

Catalog Description Digital Forensics is an integral part of Cyber Security. Digital forensics (sometimes known as digital forensic science) is a branch of forensic science encompassing the recovery and investigation of material found in digital devices, often in relation to computer crime. In this course, the focus will be on fundamentals of Digital Forensics. Students will learn various Encryption and Compression techniques, how a digital evidence is collected and preserved, about network forensics and various tools available, and about Legal aspects of Digital Forensics. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to expose themselves to the field of Digital Forensics. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as quizzes, class tests, and case studies. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all activities and to work on assignments which will be strongly related to the domain. Students will be expected to learn various network and internet forensics tools, Evidence preservation techniques, email, messenger and web browser forensics and legal aspects of digital forensics. Course Content


CSSF 3003 Digital Forensics - I L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of Computer Networking, Information

Security and Cyber Attacks. Co-requisites --

Computer Forensics: Computer Forensics and standard procedure, Incident Verification and System Identification, Recovery of Erased and damaged data, Disk Imaging and Preservation, Data Encryption and Compression, Automated Search Techniques, Forensics Software. Unit II: 6 lecture hours Network Forensics: Tracking network traffic, Reviewing Network Logs, Network Forensics Tools, Performing Live Acquisitions, Order of Volatility, and Standard Procedure. Unit III: 12 lecture hours Internet Forensics: Internet & World Wide Web Threats (Email, Chat-rooms, Search Engines, Hacking and Illegal access, Obscene and Incident transmission, Extortion & threats), Domain Name Ownership Investigation, Reconstructing past internet activities and events, e-mail Forensics : e-mail analysis, e-mail headers and spoofing, Laws against e-mail Crime, Messenger Forensics: Yahoo Messenger, Browser Forensics: Cookie Storage and Analysis, Browser Forensics: Analyzing Cache and temporary internet files, Browser Forensics: Web browsing activity reconstruction Unit IV: 6 lecture hours Forensics Investigation and Evidence Presentation: Authorization to collect the evidence, Acquisition of Evidence, Authentication of the evidence, Analysis of the evidence, reporting on the findings, Testimony. Unit V: 5 lecture hours Legal aspects of Digital Forensics: Laws & regulations, Information Technology Act, Giving Evidence in court. Text Books 28. IBM Study Material

Reference Books

1. Digital Evidence and Computer Crime: Forensic Science, Computers and the Internet (Hardcover) by Eoghan Casey.

2. Computer Evidence: Collection & Preservation (Networking & Security) 1st Edition, by Christopher LT Brown.

3. Computer Forensics For Dummies 1st Edition by Linda Volonino.


Examination Scheme:


Weightage (%) 30% 20% 50% 100%



PO/CO PO 1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO 9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

CO1 1 1 1 1 1 3 CO2 1 2 1 1 1 2 CO3 1 1 2 1 1 2 CO4 1 2 1 2

CO5 1 1 1

Course Objectives

1. Students should be able to appreciate the importance of GRC. 2. Students should be able to use and apply various standards like ISO 27001 and PCI-DSS 3. Students should be able to understand audit process and create reports and audit checklist


CO1. Evaluate risk and perform risk management. CO2. Perform auditing against ISO 27001:2013 standard. CO3. Perform auditing against PCI DSS standard. CO4. Create checklist and audit reports as per ISO 27001, PCI DSS, HIPAA, SOX and IT

Act 2000. Catalog Description Information Security Audit and Monitoring is an integral part of Cyber Security. In this course, the focus will be on ISO 27001, PCI DSS, HIPAA, SOX and IT Act 2000. Other than various standards, this course will also cover concepts related to governance, risk and compliance. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Course Content

Unit I: Introduction to Governance, Risk and Compliance (GRC) 5 lecture hours Introduction to GRC, Business Requirements & Methodology, Organization Structure –Information Security, Roles & Responsibilities – Information Security, Information Security Framework, COBIT 5 Unit II: Implementation of ISO 27001 Standard 5 lecture hours Introduction to ISO, Comparison 2005 and 2013 Version. ISO 27001:2013 Implementation, FAIR Model Unit III: Implementation of PCI DSS Standard 4 lecture hours Introduction to PCI DSS, PCI DSS Implementation. Unit IV: Implementation of security regulatory requirements 5 lecture hours

CLCB 6001 Information Security Audit & Monitoring L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Fundamentals of Information Security Co-requisites --

Security in BFSI & telecom Sector, HIPAA, IT Act 2000 and 2008 Amendments Unit V: Security Assurance and Audit 5 lecture hours Introduction to Assurance and Audit, Audit Methodology, Audit Checklist, Case Study – ISO 27001:2013, Case Study – PCI DSS Text Books 29. IBM Manual for Information Security Audit & Monitoring.

Reference Books

1. Bel G. Raggad (2010). Information Security Management: Concepts and Practice. CRC Press. ISBN: 1420078542



Mid Semester


Weightage (%)

30% 20% 50% 100%




C422.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3

C422.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2

C422.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

C422.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3

C422.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2

C422 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3


Course Objectives

1. To make the student understand the dynamics of Private International Law 2. To engage in today’s PIL debate in India and reflection of international law 3. To understand the dilemmas of PIL in India 4. To provide further tools for understanding PIL

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C433.1 Analyze and critically evaluate the underlying policies and theories. C433.2 Explain the principles and rules applied by Indian courts to foreign judgments. C433.3 Explain the principles relevant to recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. C433.4 Explain the choice of law process. C433.5 Demonstrate intellectual and creative skills to research, interpret and synthesize relevant legal matters. Catalog Description Private International Law an integral part of International Laws. International Laws deals with State, non- States and their relations with each other. In this course, the focus will be on understanding the relation among different domestic laws and the basic principles that define these laws. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Students will be expected to interact with media resources, such as, web sites, videos, DVDs, and newspapers etc. Course Content

Unit I: 6 hours Introduction - Definition

CLCC 5005 Private International Law L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure -- Co-requisites --

Difference between Public and Private International Law Historical purview Theories Foreign element/ foreign judgment/ foreign law Unit II: 14 hours Choice of Jurisdiction Kinds of Jurisdiction – Rem and Personam (Conventional) and Contemporary Admiralty Action CPC provisions – 15- 20, 10, 83, 84, 86 and 151 Unit III: 16 hours Choice of Law – Lex Causae Classification/ Characterization/ Categorization Necessity Theories Connecting Factor Renvoi Exclusion of Foreign law – Public policy, revenue and Penal law Unit IV: 6 hours Domicile General Principles Elements – Intention and Residence Kinds – Origin, Choice, Dependence Domicile of Corporations Unit V: 6 hours Marriage

Kinds As a Contract Capacity Format and Essential Validity

Marital Relief Divorce Nullity Judicial Separation

Law of Legitimacy and Legitimation Adoption

Purpose of Adoption Indian law Foreign adoption

Custody and Guardianship Text Books

1. North and Fawcett, Cheshire and North’s Private International Law, 13th ed., Butterworths: New Delhi, 1999

Reference Books 2. Abla Mayss, Principles of Conflict of Laws, 3rd ed. Cavendish Publishing Ltd., U.K., 1999 3. John O’Brien, Smith’s Conflict of Laws, Cavendish Publishing Ltd., U.K., 1999 4. Nandan Kamath, Law Relating to Computers Internet and e-commerce, Universal Law

Publishing, New Delhi, 2001 5. Paras Diwan and Peeyushi Diwan, Private International Law, 9th ed., Deep and Deep

Publications, Delhi, 1998 Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Projects/Viva/Presentation/Attendance

MSE ESE



C461.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C461.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C461.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C461.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C461.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2 -

C461 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 - 1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped


Course Objectives

6. To help students have understanding of digital forensics investigation procedure. 7. To help students learn process of mobile forensics, memory forensics, steganography and

malware analysis.

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C655.10 Perform Mobile Forensics, which will include extraction, evidence collection and

preservation. C655.11 Implement steganography algorithms and perform steganalysis. C655.12 Understand the steps in extraction of data from Memory Forensics. C655.13 Understand Malware, its creation and reserving Malware for Digital Forensics.

Catalog Description Digital Forensics is an integral part of Cyber Security. Digital Forensics Investigation is a process of extracting data, collecting evidences, preserving evidences and analysis of evidence. With development in technology, there is a need to understand this investigation process through mobile devices and different types of memory storages. In this course, the focus will also be on malware analysis and steganography. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Course Content

Unit I: Mobile Forensics 6 lecture hours Collecting and Analyzing Cell Phone, PDA, Blackberry, iPhone, iPod, iPad, and MP3 Evidence, Analyzing CD, DVD, Tape Drives, USB, Flash Memory, and other Storage Devices, Digital Camera Forensics, Reconstructing Users Activities, Recovering and Reconstructing Deleted Data. Unit II: Steganography 8 lecture hours Steganography Algorithms, Steganography Tools and Tricks, Data Hiding, Data Recovery Unit III: Memory Forensics 4 lecture hours Memory Data Collection and Examination, Extracting and Examining Processes.

CSSF 4004 Digital Forensics II L T P C

Version 1.0 2 0 0 2 Pre-requisites/Exposure Digital Forensics I Co-requisites --

Unit IV: Malware Analysis 6 lecture hours Analyzing Live Windows System for Malware, Analyzing Live Linux System for Malware, Analyzing Physical and Process Memory Dumps for Malware, Discovering and Extracting Malware from Windows Systems, Discovering and Extracting Malware from Linux Systems, Rootkits and Rootkit Detection and Recovery, Reverse Engineering Tools and Techniques.. Text Books 30. IBM Manual for Digital Forensics.

Reference Books 3. Heather Mahalik, Rohit Tamma, and Satish Bommisetty (2014) Practical Mobile Forensics.

Packt Publishing. ISBN: 1786464209. 4. Michael Sikorski, Andrew Honig. (2012) Practical Malware Analysis: A Hands-On Guide to

Dissecting Malicious Software. No Starch Press. ISBN: 1593272901. Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:





Programme Outcomes

CO1 Perform Mobile Forensics, which will include extraction, evidence collection and preservation. PSO15

CO2 Implement steganography algorithms and perform steganalysis.

PSO15

CO3 Understand the steps in extraction of data from Memory Forensics.

PSO15

CO4 Understand Malware, its creation and reserving Malware for Digital Forensics.

PSO15

Eng

inee

ring

Kno

wle

dge

Pro

blem

ana

lysi

s

Des

ign/

deve

lopm

ent o

f so

lutio

ns

Con

duct

inve

stig

atio

ns o

f co

mpl

ex p

robl

ems

Mod

ern

tool

usa

ge

The

eng

inee

r an

d so

ciet

y

Env

iron

men

t and

sus

tain

abil

ity

Eth

ics

Indi

vidu

al o

r te

am w

ork

Com

mun

icat

ion

Pro

ject

man

agem

ent a

nd f

inan

ce

Lif

e-lo

ng L

earn

ing

Per

form

sys

tem

and

app

lica

tion

prog

ram

min

g us

ing

com

pute

r sy

stem

con

cept

s, c

once

pts

of D

ata

Str

uctu

res,

alg

orith

m d

evel

opm

ent,

prob

lem

sol

ving

and

opt

imiz

ing

tech

niqu

es.

App

ly s

oftw

are

deve

lopm

ent a

nd p

roje

ct m

anag

emen

t met

hodo

logi

es u

sing

con

cept

s of

fr

ont-

end

and

back

-end

dev

elop

men

t and

em

ergi

ng te

chno

logi

es

App

ly c

ompu

ting

kno

wle

dge

to a

sses

s, d

esig

n an

d pr

opos

e cy

ber

secu

rity

sol

utio

ns a

nd

perf

orm

for

ensi

c pr

oced

ures

on

digi

tal s

yste

ms

and

cybe

r w

orld

usi

ng to

ols

and

tech

nolo

gies

in th

e ar

ea o

f cy

ber

secu

rity

and

cyb

er f

oren

sics

Cou

rse

Cod

e

Cou

rse

Tit

le PO

1 PO2

PO3

PO 4

PO 5

PO6

PO 7

PO8

PO9

PO 10

PO 11

PO12

PSO13

PSO14

PSO 15

CSSF 4004

Digital Forensics II

3


Course Objectives 1. Students should be able to understand underlying technological details of Big Data

Technology. 2. Gain knowledge of the role of analytics on big data. 3. Understand the relevance of big data analytics in context to cyber security compliance and

intelligence.


CO1. Describe the paradigm of big data technology. CO2. Recognize the team behind big data and its analytics and the goals and challenges of

that team. CO3. Employ the insights about the sources and details of big data acquisition. CO4. Use big data analytics in the perspective of compliance, auditing and security.

Catalog Description This course will help the students demonstrate the importance of analytics defines the processes, highlights the tangible and intangible values and discuss how they can turn a business liability into actionable material that can be used to redefine markets, improve profits and identify new business opportunities. Course Content

Unit I: 9 lecture hours INTRODUCTION TO BIG DATA What Is Big Data?, The Arrival Of Analytics, Where Is The Value?, More To Big Data Than Meets The Eye, Dealing With The Nuances Of Big Data, An Open Source Brings Forth Tools, Caution: Obstacles Ahead; Why Big Data Matters - Big Data Reaches Deep, Obstacles Remain, Data Continue To Evolve, Data And Data Analysis Are Getting More Complex, The Future Is Now; Big Data And The Business Case - Realizing Value, The Case For Big Data, The Rise Of Big Data Options, Beyond Hadoop, With Choice Come Decisions. Unit II: 5 lecture hours BUILDING THE BIG DATA TEAM

CLCB 6002 Information Security Intelligence & Compliance Analysis

L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Knowledge of Data mining and machine learning methods,

Information visualization tools, Information warehousing, and Organized and unstructured databases.

Co-requisites --

The Data Scientist, The Team Challenge, Different Teams, Different Goals, Don’t Forget The Data, Challenges Remain, Teams Versus Culture, Gauging Success. Unit III: 8 lecture hours BIG DATA SOURCES AND THE NUTS AND BOLTS OF BIG DATA Hunting For Data, Setting The Goal, Big Data Sources Growing, Diving Deeper Into Big Data Sources, A Wealth Of Public Information, Getting Started With Big Data Acquisition, Ongoing Growth, No End In Sight; The Storage Dilemma, Building A Platform, Bringing Structure To Unstructured Data Processing Power, Choosing Among In-house, Outsourced, Or Hybrid Approaches. Unit IV: 7 lecture hours SECURITY, COMPLIANCE, AUDITING, AND PROTECTION AND THE EVOLUTION OF BIG DATA Pragmatic Steps To Securing Big Data, Classifying Data, Protecting Big Data Analytics, Big Data And Compliance, The Intellectual Property Challenge; Big Data: The Modern Era, Today, Tomorrow, And The Next Day, Changing Algorithms. Unit V: 7 lecture hours BEST PRACTICES FOR BIG DATA ANALYTICS Start Small With Big Data, Thinking Big, Avoiding Worst Practices, Baby Steps, The Value Of Anomalies, Expediency Versus Accuracy, In-memory Processing; The Path To Big Data, The Realities Of Thinking Big Data, Hands-on Big Data, The Big Data Pipeline In Depth, Big Data Visualization, Big Data Privacy. Text Books Information Security Intelligence & Compliance Analysis (IBM ICE Publication).

Reference books & url

1. Big Data Analytics: Turning Big Data into Big Money, Frank J. Ohlhorst, Publisher: John Wiley & Sons, Release Date: November 2012, ISBN: 9781118239049

2. http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/9781119205005.fmatter/pdf Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:


Mid Semester


Weightage (%)

30% 20% 50% 100%




C422.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3

C422.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2

C422.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

C422.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3

C422.5 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 2 2


Course Objectives

4. The significance and general principles of professional ethics 5. The legal history of India and United States of America with respect to

professional ethics. 6. Various Indian laws pertaining to professional ethics. 7. The judicial developments in the field of professional ethics. 8. Linkage between history, legal and judicial developments. 9. Working with survivors of sexual assault and gender sensitization

Course Outcomes On completion of this course, the students will be able to C5311.1 Advocates have the dual responsibility of upholding the interests of the client fearlessly while conducting themselves as officers of the court. Accordingly, they are expected to adhere to the highest standards of probity and honour. An advocate’s conduct should reflect their privileged position in society, which derives from the nobility of this profession. The service of an advocate to the common man should be compassionate, moral and lawful. C531.2 Indian Legal System can write up the next big success story in professional legal education and consequently higher efficiency in Justice Delivery System if it succeeds in facilitating high professional skills, building up of human resource with proper integration of knowledge to match the growing world standard. C531.3 Provisions of various Indian laws and relevant cases. C531.4 Developments in the United States.

Catalog Description This is a uniquely designed course wherein students understand professional ethics and role of lawyers in society from the lens of constitutionalism and constitutional morality. This court absorbs comparative constitutional rights, legal history, philosophy and cinema. The course views law from the perspective of a common man, lawyer as well as a marginalized community in order to determine that law acts as tool for social change. The classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their knowledge and in the design of their learning strategies. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Thus, the traditional lectures will be combined with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems and debates. Interactive approach will be followed during the course of learning where students will be expected to come prepared for the topics for discussion in the class/ case studies/ presentations/ viva-voce, etc. The main tools of

CLCC 5003 Professional Ethics, Accountancy for Lawyers & Bar Bench Relations

L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure International Law, Constitutional Law Co-requisites Human Rights Law

teaching may include Lectures, popular culture, Question and Answer Sessions, Case Law Analysis, Assignments Simulation Exercises, etc. Course Content

1. Module I: Legal History of India (10 hours)

Changes brought by the Mughals Advent of the British & consequent changes Legal Practitioners Act 1879 Indian Bar Councils Act, 1926 The Indian Advocates Act 1961 Pratap Chandra Mehta vs State Bar Council of M.P. Adi Pherozshah Gandhi vs H. M. Seervai, Advocate-General Bar Council of Maharashtra vs M. V. Dabholkar Etc.

2. Module II : Legal History of the United States of America (12 hours)

Colonial Period Post civil war period Industrial revolution Absence of women in the legal profession Feminism & law Use of popular culture to explore Feminism & law: Adam’s Rib Race & law Media, superstardom, race & law: The trial of O.J. Simpson Jury system

3. Module III : Contempt of Courts Act 1971 (12 hours) Civil contempt Criminal Contempt Punishment for contempt Supreme Court Bar Association vs Union of India & Anr Noorali Babul Thanewala v. K.M.M. Shetty, AIR 1990 S.C. 464 Pritam Lal v. High Court of M.P. 1992 Cr.L.J. 1269 Dr. D.C. Saxena v. Hon'ble The C.J.I., J.T. 1996(6) S.C. 529 Amar Bahadurising v. P.D. Wasnik and others. 1994 Cri.L.J 1359 Tarun Bharat Sangh Alwar v. Union of India and others. 1993 Cri.L.J. 50 B.A. Rather and another v. H.K. Dua and other. 1994 Cri.L.J. 3414

4. Module IV : Ethics (14 hours) Attorney-client confidentiality Sections 126- 129 of Indian Evidence Act Bar Council of India Rules Memon Hajee Haroon Mohomed v. Abdul Karim [1878] 3 Bom. 91 Kalikumar Pal v. RajkumarPal 1931 (58) Cal 1379 Satish Kumar Sharma v. Bar Council of Himachal Pradesh (AIR 2001 SC 509)

Gender sensitization & dealing with survivors of sexual assault US law: Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 26(b)(5) Rule 501 of the Federal Rules of Evidence (2005) United States v. Schwimmer, 892 F.2d 237, 243 (2d Cir. 1989) The Crime-Fraud Exception: Clark v. United States, 289 U.S. 1, 15 (1933) Confidentiality in powerful murder cases: Movie: The Client Disclosure of confidential information Conduct of attorney

Text Books

1. Saadiya Suleman, Professional Ethics & Advertising by Lawyers, Universal Law Publishing - An imprint of LexisNexis (2014)

2. Model Rules of Professional Conduct, ABA, Centre for Professional Responsibility, Available at: https://www.americanbar.org/groups/professional_responsibility/publications/model_rules_of_professional_conduct/model_rules_of_professional_conduct_table_of_contents.html

Reference Books 1. End-of-life notice: American Legal Ethics Library, available at:

https://www.law.cornell.edu/ethics/ny/code/NY_CODE.HTM 2. Aulis Aarnio, ‘Lawyers' Professional Ethics—Do They Exist?’, Ratio Juris, Volume 14,

Issue 1, March 2001, Pages 1–9 3. Sandra Fredman, ‘Discrimination Law’, OUP (2011) 4. Catharine MacKinnon, ‘Sex Equality’, University Casebook Series (2001)








Subject Grand Viva


Weightage (%)

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage

20% weightage


Report / Viva /PPT


C531.1 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

C531.2 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 -

C531.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 -

C531.4 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 3 -

1=weekly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped